As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 19, 2024.

Registration No. 333-276231

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_______________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_______________________

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

_______________________

Cayman Islands

 

3714

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Warehouse 1, Dar Alkhaleej Building
Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE
+971 4 276 7008
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

_______________________

MPOLIS LLC
16192 Costal Highway
Lewes, Delaware 19958, County of Sussex
+1-510-344-2323
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_______________________

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Lawrence S. Venick, Esq.
Loeb & Loeb LLP
2206
-19 Jardine House
1 Connaught Road Central
Hong Kong SAR
Telephone: +852
-3923-1111

 

Ying Li, Esq.
Guillaume de Sampigny, Esq.
Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC
950 Third Avenue, 19
th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Telephone: +1 212 530
-2206

_______________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. R

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box, and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box, and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company R

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

____________

†         The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JANUARY 19, 2024

8,200,000 Ordinary Shares

Micropolis Holding Company

We are offering 8,200,000 ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share (“Ordinary Shares”). Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares (the “Shares”). It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $4.00 and $5.00.

We intend to apply to list our Shares on the NYSE Group, or NYSE, under the symbol “[            ].” At this time, NYSE has not yet approved our application to list our Ordinary Shares. The closing of this offering is conditioned upon NYSE’s final approval of our listing application, and there is no guarantee or assurance that our Ordinary Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE.

Micropolis Holding Company is not an operating company but a Cayman Islands holding company with operations primarily conducted by its subsidiary. Investors in our Ordinary Shares thus are purchasing equity interest in a Cayman Islands holding company. Micropolis Holding Company directly holds equity interests in its subsidiary, and does not operate its business through variable interest entities. As used in this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our company,” or “our” refers to Micropolis Holding Company and when describing the financial results of Micropolis Holding Company, also includes its subsidiary. This structure involves unique risks to investors. As a holding company, we may rely on dividends from our subsidiary for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. The ability of our subsidiary to pay dividends to us may be restricted by the debt they incur on their own behalf or laws and regulations applicable to them.

Investing in the shares involves risks. See section titled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus, beginning on page 19.

We are both an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” under applicable U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements. See section titled “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an ‘Emerging Growth Company’ and a ‘Foreign Private Issuer’” for additional information.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

PER SHARE

 

TOTAL

Initial public offering price(1)

 

$

4.5

 

$

36,900,000

Underwriting discounts(2)(3)

 

$

0.315

 

$

2,583,000

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

4.185

 

$

34,317,000

____________

(1)       Assuming an initial public offering price of $4.5 per Ordinary Share, being the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price.

(2)       The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the discounts. For a description of compensation payable to the underwriters, see “Underwriting” beginning on page 118.

(3)       Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares, payable to the underwriters, or the reimbursement of certain expenses of the underwriters. We have agreed to issue, on the closing date of this offering, the underwriters’ warrants to the representative of the underwriters, Network1 Financial Securities, Inc., to purchase an amount equal to 6% of the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares sold by us in this offering. These underwriters’ warrants will be exercisable at any time after the effective date of this registration statement at a price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the Ordinary Shares set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, may be exercised immediately on a cashless basis, and will expire five years from the commencement of sales of the offering. For a description of other terms of compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting” beginning on page 118.

We expect our total cash expenses for this offering (including cash expenses payable to our underwriters for their out-of-pocket expenses) to be approximately $1,500,000, exclusive of the above discounts. These payments will further reduce proceeds available to us before expenses. See “Underwriting.”

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares if any such shares are taken. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of forty-five (45) days after the closing of this offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of our Shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If we complete this offering, net proceeds will be delivered to us on the closing date.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers against payment on            , 2024.

Prospectus dated            , 2024

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

THE OFFERING

 

12

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

13

RISK FACTORS

 

19

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

38

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

39

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

40

CAPITALIZATION

 

41

DILUTION

 

42

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

 

43

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

49

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

55

OUR CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND HISTORY

 

58

BUSINESS

 

60

REGULATIONS

 

86

MANAGEMENT

 

90

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

98

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

99

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

 

100

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

110

TAXATION

 

112

UNDERWRITING

 

118

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

 

125

LEGAL MATTERS

 

126

EXPERTS

 

126

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

126

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

127

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or in any free writing prospectus we have prepared, and neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell, or seeking offers to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the cover page of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or the sale of shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the cover page of this prospectus.

i

Table of Contents

CONVENTIONS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROSPECTUS

Throughout this prospectus, we use a number of key terms and provide a number of key performance indicators used by management. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions apply throughout where the context so admits:

General

“AI”

 

:

 

Artificial intelligence.

“AMR”

 

:

 

Autonomous mobile robots.

“Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles”

 

:

 

The amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company to be adopted by the Company conditional upon and with effect from the date on which the Registration Statement becomes effective.

“Audit Committee”

 

:

 

The audit committee of our Board of Directors (defined below).

“Board” or “Board of Directors”

 

:

 

The board of Directors (defined below) of our Company (defined below).

“Company” or “Micropolis Cayman”

 

:

 

Micropolis Holding Company, an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands on February 23, 2023.

“Compensation Committee”

 

:

 

The compensation committee of our Board of Directors.

“COVID-19”

 

:

 

Coronavirus disease 2019.

“Directors”

 

:

 

The directors of our Company.

“Executive Officers”

 

:

 

The executive officers of our Company. See section titled “Management.”

“Fiscal Year” or “FY”

 

:

 

Financial year ended or, as the case may be, ending December 31.

“GCC”

 

:

 

Gulf Cooperation Council.

“GCC country”

 

:

 

A member state of the GCC.

“U.S. GAAP”

 

:

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America

“Group”

 

:

 

Our Company and our subsidiary(ies).

“Industry 4.0”

 

:

 

The integration of intelligent digital technologies into manufacturing and industrial processes.

“Listing”

 

:

 

The listing and quotation of our Shares (defined below) on NYSE.

“Major Shareholder”

 

:

 

A person who has an interest or interests (whether by record or beneficial ownership) in one or more voting shares (excluding treasury shares) in our Company, and the total votes attached to that share, or those shares, is not less than 5.0% of the total votes attached to all the voting shares (excluding treasury shares) in our Company.

“MENA”

 

:

 

collectively refers to Middle East and North Africa region, including, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Algeria, Bahrain, Egypt, Jordan, Kuwait, Morocco, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirate.

“Micropolis Dubai”

 

:

 

Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and a free zone company with limited liability organized pursuant to the laws of the Dubai Technology & Media Free Zone Private Companies Regulations 2003 under the laws of the Emirate of Dubai.

“NYSE”

 

:

 

New York Stock Exchange.

ii

Table of Contents

“NYSE Listing Rules”

 

:

 

The NYSE rules governing listed companies.

“Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

:

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors.

“Offering Price”

 

:

 

Between $4.00 and $5.00 for each share being offered in this Offering (defined below).

“Offering”

 

:

 

The Offering of Shares (defined below) by the Underwriter on behalf of our Company for subscription at the Offer Price, subject to and on the terms and conditions set out in this prospectus.

“PTZ”

 

:

 

Pan-tilt-zoom. In relation to the camera of a robotic device, the term “pan” refers to the horizontal movement of the lens, “tilt” refers to the vertical movement of the lens, and “zoom” refers to the adjustment of the focal length of the lens.

“R&D”

 

:

 

Research and development.

“Share(s)” or “Ordinary Share(s)

 

:

 

Ordinary share(s) in the capital of our Company.

“Shareholders”

 

:

 

Registered holders of Shares.

“UAE”

 

:

 

United Arab Emirates.

Currencies, Units, and Others

“AED”

 

:

 

United Arab Emirates Dirham, the lawful currency of the United Arab Emirates.

“US$” or “$”

 

:

 

U.S. dollars and cents respectively, the lawful currency of the U.S.

“sq. m.”

 

:

 

Square meters.

Any discrepancies in tables included herein between the total sum of amounts listed and the totals thereof are due to rounding. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to “we,” “our,” “us” or “our Group” or their other grammatical variations is a reference to our Company and our subsidiary taken as a whole.

Certain of our customers and suppliers are referred to in this prospectus by their trade names. Our contracts with these customers and suppliers are typically with an entity or entities in the relevant customer or supplier’s group of companies.

Internet site addresses in this prospectus are included for reference only and the information contained in any website, including our website, is not incorporated by reference into, and does not form part of, this prospectus.

iii

Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes trademarks, trade names and service marks, certain of which belong to us, including the Micropolis logo, and others that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All such trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks, copyrights, or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

iv

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Shares. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Business

Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC (“Micropolis Dubai”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a robotics manufacturer founded in 2014, based in the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”) with its headquarters located in Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE. We specialize in developing autonomous mobile robots (“AMRs”) that utilize wheeled electric vehicle (“EV”) platforms and are equipped with autonomous driving capabilities.

We have historically conducted our business through Micropolis Dubai. For purposes of this Offering, in February 2023, we incorporated Micropolis Holding Company (“Company” or “Micropolis Cayman”), an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as the listing vehicle for this Offering. Micropolis Dubai is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Micropolis Cayman. The Company is currently a pre-revenue organization since most of our existing projects are collaborative in nature and we do not anticipate earning substantial revenues until such time as we enter into commercial production for our robotics, which is expected to be by the end of 2024.

As part of our product offerings, we integrate application-specific pods that serve as the primary purpose of a robot. These pods are designed to accommodate various functionalities, including surveillance cameras, road sweepers, logistics compartments, as well as collaborative robots (cobots) intended for direct human-robot interaction.

Collaboration-based Business Model

Our business is collaboration-based. In collaboration with our customers and partners, we are actively engaged in the development of cutting-edge technologies that aim to bring enhancements in security, logistics, and surveillance operation management. We have established a strong track record of successful partnerships with local governments and real estate developers. Our work with the Dubai Police is a prime example of this ongoing effort; they are playing an essential role in the creation of “Microspot,” which is an AI-powered security software we are currently developing as of the date of this prospectus. In particular, the Dubai Police have assembled a team to assist us in shaping the Microspot software, providing crucial insights into police operations and supplying dummy data for data science and machine learning. This partnership has not only facilitated us in navigating regulatory complexities but also provided invaluable support in testing and validating our products. Further, we have partnered with Dubai Police to develop self-driving security patrolling vehicles that enhance security surveillance operations, to help reduce crime through security deterrence.

We are also working closely with the Road and Transportation Authority in Dubai, UAE (“RTA”) through Dubai Police Innovation Lab. RTA is aiding us by designating the Jumeirah 1 area in Dubai as a safe testing environment for our autonomous driving system, which is still in development as of the date of this prospectus. RTA is also supplying high-definition maps of the area and data that will be essential in shaping the autonomous driving system.

Furthermore, our ongoing partnership with The Sustainable City in Dubai is proving invaluable, as they provide us with both high-definition city mapping and a living lab within their residential community for testing and validation. This collaboration allows us to work within a real-life environment to iteratively refine our autonomous driving features. Further, we have also worked with The Sustainable City in Dubai to develop autonomous community delivery robots that are able to autonomously deliver goods within their assigned territory, making urban and sub-urban logistics more cost effective and energy preserving.

Additionally, we have developed a surveillance robot for the ministry of interior in Saudi Arabia through our Saudi local partner Quality Support Solutions Limited (“QSS Robotics”), equipped with pan-tilt-zoom (“PTZ”) surveillance camera and a drone launcher.

1

Table of Contents

Together, these strategic collaborations underscore our dedication to the continuous development and refinement of our technological offerings, recognizing that our products are works in progress, with exciting potential for future growth and innovation. We continually strive for innovation and excellence, aiming to provide our clients with cutting-edge solutions designed to drive growth, streamline processes, and meet the evolving demands of the modern world.

UAE-focused

We operate in the GCC region, with a focus on the UAE and Saudi Arabia. The robotics industry in the UAE and Saudi Arabia is rapidly growing, with governments committing significant resources to technological advancement. Furthermore, Dubai, a hub for technological innovation in the region, presents a unique opportunity for the Company. With a robust portfolio of AMRs and a strong track record of successful partnerships with local governments, the Company is poised to take advantage of the growing demand for innovative robotics solutions in the Middle East.

Our flagship products are customized AMRs that can operate without the need for human intervention. These robots can be used in a wide range of industries, including security, hospitality, real estate, retailing, city cleaning, and logistics. The robots can be equipped with advanced sensors, machine learning algorithms, and computer vision technology that enable them to navigate complex environments, avoid obstacles, and interact with humans.

Our Products

Overview

We specialize in the development and integration of AMR, operating software, electronic control units and power storage units. Our extensive product offerings are organized into three main categories:

A.     AMRs:    Our AMRs are engineered with precision and tailored to meet diverse requirements. They are composed of two main parts, namely the mobility specific platform and application-specific pods.

B.     Operating Software:    Our software suite is further segmented into three distinct categories: (1) autonomous driving software, allowing users to manage fleets of AMRs from an operational room with real-time streaming service; (2) fleet mission planner, aiding operators in mission planning, path management, and performance monitoring; and (3) user bespoke software development service, offering customized software solutions for customers, integrating additional robot functionalities with existing systems to ensure cost-effectiveness and seamless deployment

C.     Electronic Control Units and Power Storage Units:    Our in-house-developed control units and power storage solutions serve as the driving force behind our AMRs, providing energy-efficient and reliable performance. The Micropolis Robotics Controller Unit (“MRCU”) is an innovative and advanced electronics board designed to serve as a centralized control unit for a wide range of robots, including AMRs and EVs; while The Smart Power Distribution Unit (“SPDU”) is designed to address the challenges present in battery-based systems, i.e. efficient energy utilization.

Our Industry

The robotics industry in the GCC region is rapidly growing, driven by government initiatives and private sector investments. The UAE is positioning itself as a hub for robotics innovation, with a focus on developing autonomous systems for various industries, such as manufacturing, logistics, and healthcare. The UAE and Saudi Arabia governments have been actively supporting the development of the robotics industry through initiatives such as the National Advanced Sciences Agenda 2031, which includes a focus on artificial intelligence and robotics research. Additionally, the UAE government first launched the UAE Artificial Intelligence Strategy 2031 in 2017. The strategy is the first of its kind in the region and the world and aims to not only use an integrated smart digital system that can overcome challenges and provide quick efficient solutions but also make the UAE the first in the field of AI investments in various sectors. It seeks to engage AI across multiple sectors, including education, transportation, energy, space, and technology.

According to an article published on the UAE Artificial Intelligence website on October 16, 2019, AI technologies will hold a global market value of US$15.7 trillion in 2030, boosting the UAE’s GDP by 35 percent ($96 billion in GDP), and utilizing AI technologies will reduce UAE government spending costs by up to 50 percent, or approximately

2

Table of Contents

$3 billion in savings. The robotics market in the UAE is expected to experience significant growth in the coming years, driven by the increasing demand for automation and the adoption of Industry 4.0 technologies. UAE is home to several robotics’ companies, both local and international, that are leveraging the growing market opportunities to develop and commercialize innovative robotics solutions.

As stated on the United Arab Emirates’ Government portal, the Dubai Robotics and Automation Program aims to increase the sector’s contribution to Dubai’s GDP to 9% within 10 years by 2032 and seeks to make Dubai one of the world’s top 10 cities in R&D by adopting and developing advanced robotics technologies, empowering national talent, and generating innovative new solutions, products, and services. The Dubai Robotics and Automation Program, which features five key initiatives, namely, establishing a council for robotics and automation, developing an act for the use of robots, launching an academic excellence program, creating experimental living labs for robotics and automation, and initiating an enterprise adoption program, will focus on accelerating research and development in five areas. According to the Dubai Government Media Office official website, as part of the program, 200,000 robots will be provided over the next 10 years to increase efficiency and productivity in various sectors including services, logistics, and the industrial sector, and enhance the competitiveness of Dubai’s economy.

Competition

The robotics industry in UAE and the GCC region is growing rapidly. The UAE government is investing heavily in the sector, and there are a number of startups and multinational companies that are developing and commercializing robotics solutions. The main areas of application for robotics in UAE and GCC include:

•        Logistics and transportation: Robots are being used to automate warehouse operations, deliver packages, and even drive taxis.

•        Healthcare: Robots are being used to perform surgery, provide rehabilitation, and deliver medications.

•        Education: Robots are being used to teach students, provide tutoring, and conduct research.

•        Security and defense: Robots are being used to patrol borders, detect explosives, and fight fires.

We believe competition in the robotics industry in UAE and the GCC region is currently mild as the industry is still at an early development stage. However, there are a number of companies that are well-positioned to succeed in this market, including established international robotics companies which wish to expand to the UAE and GCC region, as well as regional startups that are developing innovative robotics solutions. These regional startups are often supported by government initiatives, such as the Dubai Robotics and Automation Program.

In the rapidly advancing world of automation and robotics, the AMR industry is a burgeoning field, particularly within the UAE. Despite being in its early stages in the region, this industry has been attracting significant attention and experiencing substantial demand, fueled by the UAE government’s encouragement and various market needs. As an early player in this industry, we acknowledge the formative nature of the competitive landscape. The UAE market, although still emerging, presents unique opportunities and challenges, offering an exciting frontier for businesses like ours.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe our main competitive strengths are as follows:

In-house R&D and Prototyping Facilities.    Our in-house R&D and prototyping facilities are critical for our autonomous robotics business. By having the ability to design and develop core products in-house, we can effectively control quality standards and customize our products to meet specific customer needs. Our facilities allow us to quickly respond to changing market demands in a rapidly evolving industry. We intend to continue to invest in R&D and prototyping to remain at the forefront of technological advancements in the field, allowing us to develop new products and be competitive.

Innovation and Customization.    Our focus on innovation and customization is essential in the design and manufacturing of our autonomous robotics products. We understand that each customer has unique needs, and we work closely with our customers to develop customized solutions that meet those needs. By doing so, we believe that we differentiate ourselves from our competitors, providing a unique value proposition to customers. Our commitment to

3

Table of Contents

innovation also ensures that our products remain technologically advanced, making them more attractive to customers who require the latest technology to operate efficiently. As the industry evolves, our innovation and customization focus will be vital in maintaining our position as one of the key players in the field of autonomous robotics.

Working with Government entities.    Our partnerships with government entities allow us to have access to the latest technologies and provide valuable insights into industry trends and customer needs. Working with government entities also enables us to understand their requirements, which we believe can help us secure contracts and partnerships in the public sector. Furthermore, by leveraging these partnerships, we can position ourselves as a trusted provider of innovative autonomous robotics solutions, which can help us win new business.

Mobility-Specific AMR Platforms.    Our mobility-specific AMR platforms serve as the backbone of automation in various industries. These platforms are meticulously designed to optimize navigation, adaptability, and reliability in dynamic environments. Equipped with cutting-edge sensors, advanced mapping capabilities, and intelligent decision-making algorithms, our AMRs seamlessly integrate into existing workflows, enabling autonomous movement and efficient task execution.

Application-Specific Robotic Pods.    We offer application-specific robotic pods customized to address specific industry needs for different industries. These pods can be customized to perform tasks such as material handling, warehouse logistics, order fulfillment, and assembly line automation. By leveraging our expertise and technologies, businesses can achieve unparalleled levels of precision, accuracy, and speed in their operations.

Bespoke Software Powered by AI.    We go beyond hardware solutions by offering bespoke software that harnesses the power of artificial intelligence. Our AI-powered software enables seamless communication and coordination between our AMR platforms, robotic pods, and existing infrastructure. Through sophisticated algorithms, machine learning, and real-time data analysis, our software optimizes operational workflows, predicts maintenance needs, and enhances decision-making processes, ultimately driving efficiency and maximizing productivity.

Customization and Integration.    We emphasize customization and integration in our services. Our team of experts works closely with customers to understand their specific needs and design solutions that seamlessly integrate with their operations. Whether it is adapting our AMRs to specific environments or developing custom software modules, we ensure a tailored solution that maximizes value and minimizes disruption.

Comprehensive Support and Services.    We pride ourselves on providing end-to-end support and services to our clients. From the initial consultation and deployment to ongoing maintenance and updates, we are dedicated to ensuring a seamless experience. Our comprehensive services include installation assistance, training programs, technical support, and regular performance evaluations. We are committed to building long-term partnerships with our clients and supporting their growth and success.

Future-Proof Solutions.    We aim to always be positioned at the forefront of research and development in robotics and AI, continuously exploring emerging technologies and industry trends. We are devoted to staying agile and adaptable, enabling us to provide future-proof solutions that can scale and evolve alongside our clients’ businesses. By partnering with us, clients gain access to the latest advancements in automation and AI, ensuring they stay ahead in a rapidly changing landscape.

Our Challenges

Despite the promising growth and opportunities in the AI and robotics industry, our company, like many others operating in this sector within the GCC region, faces a number of challenges that we must navigate to fully realize our potential. These include, among others:

•        Talent Acquisition and Retention:    With the growing demand for AI and robotics specialists, attracting and retaining top talent has become a significant challenge. Despite regional efforts to foster education in these fields, the supply of highly skilled professionals is not meeting demand. This scarcity raises operational costs and impacts our ability to innovate rapidly.

•        Data Privacy and Security:    As our work revolves around the use of data, ensuring privacy and security is paramount. However, navigating the regulatory landscape can be complex. Regulations related to data use and privacy are in nascent stages in the GCC, leading to ambiguity and risk.

4

Table of Contents

•        Regulatory Uncertainty:    Rapid advancements in AI and robotics have outpaced the development of regulations. The lack of clear regulatory frameworks can create uncertainties, especially for areas such as autonomous vehicles, AI ethics, and robotics safety standards.

•        Technological Infrastructure:    While strides have been made in technological infrastructure in the GCC region, there are still areas where improvements are needed. Inconsistent or unreliable connectivity, limited cloud infrastructure, and issues related to data storage and management can impede our operations.

•        Market Adoption:    Despite growing awareness of the benefits of AI and robotics, some sectors within the GCC are slower to adopt these technologies. This resistance can limit potential markets and slow our growth.

Our Business Strategies and Future Plans

Our business strategies and future plans are as follows:

Increasing Market Share:    To capture a larger market share, the Company intends to strategically target market segments that align with its capabilities. The Company intends to focus on industrial automation, healthcare robotics, and consumer robotics, where it believes it has a competitive advantage. The Company plans to develop products that are tailored to these specific market segments, offering unique and differentiated solutions. The Company intends to invest in marketing and sales efforts to promote its products and build brand recognition in these markets.

Developing Sophisticated Product Roadmap:    To develop a sophisticated product roadmap, the Company plans to conduct market research to understand the needs and preferences of its target market. Based on this research, the Company intends to then develop a product development plan that outlines the features, functionality, and design of its robotic solutions. The roadmap will be aligned with the Company’s mission, target market, and technological capabilities, ensuring that it can deliver high-quality products that meet the needs of its customers. The Company plans to also regularly update its roadmap to reflect changing market conditions and technological advancements.

Investing in Research and Development:    To stay at the forefront of technological innovation and meet the evolving needs of its target market, the Company intends to invest in research and development. The Company plans to collaborate with universities, research institutions, or other companies to develop new technologies and applications. The Company intends to prioritize innovation in its internal R&D efforts, continually exploring new ideas and pushing the boundaries of what is possible in the robotics industry. By investing in R&D, the Company is striving to deliver cutting-edge solutions that meet the needs of its customers.

Building Partnerships and Alliances:    To expand its market reach and leverage complementary strengths and expertise, the Company will form strategic partnerships and alliances with other organizations. The Company will identify partners that share its values and have complementary capabilities, such as government departments, suppliers, integrators, or distributors. These partnerships will enable the Company to reach new customers and markets, accelerate product development, and reduce costs through shared resources. The Company will prioritize building long-term relationships with its partners, based on mutual trust and respect.

Managing the Supply Chain:    To ensure the timely and cost-effective delivery of its products and services, the Company will manage its supply chain effectively. This will involve strengthening in-house production, sourcing components from multiple suppliers to reduce reliance on any one supplier, managing inventory to ensure that it can meet customer demand without carrying excessive stock, and optimizing logistics and distribution to minimize shipping costs and delivery times. By managing its supply chain effectively, the Company can ensure that it is delivering high-quality products and services to its customers in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Maintaining a Strong Brand and Reputation:    To maintain a strong brand and reputation, the Company will focus on providing high-quality products and services, excellent customer service and support, and effective communication with its customers and stakeholders. The Company will maintain a consistent and distinctive visual identity that reflects its values and mission. The Company will also regularly engage with its customers and stakeholders through social media, events, and other channels, building strong relationships and promoting brand loyalty. By maintaining a strong brand and reputation, the Company can differentiate itself from its competitors and build long-term customer loyalty.

5

Table of Contents

Summary Risk Factors

Our prospectus should be considered in light of the risks, uncertainties, expenses, and difficulties frequently encountered by similar companies. Below please find a summary of the principal risks we face, organized under relevant headings. These risks are discussed more carefully in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Risks Related to Our Business

•        Our Group does not have a long operating history as an integrated group. See page 19 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Rapid advancements in robotics and AI technology can potentially outpace our current offerings. Failure to innovate could negatively affect our competitive edge. See page 19 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We may continue to incur losses in the future. See page 20 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We must maintain sufficient funding for R&D, marketing, and other operational costs. Financial risk could arise from fluctuations in sales, increased costs, or economic downturns. Decisions to raise capital could affect existing shareholders, while opting for debt financing might increase our risk profile. See page 20 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We may not be able to conduct our marketing activities effectively, properly, or at reasonable costs, which will have an impact on our business operations. See page 21 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Our business will be subject to risks associated with relying on a limited number of customers and suppliers. See page 21 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We may not exclusively own 100% of all intellectual property and technologies that we develop in the projects with our partners, which may adversely affect our ability to effectively utilize and monetize such intellectual property and technologies in our business operations. See page 22 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We face the inherent risk of unproven market demand for our products and services. See page 23 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        As a robotics company, we are exposed to the risk of software malfunctions and design flaws in our AMR products. See page 23 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to successfully develop and launch new products, services or grow our complementary product or service offerings. See page 23 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Recruiting and retaining talent in the highly specialized fields of AI and robotics is a challenge we face. The departure of key personnel could disrupt our operations and slow our pace of innovation. See page 24 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We may enter into strategic acquisitions, investments and partnerships which could pose various risks, increase our leverage, dilute existing shareholders and significantly impact our ability to expand our overall profitability. See page 24 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Industry consolidation may give our competitors an advantage over us, which could result in a loss of customers and/or a reduction of our revenue. See page 25 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Operating in the field of robotics and AI, we face risks associated with potential governmental and regulatory scrutiny. See page 26 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

6

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Doing Business in Certain Countries and Regions

•        The economies of a number of our markets in the GCC region are highly dependent upon the oil and gas industry. See page 28 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Our business may be adversely affected by changes in government policies, laws, and regulations in the UAE. See page 29 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Our failure to obtain, maintain or renew licenses, approvals, permits, registrations, or filings necessary to conduct our operations could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See page 29 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares

•        An active trading market for our Ordinary Shares may not develop and could affect the trading price of our Ordinary Shares. See page 30 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Our share price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and you may lose all or part of your investment, and litigation may be brought against us. See page 30 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Investors in our Ordinary Shares will face immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share and may experience future dilution. See page 31 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        Our Ordinary Shares may trade under $5.00 per share and thus would be known as “penny stock”. Trading in penny stocks has certain restrictions and these restrictions could negatively affect the price and liquidity of our Ordinary Shares. See page 31 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on price appreciation of our Ordinary Shares for return on your investment. See page 32 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        If we fail to meet applicable listing requirements, NYSE may delist our Ordinary Shares from trading, in which case the liquidity and market price of our Ordinary Shares could decline. See page 32 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements. See page 33 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We qualify as a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that permit less detailed and less frequent reporting than that of a U.S. domestic public company. See page 34 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NYSE listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards. See page 35 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States investors in the Ordinary Shares to significant adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. See page 35 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively. See page 35 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

•        We may regularly encounter potential conflicts of interest, and our failure to identify and address such conflicts of interest could adversely affect our business. See page 36 in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

7

Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure and History

Our history spans several pivotal milestones, propelling the company to the forefront of software development and autonomous robotics. Since our establishment in 2014, we have been committed to delivering innovative solutions tailored to the needs of government entities and large real estate developers.

In 2014, Micropolis Dubai, a free zone company with limited liability organized pursuant to the laws of the Dubai Technology & Media Free Zone Private Companies Regulations 2003 under the laws of the Emirate of Dubai, emerged as a prominent software development company, focusing on leveraging cutting-edge graphic engines to create advanced software solutions. Its primary clientele included government entities and large real estate developers seeking to optimize their operations through technological advancements.

In 2018, Micropolis Dubai developed a groundbreaking software demo called Microspot for the Dubai Police. Microspot utilized a 3D environment technology for crime detection and identifying potential suspects. Such 3D environment technology is an intelligent digital model based on geometric and 3D scanned point cloud scenes, demographic, mobility, and other elements addresses the complexity of the monitored area, enabling Dubai Police operators to work in a systemic approach to collaborate around the common referential that allows them to simulate the evolutions of different areas in one platform.

Building upon the success of Microspot, we continued to pioneer advancements in the field AMRs. In 2020, we achieved a significant milestone by successfully developing our first AMR. This accomplishment garnered attention and support from local investors, securing seed funding that facilitated further research and development.

In 2021, Mindrock Capital, a San Francisco-based investment firm, provided additional seed funding to us. This infusion of capital enabled Micropolis to accelerate its progress, leading to the creation of two remarkable AMR prototypes, named M1 and M2, respectively. These prototypes were specifically designed to function as unmanned police patrols, revolutionizing law enforcement practices.

During late 2022 to early 2023, the Company entered into two pivotal contracts. The first contract involved a collaboration with QSS Robotics to develop customized AMR robots catering to the specific needs of the Saudi market. This partnership allowed the Company to expand its reach and further establish itself as a global leader in autonomous robotics.

Simultaneously, the Company secured another significant contract with the Dubai Police to advance the development of the M1 and M2 autonomous police patrols. This strategic partnership reaffirmed the Company’s commitment to creating state-of-the-art solutions for law enforcement agencies, enabling them to enhance public safety and security. Operating on a business model that emphasizes collaboration and shared research and development, the Company strategically opts for client-specific funding as a mean to avoid share dilution. On April 26, 2023, we formalized this approach through an investment agreement with Future General Trading to finance the final phase of our Dubai Police Autonomous Patrols project. As part of this agreement, Future General Trading will receive 25% of the sales margin in perpetuity. Additionally, they will hold a 50% ownership stake in the intellectual properties associated specifically with the electronic control units for this project, as well as a 25% ownership stake in Microspot.

8

Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of the Company before giving effect to this Offering:

____________

(1)      Mpolis LLC is managed by Mindrock LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is owned 60% by Pavel Cherkashin and 40% by Grigorii Trubkin.

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of the Company after giving effect to this Offering assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters:

Corporate Information

Our registered office is located at 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands and our principal place of business is Warehouse 1, Dar Alkhaleej Building, Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE. The telephone number of our principal place of office is +971 4 276 7008. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Mpolis LLC, the address of which is 16192 Costal Highway Lewes, Delaware 19958, County of Sussex. Our corporate website is www.micropolis.ai. The information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company” and a “Foreign Private Issuer”

Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible, for up to five years, to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other publicly traded entities that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

•        the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations disclosure;

9

Table of Contents

•        exemptions from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

•        to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this Offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company.

As a result, the information contained in this prospectus may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold shares. We do not know if some investors will find the Shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. The result may be a less active trading market for the Shares, and the price of the Shares may become more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.235 billion; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of this Offering; (3) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of the Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during any three-year period.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. The extended transition period provision only applies to companies preparing financial statements under U.S. GAAP. Because we prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, we are unable to take advantage of the aforementioned provision. As a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required or permitted by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Foreign Private Issuer

Upon consummation of this Offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

•        the rules under the Exchange Act requiring domestic filers to issue financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP;

•        the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

•        the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

•        the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specific information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

Notwithstanding these exemptions, we will file with the SEC, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

10

Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of our Executive Officers or members of our Supervisory Board are U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States, or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more extensive executive compensation disclosure rules. Thus, even if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, but remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from the more extensive compensation disclosures required of companies that are neither an emerging growth company nor a foreign private issuer and will continue to be permitted to follow our home country practice on such matters.

Market and Industry Data

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, as well estimates by our management based on such data. The market data and estimates used in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data and estimates. While we believe that the information

from these industry publications, surveys and studies is reliable, the industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of important factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

All references in this prospectus to “U.S. dollars,” “US$,” “$” and “USD” refer to the currency of the United States of America and all references to “AED” refer to United Arab Emirates Dirham, the lawful currency of the United Arab Emirates. The Company’s reporting currency is AED.

Unless otherwise noted, all translations from AED to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to AED, as the case may be, in this prospectus are made at 3.672 AED to US$1.00, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on June 30, 2023. We make no representation that any of the aforementioned currencies could have been, or could be, converted into any of the other aforementioned currencies, at any particular rate, the rates stated above, or at all. On June 30, 2023, the noon buying rate for the AED was 3.672 to US$1.00.

We have made round adjustments to some of the figures contained in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be exact arithmetic aggregations of the figures that preceded them.

Impact of COVID-19

We have diligently navigated the challenges posed by the COVID-19 outbreak, and our business remained resilient and was not materially affected by the pandemic. As the global health crisis subsides and restrictions imposed due to COVID-19 are progressively lifted by the local government, we anticipate minimal or no adverse impact on our operations. Our personnel, vendors, and service providers are now able to pursue their business objectives without the constraints previously imposed by COVID-19-related restrictions. We believe that the risk of future disruptions due to COVID-19 or other global concerns is significantly mitigated, and we are confident in our ability to pursue our business objectives without material adverse effects. Moreover, we expect improved market conditions, including reduced volatility and enhanced market liquidity, which will positively influence our ability to raise equity and debt financing as needed, with attractive terms available to us.

11

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Shares offered by us:

 

8,200,000 Ordinary Shares (or 9,430,000 Ordinary Shares if the Underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Shares within 45 days of the closing of this offering).

Offer Price:

 

We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $4.00 and $5.00 per Share.

Number of Shares outstanding before this Offering:

 

30,000,000 Shares are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

Shares to be outstanding immediately after this Offering:

 

38,200,000 Shares (or 39,430,000 Shares if the Underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional Shares within 45 days of the closing of this offering).

Over-allotment option to purchase additional Shares:

 

We have granted the Underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,230,000 additional Shares from us within 45 days of closing of this offering.

Use of proceeds:

 

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for capital expenditure, expansion of the workforce, research and development and working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 39 for more information.

Lock-up:

 

All of our Directors and officers and our principal shareholders (5% or more shareholders) have agreed with the Underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer, or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Ordinary Shares for a period of 180 days from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

See sections titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.]

Listing; proposed symbol:

 

We intend to list the Shares on NYSE under the symbol “[        ].” At this time, NYSE has not yet approved our application to list our Ordinary Shares. The closing of this offering is conditioned upon NYSE’s final approval of our listing application, and there is no guarantee or assurance that our Ordinary Shares will be approved for listing on NYSE.

Risk factors:

 

See section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the Shares.

Underwriter’s Warrants:

 

The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also registers for sale the Underwriter’s Warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares equal to 6% of the total number of Ordinary Shares sold in this offering, including the number of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option, as a portion of the underwriting compensation payable to the Underwriter in connection with this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable at any time, will be subject to lock up for 180 days from the date of issuance in accordance with FINRA Rule 5510 and will expire five years from the commencement of sales of this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable at a price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering. Please see “Underwriting” for a description of these warrants.

Transfer Agent

 

VStock Transfer LLC

12

Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income data, consolidated balance sheets and cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2022 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income data, consolidated balance sheets data and cash flows data for the six months ended June 30, 2023, have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. The information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere herein. The historical results included below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not indicative of our future performance.

13

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Statements of
Income and Comprehensive Income Data

 


For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 


For the Years Ended
December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Revenue

 

$

157,153

 

 

AED      577,064

 

 

AED               —

 

 

$

—

 

 

AED                —

 

 

AED      373,333

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

(47,146

)

 

(173,119

)

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(112,110

)

Gross profit

 

$

110,007

 

 

AED      403,945

 

 

AED               —

 

 

$

—

 

 

AED                —

 

 

AED      261,223

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Selling and distribution

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Marketing expenses

 

$

—

 

 

AED               —

 

 

AED        59,974

 

 

$

23,353

 

 

AED         85,752

 

 

AED               —

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

HR Expenses

 

$

674,349

 

 

AED   2,476,210

 

 

AED   3,643,010

 

 

$

1,922,371

 

 

AED    7,058,947

 

 

AED   2,257,572

 

R&D Expenses

 

 

119,263

 

 

437,935

 

 

1,004,665

 

 

 

339,732

 

 

1,247,494

 

 

679,813

 

Office & Warehouse Expenses

 

 

76,006

 

 

279,095

 

 

382,037

 

 

 

185,064

 

 

679,556

 

 

576,765

 

Legal & Professional Fees

 

 

230,761

 

 

847,353

 

 

217,544

 

 

 

80,580

 

 

295,888

 

 

68,494

 

Other Admin Expenses

 

 

81,832

 

 

300,487

 

 

267,903

 

 

 

142,238

 

 

522,299

 

 

241,511

 

Interest Expense (ROU)

 

 

9,125

 

 

33,506

 

 

43,281

 

 

 

22,251

 

 

81,707

 

 

25,730

 

Depreciation Expenses

 

 

208,885

 

 

767,027

 

 

661,395

 

 

 

360,235

 

 

1,322,781

 

 

275,958

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

$

1,400,221

 

 

AED   5,141,612

 

 

AED   6,279,809

 

 

$

3,075,824

 

 

AED  11,294,425

 

 

AED   4,125,842

 

Income from operations

 

$

(1,290,214

)

 

AED  (4,737,667

)

 

AED (6,279,809

)

 

$

(3,075,824

)

 

AED (11,294,425

)

 

AED  (3,864,619

)

Other (Income)

 

$

55,775

 

 

AED      204,804

 

 

AED               —

 

 

$

7,793

 

 

AED         28,617

 

 

AED               —

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Income before provision for
income taxes

 

 

(1,234,440

)

 

AED  (4,532,863

)

 

AED  (6,279,809

)

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED (11,265,808

)

 

AED (3,864,619

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Net income

 

$

(1,234,440

)

 

AED  (4,532,863

)

 

AED  (6,279,809

)

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED (11,265,808

)

 

AED  (3,864,619

)

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares (as of June 30, 2023)

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Earnings/(loss) per share

 

$

(0.12

)

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

14

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position Data

 


For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 


For the Years Ended
December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Assets:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

$

89,551

 

 

AED     328,831

 

 

AED     440,766

 

 

$

8,807

 

 

AED       32,338

 

 

AED    3,401,053

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Derivative assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

244,896

 

 

899,257

 

 

1,041,261

 

 

 

182,478

 

 

670,061

 

 

754,753

 

Due from related parties

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total current assets

 

$

334,447

 

 

AED  1,228,088

 

 

AED  1,482,027

 

 

$

191,285

 

 

AED     702,399

 

 

AED    4,155,806

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Property, plant and equipment,
net

 

 

983,907

 

 

3,612,908

 

 

3,704,290

 

 

 

988,993

 

 

3,631,583

 

 

958,813

 

Intangible assets

 

 

47,852

 

 

175,712

 

 

251,678

 

 

 

56,481

 

 

207,397

 

 

294

 

Right-of-use lease assets, net

 

 

658,730

 

 

2,418,857

 

 

3,235,912

 

 

 

769,985

 

 

2,827,385

 

 

3,644,447

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total assets

 

$

2,024,936

 

 

AED  7,435,565

 

 

AED  8,673,907

 

 

$

2,006,744

 

 

AED  7,368,764

 

 

AED    8,759,360

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

 

$

835,402

 

 

AED  3,067,596

 

 

AED  1,331,261

 

 

$

198,794

 

 

AED     729,970

 

 

AED    1,242,468

 

Taxes payable

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Due to a related party

 

 

1,120,584

 

 

4,114,786

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

86,291

 

 

316,861

 

 

500,338

 

Short-term lease liabilities

 

 

217,266

 

 

797,801

 

 

398,900

 

 

 

217,266

 

 

797,801

 

 

778,124

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

2,173,252

 

 

AED  7,980,183

 

 

AED  1,744,161

 

 

$

502,351

 

 

AED  1,844,632

 

 

AED    2,520,930

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Employees’ end-of-service benefits

 

$

80,164

 

 

AED    294,361

 

 

AED     282,969

 

 

$

74,778

 

 

AED     274,586

 

 

AED       192,090

 

Long-term lease liabilities

 

 

449,605

 

 

1,650,949

 

 

2,837,748

 

 

 

557,559

 

 

2,047,357

 

 

2,845,158

 

Total liabilities

 

$

2,703,021

 

 

AED  9,925,493

 

 

AED  4,864,878

 

 

$

1,134,688

 

 

AED  4,166,575

 

 

AED    5,558,178

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Common stock , $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares

 

 

1,000

 

 

3,672

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Share capital

 

$

27,233

 

 

AED    100,000

 

 

AED     100,000

 

 

$

27,233

 

 

AED     100,000

 

 

AED       100,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

4,714,051

 

 

17,309,994

 

 

13,943,764

 

 

 

4,714,051

 

 

17,309,994

 

 

6,946,107

 

Shareholders’ current accounts

 

 

0

 

 

—

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

316,702

 

 

1,162,928

 

 

260,000

 

Retained earnings

 

 

(5,420,369

)

 

(19,903,594

)

 

(10,384,735

)

 

 

(4,185,929

)

 

(15,370,733

)

 

(4,104,925

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

(678,085

)

 

AED (2,489,928)

 

 

AED  3,809,029

 

 

$

872,056

 

 

AED  3,202,189

 

 

AED    3,201,182

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’
equity

 

$

2,024,936

 

 

AED  7,435,565

 

 

8,673,907

 

 

$

2,006,744

 

 

AED  7,368,764

 

 

AED    8,759,360

 

15

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Cash Flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Net income

 

$

(1,234,440

)

 

AED (4,532,862

)

 

AED  (6,279,810

)

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED (11,265,808

)

 

AED  (3,864,619

)

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

97,630

 

 

AED      358,496

 

 

AED      252,859

 

 

$

137,723

 

 

AED       505,718

 

 

AED        48,437

 

Depreciation of right-of-use
assets

 

 

111,255

 

 

408,528

 

 

408,536

 

 

 

222,511

 

 

817,062

 

 

227,521

 

Disposal loss of property plant and equipment

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

376

 

 

1,382

 

 

—

 

Finance expense

 

 

9,125

 

 

33,506

 

 

43,281

 

 

 

22,251

 

 

81,706

 

 

25,730

 

Provision expected credit loss allowance

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

128,071

 

Provision for employees’ end-of-service benefits

 

 

15,251

 

 

56,003

 

 

92,839

 

 

 

49,498

 

 

181,757

 

 

39,692

 

Change in fair value of derivative

 

 

—

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

—

 

   

 

   

 

Changes in operating assets and
liabilities

 

$

(1,001,179

)

 

AED (3,676,330

)

 

AED  (5,482,295

)

 

$

(2,635,671

)

 

AED   (9,678,183

)

 

AED  (3,395,168

)

Accounts receivable

 

$

(62,417

)

 

AED    (229,196

)

 

AED     (286,508

)

 

$

23,064

 

 

AED         84,693

 

 

AED     (427,335

)

Prepayments and other current
assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Due from related parties

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

13,247

 

Accounts payable

 

 

636,608

 

 

2,337,626

 

 

88,793

 

 

 

(139,569

)

 

(512,498

)

 

208,297

 

Decrease in due to related parties

 

 

1,034,293

 

 

3,797,926

 

 

(486,338

)

 

 

(49,967

)

 

(183,477

)

 

(4,463,261

)

Derivatives

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Employees’ end of service
benefits paid

 

 

(9,866

)

 

(36,228

)

 

—

 

 

 

(27,032

)

 

(99,261

)

 

(8,444

)

Taxes payable

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

597,439

 

 

AED  2,193,798

 

 

AED  (6,166,348

)

 

$

(2,829,174

)

 

AED (10,388,726

)

 

AED  (8,072,664

)

16

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(83,915

)

 

AED    (308,137

)

 

 

AED  (2,998,337

)

 

$

(858,403

)

 

 

AED  (3,152,055

)

 

 

AED  (956,797

)

Acquisition of intangible assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(253,344

)

 

 

(70,526

)

 

 

(258,970

)

 

 

—

 

Disposal of property and equipment

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,550

 

 

 

24,052

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

$

(83,915

)

 

AED    (308,137

)

 

 

AED  (3,251,680

)

 

$

(922,378

)

 

 

AED  (3,386,973

)

 

 

AED  (956,797

)

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Movements in shareholder’s account

 

 

(316,702

)

 

(1,162,928

)

 

$

(110,000

)

 

$

245,895

 

 

$

902,928

 

 

$

(1,239,361

)

Movements in accumulated losses

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,982,656

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

 

1,000.000

 

 

3,672.00

 

 

 

6,997,657

 

 

 

2,822,409

 

 

 

10,363,887

 

 

 

6,946,107

 

Direct cost of leased asset

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(35,000

)

Lease payments made during the
year

 

 

(117,079

)

 

(429,912

)

 

 

(429,915

)

 

 

(234,158

)

 

 

(859,830

)

 

 

(239,417

)

Net cash (used in) financing activities

 

$

(432,780

)

 

AED  (1,589,168

)

 

 

AED   6,457,742

 

 

$

2,834,146

 

 

 

AED 10,406,985

 

 

 

AED 12,414,985

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

 

$

80,744

 

 

AED 296,492.79

 

 

 

AED  (2,960,287

)

 

$

(917,406

)

 

 

AED  (3,368,715

)

 

 

AED   3,385,524

 

Cash at the beginning of the year

 

 

8,807

 

 

32,338.31

 

 

 

3,401,053

 

 

 

926,213

 

 

 

3,401,053

 

 

 

15,529

 

Cash at the end of the year

 

$

89,551

 

 

AED      328,831

 

 

 

AED      440,766

 

 

$

8,807

 

 

 

AED        32,338

 

 

 

AED   3,401,053

 

17

Table of Contents

Statement of changes in equity

 

Share
capital

 

Additional
capital

 

Shareholders’
accounts

 

Accumulated
losses

 

Total

As at January 1, 2021

 

100,000.00

 

 

—

 

 

1,499,361.00

 

 

 

(7,222,962.00

)

 

 

(5,623,601.00

)

Loss for the year

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(3,864,619

)

 

 

(3,864,619

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(6,982,656.00

)

 

 

6,982,656.00

 

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

—

 

 

6,946,107

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,946,107

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

5,743,295.00

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

5,743,295.00

 

As at December 31, 2021 (AED)

 

100,000

 

 

AED          6,946,107

 

 

AED       260,000

 

 

 

AED     (4,104,925

)

 

 

AED          3,201,182

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the period end June 30, 2022

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(6,279,809

)

 

 

(6,279,809

)

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

 

6,997,657.00

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,997,657.00

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(110,000

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(110,000

)

As at June 30, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000.00

 

 

AED   13,943,764.00

 

 

AED    150,000.00

 

 

 

AED (10,384,735.00

)

 

 

AED     3,809,029.40

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the period

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(4,985,999.00

)

 

 

(4,985,999.00

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

 

3,366,230.00

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3,366,230.00

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,012,928

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,012,928

 

As at December 31, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000.00

 

 

AED   17,309,994.00

 

 

AED 1,162,928.00

 

 

 

AED (15,370,733.40

)

 

 

AED     3,202,188.60

 

As at December 31, 2022 (USD)

 

27,233

 

$

4,714,051

 

$

316,702

 

 

$

(4,185,930

)

 

$

872,056

 

Loss for the period

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(4,532,863.00

)

 

 

(4,532,863.00

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

 

3,672.00

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3,672.00

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1,162,928

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,162,928

)

As at June 30, 2023 (AED)

 

100,000.00

 

 

AED   17,313,666.00

 

 

AED               —

 

 

 

AED (19,903,594.00

)

 

 

AED    (2,489,928.00

)

As at June 30, 2023 (USD)

 

27,233

 

$

4,715,051

 

$

—

 

 

$

(5,420,369

)

 

$

(678,085

)

18

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Prospective investors should carefully consider and evaluate each of the following considerations and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our Shares. The following section describes the material risks known to us that could directly or indirectly affect us and the value or trading price of our Shares and should not be construed as a comprehensive listing of all risk factors. The following section does not state risks unknown to us now but which could occur in the future and risks which we currently believe to be not material but may subsequently turn out to be so. Should these risks occur and/or turn out to be material, they could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. To the best of our Directors’ knowledge and belief, the risk factors that are material to investors in making an informed judgment have been set out below. If any of the following considerations and uncertainties develop into actual events, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such cases, the trading price of our Shares could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment in our Shares. Prospective investors are advised to apprise themselves of all factors involving the risks of investing in our Shares from their professional advisers before making any decision to invest in our Shares.

This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements having direct and/or indirect implications on our future performance. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks and uncertainties faced by us described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our Group does not have a long operating history as an integrated group.

Our Company was incorporated as a holding company on February 23, 2023. While the businesses of our subsidiary have been in operation since 2014, we do not have a long history of running an integrated group with standardized policies and procedures and on which our past performance may be judged. Given our limited operating history and the rapidly evolving market in which we compete, we may encounter operational, financial and other difficulties as we establish and expand our operations, product and service developments, sales and marketing, technology, and general and administrative capabilities.

There is substantial doubt as to whether we will continue operations. If we discontinue operations, you could lose your investment.

We are a pre-revenue organization since most of our existing projects are collaborative in nature and we do not anticipate earning substantial revenues until such time as we enter into commercial production for our robotics, which is expected to be by the end of 2024. We were founded in 2014 and have a minimal operating history upon which an evaluation of our future success or failure can be made. We have suffered recurring losses from operations and have a significant accumulated deficit. In addition, we continue to experience negative cash flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and our auditors have issued a going concern opinion in their report included in this prospectus.

We anticipate that we will incur increased expenses without realizing enough revenues. We therefore expect to incur losses in the foreseeable future. Our ability to achieve and maintain profitability and positive cash flow is dependent upon our ability to enter into commercial production for our robotics. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in finding customers for our robotics and in generating revenues and profit in the future. Failure to generate revenues and profit will cause us to suspend or cease operations. If this happens, you could lose all or part of your investment.

Rapid advancements in robotics and AI technology can potentially outpace our current offerings. Failure to innovate could negatively affect our competitive edge.

The rapid pace of technological advancements in the robotics and AI industry presents a significant risk to the Company’s long-term success. As cutting-edge solutions emerge, there is a possibility that the Company’s current offerings may become outdated or less competitive. To mitigate this risk, the Company aims to allocate substantial resources to R&D, continuously monitor industry trends, and invest in exploring emerging technologies. Maintaining a culture of innovation and fostering collaborations with research institutions can help ensure the Company stays at

19

Table of Contents

the forefront of the evolving landscape. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to innovate, and failure to do so could negatively affect our competitive edge, lead to a loss in market share and adversely affect our business and financial results.

We operate in a regulatory environment that is subject to change, as governments adapt to the implications of robotics and AI. This can affect how we develop and implement our technologies, and non-compliance could lead to fines or reputational damage.

Operating in a dynamic regulatory environment exposes the company to compliance risks. Governments worldwide are grappling with the implications of robotics and AI, leading to evolving regulations and policies. Non-compliance with these changing rules could result in financial penalties and reputational damage. To address this risk, we aim to establish robust compliance procedures, closely monitor regulatory updates, and engage in constructive dialogues with regulatory authorities. All these efforts will lead to an increase in our cost of compliance and thus our operating cost, which may negatively affect our financial results.

We may continue to incur losses in the future.

For the six months ended June 30, 2023 and the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we recorded net losses of $1.2 million, $3.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively. We anticipate that our operating expenses, together with the increased general administrative expenses of a public company, will increase in the foreseeable future as we seek to maintain and continue to grow our business, attract potential customers, and further enhance our service offering. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, we may incur net losses in the future and may be unable to achieve or maintain sufficient cash flows or profitability on a quarterly or annual basis for the foreseeable future.

We must maintain sufficient funding for R&D, marketing, and other operational costs. Financial risk could arise from fluctuations in sales, increased costs, or economic downturns. Decisions to raise capital could affect existing shareholders, while opting for debt financing might increase our risk profile.

Our financial stability is subject to various factors that could impact our ability to meet operational expenses and invest in crucial areas like research and development. Fluctuations in sales due to changing market conditions or unforeseen events, increased costs, or economic downturns can strain our financial position. Moreover, increased costs, such as rising raw material prices or higher manufacturing expenses, could erode profit margins, potentially hindering the Company’s growth and expansion plans. Economic downturns can further exacerbate these challenges, constraining our ability to access capital and potentially leading to liquidity issues.

To maintain sufficient funding, we may seek diverse funding options, such as debt financing. Taking on debt could lead to an increase in our overall leverage, potentially resulting in higher interest payments and debt-related expenses. As a result, a significant portion of our earnings may be allocated to service our debt, limiting the funds available for dividend distributions or reinvestment in growth initiatives.

New competitors may enter the robotics industry with competing products and services, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our competitors could significantly impede our ability to expand our network and to reach consumers. Our competitors may also develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products and services less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if competitors develop products or services with similar or superior functionality to our products and services, we may need to decrease the prices for our products and services to remain competitive or our products or services developed by us may be branded or generic, becoming obsolete before they are marketed or before we recover a significant portion of the development and commercialization expenses incurred with respect to these products. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing structure due to competitive pressures, our revenue may be reduced, and our operating results may be negatively affected. Some of our larger competitors may be better able to respond more quickly with new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing or promotional campaigns. If we are unable to compete with these companies, the demand for our products and services could substantially decline.

Also, if any of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could materially and adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future suppliers, technology partners or other parties with

20

Table of Contents

whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to develop, improve and promote our solutions. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to conduct our marketing activities effectively, properly, or at reasonable costs, which will have an impact on our business operations.

We invest resources in a variety of different marketing and brand promotion efforts designed to enhance our brand recognition and increase sales of our services and products. For the year ended December 31, 2022, our marketing and promotion expenses were approximately $24,000, representing approximately 0.5% of our total expense. For the six months ended June 30, 2023, we did not record any spending on marketing. We leveraged relationship with our partners like Dubai Police to increase our brand awareness and showcased our products in various events throughout the period. Also we have active presence on various social media including Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn, and YouTube.

We may not allocate significant resources to traditional marketing activities due to our focus on B2B communication and our established customer base. However, we recognize the importance of promoting our product to the public to increase awareness about its usability, benefits, and positive impact on people’s lives. Our marketing efforts will aim to educate and inform the public about our technology, ensuring that potential customers understand how our products can simplify and enhance their daily lives. By strategically targeting our promotional activities, we can maximize the effectiveness of our marketing efforts while maintaining reasonable costs.

While we seek to structure our promotional campaigns in the manner that we believe is most likely to encourage people to use our products and services, we may fail to identify advertising opportunities that satisfy our anticipated return on advertising spend as we scale our investments in marketing, accurately predict consumers’ acquisitions, or fully understand or estimate the conditions and behaviors that drive consumers’ behaviors. If for any reason any of our advertising campaigns prove less successful than anticipated in attracting new consumers, we may not be able to recover our advertising expense, and our rate of consumers acquisition may fail to meet market expectations, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business. There can be no assurance that our advertising and other marketing efforts will result in increased sales of our services and products.

Our business will be subject to risks associated with relying on a limited number of customers and suppliers.

Our business will be subject to risks associated with relying on a limited number of customers and suppliers. As we are a pre-revenue company, we did not have any customers until January 2023. Moreover, we develop major components of our robotics in-house. However, since our business is collaboration-based and each of our robotics is customized to meet our partners’ needs, we expect to have a limited number of customers and suppliers in the future once we start to generate substantial revenue. Given that our business will depend on a few customers and suppliers, any changes in the relationships with these future customers and suppliers, such as the loss of a major client or reduced orders, could significantly impact our financial stability and growth prospects. Similarly, a disruption in the supply chain, such as a supplier failing to deliver crucial components on time or of the required quality, could hamper our production schedule and impact product quality. This dependence on a limited pool may also expose us to risks from changes in market conditions, such as price fluctuations or supply shortages. Although we plan to continuously work towards diversifying our customer base and supplier network, maintaining high-quality service and products, and developing strong relationships with multiple reliable suppliers, unforeseen disruptions can still occur, and our business operations and financial conditions may be adversely affected.

Misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property and proprietary rights, enforcement actions to protect our intellectual property and claims from third parties relating to intellectual property could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the technology industries. We expect that robotics technologies and software products and services may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors in our industry segment grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Our ability to compete depends upon our proprietary technology. While we rely on intellectual property laws, confidentiality agreements and technical measures to protect our proprietary rights, we believe that the technical and creative skills of our personnel, continued development of our proprietary systems and technology and brand name

21

Table of Contents

recognition are essential in establishing a leadership position and strengthening our brands. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our services or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary rights is difficult and may be expensive. We can provide no assurance that the steps we take will prevent misappropriation of technology or that the agreements entered into for that purpose will be enforceable. Effective trademarks, service mark, patent, copyright and trade secret protection may not be available when we first introduce our products. In addition, if litigation becomes necessary to enforce or protect our intellectual property rights or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity, such litigation, even if successful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

We also cannot provide any assurance that our products and services do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. Claims of infringement, even if unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. If unsuccessful, we may be subject to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and monetary damages, which may be trebled in the case of willful infringements.

We do not exclusively own 100% of all intellectual property and technologies that we develop in the projects with our partners, which may adversely affect our ability to effectively utilize and monetize such intellectual property and technologies in our business operations.

One significant aspect of our business model involves partnering with various companies and government entities to develop customized robotics solutions for specific tasks. These collaborative projects often entail the joint development of intellectual property and related technologies. In certain cases, the collaboration agreements may stipulate that the ownership of such intellectual property and technologies will be shared between our partners and our Company. For example, in our partnership with Dubai Police for the development of self-driving cars, intellectual property used in the programs operating the self-driving cars is considered joint intellectual property; and in our partnership with QSS Robotics, QSS Robotics owns the intellectual property related to product design while we own patents or hardware design rights.

As a result of these arrangements, our Company does not exclusively own 100% of all intellectual property developed within such projects. This shared ownership of intellectual property and related technology could have implications on our ability to fully monetize or independently commercialize the developed intellectual property. It might also impact our control over the direction and application of the technology. Additionally, decisions regarding the use, licensing, or further development of these jointly owned intellectual property may require consensus with our partners, which could potentially lead to delays or differences in strategic priorities.

As a robotics company operating in a digital era, we face significant cybersecurity risks that could have adverse implications for our business, reputation and stakeholders.

Cybersecurity threats, such as data breaches, hacking attempts, and malware attacks, pose an imminent danger to the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our sensitive information and proprietary technologies. In particular, we have highlighted the following specific threats that may happen to us:

•        System intrusions:    Although our operational and security systems operate behind our clients’ firewalls, they may still be exposed to potential cybersecurity threats. Intruders may seek to infiltrate these systems, disrupt operations, or access sensitive data. System vulnerabilities could be exploited if not adequately protected.

•        Software vulnerabilities:    Our integrated software in the robots and other products can also be a target for cyber threats. These threats can take many forms, from injecting malicious code to exploiting software vulnerabilities to disrupt robot functioning or compromise data integrity.

•        Data privacy and protection:    The data collected and processed by our products or software, whether personal or proprietary, is another potential cybersecurity risk. Unprotected or inadequately protected data can be a target for unauthorized access, misuse, or theft, leading to breaches of privacy and potential legal repercussions.

•        Monitoring and control:    Despite our robots’ fleets being monitored from an operations room 24/7, there is still a risk of undetected cyber threats. Sophisticated attackers could potentially bypass detection systems or operate in ways that appear normal to avoid raising alarms.

22

Table of Contents

•        Supply chain threats:    Cybersecurity risks can also arise from the supply chain. If any of our suppliers or partners are compromised, it could potentially affect our systems or products.

•        Advanced persistent threats:    Given the critical nature of our operations, we could be targeted by advanced persistent threats. These are stealthy and continuous hacking processes orchestrated by individuals or groups targeting specific data or infrastructures.

We employ a robust cybersecurity strategy that includes regular system updates and patches, stringent data protection protocols, sophisticated threat detection and response systems, and continuous cybersecurity awareness training for our employees. Our commitment to cybersecurity is unwavering, and we continually strive to stay ahead of potential threats to protect our operations, products, and the valuable data we handle. However, we cannot assure you that we can avert all cyber threats and a successful cyber-attack, or any other cyber security incident could result in the theft or unauthorized disclosure of our intellectual property, customer data, or confidential business information, which could disrupt our operations, and lead to financial losses, damage to our reputation and potential legal liabilities. The evolving nature of cyber threats poses an ongoing challenge to us. The emergence of new attack vectors and sophisticated hacking techniques demands continuous investment and training. Failure to keep up with these evolving threats expose us to greater risks.

We face the inherent risk of unproven market demand for our products and services.

As an early player in the robotics industry in the UAE, we face the inherent risk of unproven market demand for our products and services. The market for AMR solutions is relatively new and evolving, with limited historical data to accurately predict customer preferences and long-term adoption trends. The lack of a well-established market for AMR products in the UAE presents challenges in accurately assessing customer needs and preferences. The demand for AMR solutions may be influenced by factors such as the pace of technological advancements, customer awareness, regulatory developments, and economic conditions. A failure to accurately gauge market demand could lead to overproduction or misallocation of resources, resulting in potential financial losses and excess inventory.

As a robotics company, we are exposed to the risk of software malfunctions and design flaws in our AMR products.

Despite rigorous testing and quality assurance measures, the complexity of robotics software and the ever-evolving technology landscape can lead to unforeseen issues that may adversely impact our operations and reputation. Software malfunctions in AMR products could result in unexpected behavior, causing robots to deviate from intended paths, fail to perform critical tasks, or lead to collisions with objects or personnel. Such malfunctions may disrupt workflows, delay operations, and potentially lead to property damage or safety incidents. Any incident involving our robots could lead to reputational damage, customer dissatisfaction, and potential legal liabilities.

Design flaws in robotics software may lead to inefficiencies, suboptimal performance, or vulnerabilities that could be exploited by malicious actors. Security vulnerabilities in the software could expose sensitive customer data or proprietary information, leading to data breaches and potential regulatory non-compliance. A successful cyber-attack on our AMR products could compromise their functionalities and affect our customers’ trust in our technology. Furthermore, the introduction of new features or software updates may inadvertently introduce unforeseen issues or compatibility challenges with existing systems. Incompatibility or software conflicts could cause downtime, negatively impacting customer operations, and eroding trust in our products.

In the rapidly evolving robotics industry, unforeseen design flaws or software malfunctions may necessitate the recall or modification of our AMR products, leading to substantial financial and operational costs. Delays in addressing such issues could result in missed business opportunities, potential loss of market share, and decreased customer confidence.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to successfully develop and launch new products, services or grow our complementary product or service offerings.

While our current focus is on developing two types of AMRs and the related software bundle to cater to specific customer needs, we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to successfully develop and launch new products.

Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to continue enhancing and improving the value of our products and services, with a focus on the development of electronic control units, mechanical systems, and autonomous driving systems for our AMRs. We believe that these advancements will further strengthen our offerings and contribute to our market competitiveness.

23

Table of Contents

The development of our services and products is complex and costly, and we typically have several services and products development simultaneously. Given the complexity, we occasionally have experienced, and could experience in the future, delays in completing the development and introduction of new and enhanced services and products. Problems in the design or quality of our services or products may also have an adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, and operating results. Unanticipated problems in developing products and services could also divert substantial research and development resources, which may impair our ability to develop new services and products and enhancements of existing services and products and could substantially increase our costs. If we fail to continue to successfully launch new value-add products and services or to enter new, complementary markets successfully, or to do either of the foregoing in a cost-effective manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is dependent on keeping pace with advances in technology. If we are unable to keep pace with advances in technology, consumers may stop using our services and our revenues will decrease. If we are required to invest substantial amounts in technology, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

Our business relies on staying at the forefront of technological advancements. It is crucial for us to keep pace with these advances to maintain consumer trust in our products and services. Failure to do so may result in reduced consumer confidence, making it challenging to achieve our revenue projections, which could eventually lead to a decrease in our revenues. Furthermore, significant investments in technology may be necessary, and if such investments are required, they may have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

The robotics markets are characterized by rapid technological change, changes in user and customer requirements, frequent new service and product introductions embodying new technologies, including Level 4 autonomous system and advanced control units such as the EV main control unit that is built on an automotive grade microcontroller such as Nvidia AJX Orin, Infineon AURIX and STM ARM Cortex M7 alongside drive/steer/break-by-wire based platform, and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our products, services, and technologies obsolete. These market characteristics are intensified by the emerging nature of the market and the fact that many companies are expected to introduce new Internet products and services in the near future. If we are unable to adapt to changing technologies, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.

Recruiting and retaining talent in the highly specialized fields of AI and robotics is a challenge we face. The departure of key personnel could disrupt our operations and slow our pace of innovation

Our success depends, in part, upon the continuing contributions of key employees, including our Chief Executive Officer Fareed Aljawhari, and our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key employees or the failure to attract or replace qualified personnel may have a material and adverse effect on our business.

The limited pool of experienced robotics and AI experts in the UAE can make it challenging to find suitable candidates with the required expertise to drive our research, development, and operational initiatives. Additionally, increased demand from various industries and emerging technology sectors may intensify the competition for qualified professionals, making talent acquisition a complex and resource-intensive process.

Retaining top talent is equally crucial, as our success heavily relies on the innovative contributions and knowledge of our skilled workforce. The talent retention risk is amplified by the emergence of international job opportunities and the potential for employees to seek higher compensation or career growth elsewhere. Losing key personnel may disrupt ongoing projects, slow down innovation, and negatively impact our competitive edge.

We may enter into strategic acquisitions, investments and partnerships which could pose various risks, increase our leverage, dilute existing shareholders and significantly impact our ability to expand our overall profitability.

We may enter into strategic acquisitions, investments, and partnerships; these carry inherent risks, including potential increased leverage and dilution of existing shareholders. Nevertheless, our steadfast commitment to maintaining profitability and sustaining a consistent growth trajectory guides our decision-making process in pursuing such opportunities.

24

Table of Contents

Acquisitions involve inherent risks, such those relating to increased leverage and debt service requirements and post-acquisition integration challenges, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and/or cash flow and could strain our human resources. We may be unable to successfully implement effective cost controls or achieve expected synergies as a result of a future acquisition. Acquisitions may result in our assumption of unexpected liabilities and the diversion of management’s attention from the operation of our business. Acquisitions may also result in our having greater exposure to the industry risks of the businesses underlying the acquisition. Strategic investments and partnerships with other companies expose us to the risk that we may not be able to control the actions of our investees or partners, which could decrease the amount of benefits we realize from a particular relationship. We are also exposed to the risk that our partners in strategic investments and infrastructure may encounter financial difficulties that could lead to a disruption of investee or partnership activities, or an impairment of assets acquired, which could adversely affect future reported results of operations and shareholders’ equity. Acquisitions may subject us to new or different regulations or tax consequences which could have an adverse effect on our operations.

In addition, we may be unable to obtain the financing necessary to complete acquisitions on attractive terms or at all. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our Ordinary Shares. Future equity financings would also decrease our earnings per share and the benefits derived by us from such new ventures or acquisitions might not outweigh or exceed their dilutive effect. Any additional debt financing we secure could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital or to pursue business opportunities. Realization of any of the foregoing risks associated with future strategic acquisitions, investments and partnerships could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Industry consolidation may give our competitors an advantage over us, which could result in a loss of customers and/or a reduction of our revenue.

Some of our competitors have made or may make acquisitions or enter into partnerships or other strategic relationships in order to offer more comprehensive services or achieve greater economies of scale. In addition, new entrants who are not currently considered competitors may enter our market through acquisitions, partnerships or strategic relationships. Many potential entrants may have competitive advantages over us, such as greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more varied services, and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial, technical, and other resources. Industry consolidation may result in practices that make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs, technology or services functionality. These pressures could result in a reduction in our revenue.

As an emerging industry, the potential risks of industry consolidation remain uncertain for our company in the long term. While some competitors may pursue acquisitions, partnerships, or strategic relationships to enhance their services and gain economies of scale, it is unclear if these actions will pose a significant threat to our customer base and revenue. Moreover, new entrants may enter the market through similar means, leveraging their advantages such as brand recognition, operating experience, diverse services, larger marketing budgets, and greater financial and technical resources. Industry consolidation could introduce competitive practices that hinder our ability to effectively compete in terms of pricing, sales and marketing programs, technology, and service functionality, potentially impacting our revenue. However, the full extent of these pressures is yet to be determined.

Negative publicity relating to our Group or our Directors, Executive Officers or Major Shareholders may materially and adversely affect our reputation and Share price.

Negative publicity or announcements relating to our Group or any of our Directors, Executive Officers or Major Shareholders, whether with or without merit, may materially and adversely affect the reputation and goodwill of our Group in our industry, consequently affecting our relationships with our customers and car dealers. In addition, such negative publicity may affect market perception of our Group and the performance of our Share price.

Negative publicity or announcements may include, among others, newspaper reports of accidents at our workplaces, unsuccessful attempts in joint ventures, acquisitions or take-overs, any involvement we may have in litigation or insolvency proceedings, and unfavorable or negative articles on any of our Directors, Executive Officers or Major Shareholders. Any claims and legal actions brought forward by our customers may also have a negative impact on our

25

Table of Contents

brand image. If our customers, suppliers, or subcontractors subsequently lose confidence in us, this could result in the termination of business relationships or fewer referrals or invitations to tender or quote for facilities services or other contracts. To this end, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely impacted.

We may be exposed to liabilities under applicable anti-corruption laws and any determination that we violated these laws could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to various anti-corruption laws, including the UAE Federal Law No. 3 of 1987 referred to as Civil Service Law, that prohibit companies and their agents from making improper payments or offers of payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We may conduct business in countries and regions that are generally recognized as potentially more corrupt business environments. Activities in these countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees or agents that could be in violation of various anti-corruption laws. We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls and compliance systems will always protect us from acts committed by our employees or agents. If our employees or agents violate our policies or we fail to maintain adequate record keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately record our transactions, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions. Violations of the Article 236 bis of the Penal Code or other anti-corruption laws, or allegations of any such acts, could damage our reputation and subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the United States and in other jurisdictions. Those and any related shareholder lawsuits could lead to substantial civil and criminal, monetary and nonmonetary penalties and cause us to incur significant legal and investigatory fees which could adversely affect our business, combined financial condition and results of operations.

Operating in the field of robotics and AI, we face risks associated with potential governmental and regulatory scrutiny.

Operating in the field of robotics and AI, we face risks associated with potential governmental and regulatory scrutiny. As these technologies evolve, so do the regulations governing their use, especially in the realm of data privacy. As our solutions involve collecting, processing, and storing data, we are subject to stringent data protection laws. These laws vary by jurisdiction, and non-compliance could lead to significant financial penalties, reputational damage, and operational disruptions. Additionally, new legislation or changes in current laws could impose further restrictions or requirements on our operations. This evolving regulatory landscape necessitates constant vigilance to ensure we remain compliant. We have implemented rigorous data handling and privacy protocols, and we continually monitor regulatory changes. However, the complexities of global data privacy regulations and the rapid pace of change in AI technology may still present challenges.

We operate in jurisdictions such as the UAE and GCC and potentially Europe and the USA, each with its own unique data protection laws and regulations. These laws govern how we can collect, use, and share data for developing and training our AI algorithms. The risk lies in the potential for existing and future legislation to restrict our ability to gather the necessary data, thus impacting our product development and optimization. For instance, stringent data privacy laws could limit the scope of data collection or impose rigorous consent requirements, slowing down our AI training process. Additionally, cross-border data transfer rules may hinder our ability to share data across our operations in different regions. As our flagship products rely heavily on real-time data analysis, any such restrictions could affect their performance and effectiveness. We are actively implementing comprehensive data governance frameworks, and continuously monitoring legal changes in our operating jurisdictions. However, unpredictability in regulatory changes and variations in global data privacy regulations present ongoing challenges to our operations.

We face various environmental risks inherent in our operations and product development.

Critical environmental risks we face lie in resource consumption, waste generation and disposal during the manufacturing and utilization of robotics products. One significant risk lies in the consumption of natural resources during the manufacturing and use of robotics products. High demand for components and materials may lead to resource depletion, increasing costs and causing supply chain disruptions. The overutilization of resources could also lead to environmental degradation and contribute to broader sustainability challenges. Another critical environmental risk involves the generation and disposal of electronic waste (“E-Waste”) from outdated or malfunctioning robots. Inadequate disposal practices can result in environmental pollution, leading to potential health hazards and ecological harm. Mishandling E-Waste may attract regulatory scrutiny and legal penalties, in addition to harming our reputation and brand image. Managing the product lifecycle effectively is vital to minimize environmental harm. Improper

26

Table of Contents

disposal of end-of-life robots can lead to environmental pollution, contribute to electronic waste accumulation, and perpetuate resource inefficiency. Such negative impacts may attract public scrutiny and erode stakeholder trust, potentially affecting investor confidence and market perception.

Risks Related to Doing Business in Certain Countries and Regions

Investments in emerging markets are subject to greater risks than those in more developed markets.

You should also be aware that investments in emerging markets, such as the GCC region, are subject to greater risks than those in more developed markets, including risks such as:

•        political, social and economic instability;

•        exposure to local economic and social conditions, including cultural and communication challenges;

•        exposure to local political conditions, including political disputes, requirements to expend a portion of funds locally, and government-imposed industrial cooperation requirements, as well as increased risks of fraud and political corruption;

•        exposure to potentially undeveloped legal systems which make it difficult to enforce contractual rights and to potentially adverse changes in laws and regulatory practices, including licensing, approvals, grants, adjudications, and concessions, among others;

•        war, terrorism, rebellion, coup, revolution or similar events;

•        drought, famine, epidemics, pandemics and other complications due to natural or manmade disasters;

•        governments’ actions or interventions, including tariffs, protectionism, subsidies, various forms of exchange controls, expropriation of assets and cancellation of contractual rights;

•        boycotts and embargoes that may be imposed by the international community on countries in which we offer our mobile applications;

•        ambiguities, uncertainties and changes in taxation, licensing and other laws and regulations;

•        arbitrary or inconsistent government action, including capricious application of tax laws and selective tax audits;

•        controls on the repatriation of profits and/or dividends, including the imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries;

•        difficulties and delays in obtaining new permits, licenses and consents for business operations or renewing existing ones;

•        difficulties or an inability to obtain legal remedies in a timely manner;

•        compliance with a variety of US and other foreign laws, including (i) compliance (historical and future) with the requirements of applicable anti-bribery laws, including the UK Bribery Act 2010 and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; and (ii) compliance (historical and future) with sanctions and export control provisions (including the US Export Administration Regulations) in several jurisdictions, including the European Union, the United Kingdom and the United States; and

•        potential lack of reliability as to title to real property in certain jurisdictions.

Although the GCC region has enjoyed significant economic growth over the last several years, there can be no assurance that such growth will continue. Moreover, while certain governments’ policies have generally resulted in improved economic performance, there can be no assurance that such a level of performance can be sustained.

Accordingly, you should exercise particular care in evaluating the risks involved and must decide whether, in the light of those risks, your investment is appropriate. Generally, investment in emerging markets is only suitable for sophisticated investors who fully appreciate the significance of the risks involved.

27

Table of Contents

Investing in GCC markets, particularly in the technology sector, carries certain risks that should be taken into consideration. Some of the key risks include:

1.      Regulatory Environment:    The regulatory landscape in GCC countries may vary, and changes in regulations or government policies can impact the investment climate. It is essential to stay updated on regulations related to foreign investments, technology transfers, intellectual property rights, and data privacy.

2.      Economic and Political Stability:    GCC markets are subject to geopolitical tensions and economic fluctuations. Political instability, regional conflicts, or changes in government policies can affect the business environment and investor confidence, however its evident that the local governments policies are focusing on their economic growth and avoiding political conflicts.

3.      Market Maturity:    While GCC markets are rapidly growing, the technology sector may still be in its early stages of development. The level of market maturity, infrastructure, and adoption rates for certain technologies can vary across different countries within the GCC region.

4.      Competitive Landscape:    The tech industry in the GCC region is becoming increasingly competitive, with local and international players vying for market share. Understanding the competitive landscape and differentiating your offering is crucial to succeed in this dynamic market.

5.      Talent Availability:    Finding skilled and experienced talent, particularly in specialized tech fields, can be a challenge in certain GCC countries. Assessing the availability of qualified professionals and building a strong team is vital for the success of tech investments, however the GCC countries have succeeded for decades to attract talents and competencies by offering high wages and unique lifestyle as well as wellbeing and comfort of life.

6.      Cultural Considerations:    Cultural norms and business practices in the GCC region may differ from other markets. Adapting to local customs, building relationships, and understanding the local business culture can contribute to successful investments, however the government of UAE and recently Saudi Arabia are adopting more western related culture to make it easier for expats with western cultures to adapt with the local culture.

The economies of a number of our markets in the GCC region are highly dependent upon the oil and gas industry.

The UAE’s economy as well as a number of other economies within the GCC region are highly dependent upon the oil and gas industry. Oil and gas prices fluctuate in response to changes in many factors, including, but not limited to:

•        economic and political developments in oil producing regions;

•        global and regional supply and demand, and expectations regarding future supply and demand, for oil and gas products;

•        the ability of members of OPEC and other crude oil producing nations to agree upon and maintain specified global production levels and prices;

•        the impact of international environmental regulations designed to reduce carbon emissions;

•        actions taken by major crude oil and gas producing or consuming countries;

•        prices and availability of alternative fuels;

•        global economic and political conditions;

•        development of new technologies; and

•        global weather and environmental conditions.

Oil prices declined significantly beginning in June 2014, and although prices have recovered in 2018, they have remained volatile with periodic declines since October 2018, including during the first quarter of 2020. If oil prices decline again, this is likely to have an adverse effect on the GDP and other economic indicators of oil producing

28

Table of Contents

markets, such as the UAE and Saudi Arabia, and may also negatively impact consumer confidence and purchasing power, resulting in lower overall expenditure by mobile users, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may be adversely affected by changes in government policies, laws and regulations in the UAE.

Our operating subsidiary in the UAE, Micropolis Dubai, functions as our primary business operation center and engages in sales, customer service and other business operations. As such, our business may be adversely affected by changes in government policies, laws and regulations in the UAE.

On 16 January 2023, the Ministry of Finance introduced a 9% federal corporate tax regime for the first time in the UAE to be applied on the adjusted accounting net profits of a business above AED 375,000, which came into effect on 1 June 2023. Micropolis Dubai is not currently subject to corporate income tax in the UAE as its net profits do not currently meet the AED 375,000 threshold.

Moreover, value added tax, or VAT, was introduced in the UAE on January 1, 2018, at a rate of 5%. The relevant legislation provides that electronic services that are automatically delivered over the Internet, over an electronic network or over an electronic marketplace are not subject to VAT in the UAE, if such electronic services are used or enjoyed outside of the UAE. The introduction of VAT in the UAE has not had a material impact on our business. However, any further change in VAT in the UAE could increase the costs for users to purchase our virtual currencies and may reduce user spending as a result, which could adversely affect our revenue.

In addition, the AED, which is the legal currency of the UAE, has been pegged to the US dollar at 3.6725 AEDs per U.S. dollar since November 1997. However, there can be no assurance that the AED will not be de-pegged in the future or that the existing peg will not be adjusted in a manner that negatively impacts the level of economic activities in the UAE or negatively impacts the attractiveness of the UAE as a tourist destination, both of which are important factors that drive the level of payments by users from the UAE. Any such de-pegging or adjustment could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The economic, political, and social conditions in the GCC region, as well as government policies, laws, and regulations, could affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are headquartered in the UAE. The GCC region is our key market, and we must comply with the applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions of the GCC region. The regulatory bodies in the GCC region may not be as fully matured and as established as those of Western Europe and the United States. Existing laws and regulations may be applied inconsistently with anomalies in their interpretation or implementation. Inconsistent interpretation or implementation in relation to existing laws and regulations could restrict our ability to offer our mobile platform in the relevant jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our failure to obtain, maintain or renew licenses, approvals, permits, registrations, or filings necessary to conduct our operations could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Regulatory authorities in various jurisdictions oversee different aspects of our business operations. We are required to obtain a number of licenses, approvals, permits, registrations, and filings and are subject to certain reporting obligations required for maintaining our subsidiary and personnel in such jurisdictions. We cannot assure you that we have obtained all of these licenses, approvals, permits, registrations, and filings or will continue to maintain or renew all of them or that we have complied with these requirements in full. If we fail to obtain necessary authorizations, we may be subject to various penalties, such as confiscation of illegal revenues, fines and discontinuation or restriction of business operations, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our existing licenses, approvals, registrations or permits in the relevant jurisdictions, renew any of them when their current term expires, or update existing licenses or obtain additional licenses, approvals, permits, registrations, or filings necessary for our business expansion from time to time. If we fail to do so, our business, financial conditions and operational results may be materially and adversely affected.

29

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares

An active trading market for our Ordinary Shares may not develop and could affect the trading price of our Ordinary Shares.

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. Although an application has been made to NYSE for the listing and quotation of our Ordinary Shares, there can be no assurance that there will be an active, liquid public market for our Ordinary Shares after the Offering. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your Ordinary Shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your Ordinary Shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling Ordinary Shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our Ordinary Shares as consideration. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of the future prices of our Ordinary Shares.

Our share price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and you may lose all or part of your investment, and litigation may be brought against us.

There is no assurance that the market price for our Ordinary Shares will not decline below the Offer Price. The Offer Price was determined after consultation between our Company and the underwriter, after taking into consideration, among others, market conditions and estimated market demand for our Ordinary Shares. The Offer Price may not necessarily be indicative of the market price for our Ordinary Shares after the completion of the Offering. Investors may not be able to sell their Ordinary Shares at or above the Offer Price. The prices at which our Ordinary Shares will trade after the Offering may fluctuate significantly and rapidly as a result of, among others, the following factors, some of which are beyond our control:

•        variation in our results of operations;

•        perceived prospects and future plans for our business and the general outlook of our industry;

•        changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our results of operations and recommendations;

•        announcements by us of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures or capital commitments;

•        the valuation of publicly traded companies that are engaged in business activities similar to ours;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        fluctuations in stock market prices and volume;

•        involvement in litigation;

•        general economic and stock market conditions; and

•        discrepancies between our actual operating results and those expected by investors and securities analysts.

There is no guarantee that our Ordinary Shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the Ordinary Shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our Ordinary Shares and you may even lose your entire investment in our Ordinary Shares.

In addition, the stock markets have from time-to-time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices of securities. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of publicly traded companies. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, an investor may lose all or part of his or her investment, and litigation has sometimes been brought against that company. If similar litigation is instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and divert our senior management’s attention and resources from our core business.

30

Table of Contents

Investors in our Ordinary Shares likely will face immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share and may experience future dilution.

The Offer Price is likely to be substantially higher than our Group’s current net tangible book value per share. If we were liquidated immediately following this Offering, each investor subscribing for this Offering would receive less than the price they paid for their Ordinary Shares. Please refer to the section titled “Dilution” of this prospectus for more information.

Our Ordinary Shares may trade under $5.00 per share and thus would be known as “penny stock”. Trading in penny stocks has certain restrictions and these restrictions could negatively affect the price and liquidity of our Ordinary Shares.

Our Ordinary Shares may trade below $5.00 per share. As a result, our Ordinary Shares would be known as “penny stock,” which is subject to various regulations involving disclosures to be given to you prior to the purchase of any penny stock. The SEC has adopted regulations which generally define a “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Depending on market fluctuations, our Ordinary Shares could be considered to be “penny stock.” A penny stock is subject to rules that impose additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell these securities to persons other than accredited investors. For transactions covered by these rules, the broker/dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase of these securities. In addition, a broker/dealer must receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the purchase and must also provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser. Consequently, the “penny stock” rules may restrict the ability of broker/dealers to sell our Ordinary Shares and may negatively affect the ability of holders of our Ordinary Shares to resell them. These disclosures require you to acknowledge that you understand the risks associated with buying penny stocks and that you can absorb the loss of your entire investment. Penny stocks generally do not have a very high trading volume. Consequently, the price of the shares is often volatile, and you may not be able to buy or sell your shares when you want to.

We may require additional funding in the form of equity or debt for our future growth which will cause dilution in Shareholders’ equity interest.

We may pursue opportunities to grow our business through joint ventures, strategic alliances, acquisitions, or investment opportunities, following the Offering. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional funding on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to do so, our future plans and growth may be adversely affected.

An issue of Ordinary Shares or other securities to raise funds will dilute Shareholders’ equity interests and may, in the case of a rights issue, require additional investments by Shareholders. Further, the issue of Ordinary Shares below the then prevailing market price will also affect the value of the Ordinary Shares then held by investors.

Dilution in Shareholders’ equity interests may occur even if the issue of shares is at a premium to the market price. In addition, any additional debt funding may restrict our freedom to operate our business as it may have conditions that:

•        limit our ability to pay dividends or require us to seek consents for the payment of dividends;

•        increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

•        require us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to repayments of our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow for capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes; and

•        limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry.

The volatility or uncertainty of the credit markets could limit our ability to borrow funds or cause our borrowings to be more expensive in the future. As such, we may be forced to pay unattractive interest rates, thereby increasing our interest expense, decreasing our profitability, and reducing our financial flexibility if we take on additional debt financing.

31

Table of Contents

Investors may not be able to participate in future issues or certain other equity issues of our Ordinary Shares.

In the event that we issue new Ordinary Shares, we will be under no obligation to offer those Ordinary Shares to our existing Shareholders at the time of issue, except where we elect to conduct a rights issue. However, in electing to conduct a rights issue or certain other equity issues, we will have the discretion and may also be subject to certain regulations as to the procedures to be followed in making such rights available to Shareholders or in disposing of such rights for the benefit of such Shareholders and making the net proceeds available to them.

Accordingly, certain Shareholders may be unable to participate in future equity offerings by us and may experience dilution in their shareholdings as a result.

We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on price appreciation of our Ordinary Shares for return on your investment.

Subject to the Cayman Islands laws and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, our Board of Directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. In addition, our Shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our Directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our Board of Directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from the operating entities, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, and results of operations, and hence there is no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends to our Shareholders after the completion of the Offering. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our Ordinary Shares will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our Ordinary Shares. There is no guarantee that our Ordinary Shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the Ordinary Shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our Ordinary Shares and you may even lose your entire investment in our Ordinary Shares. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, we do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our Ordinary Shares as a source for any future dividend income.

If we fail to meet applicable listing requirements, NYSE may delist our Ordinary Shares from trading, in which case the liquidity and market price of our Ordinary Shares could decline.

Assuming our Ordinary Shares are listed on NYSE on the closing of the Offering, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet the continued listing standards of NYSE in the future. If we fail to comply with the applicable listing standards and NYSE delists our Ordinary Shares, we and our Shareholders could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        a limited availability of market quotations for our Ordinary Shares;

•        reduced liquidity for our Ordinary Shares;

•        a determination that our Ordinary Shares are “penny stock,” which would require brokers trading in our Ordinary Shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our Ordinary Shares;

•        a limited amount of news about us and analyst coverage of us; and

•        a decreased ability for us to issue additional equity securities or obtain additional equity or debt financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or pre-empts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our Ordinary Shares will be listed on NYSE, such securities will be covered securities. Although the states are pre-empted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a

32

Table of Contents

suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. Further, if we were no longer listed on NYSE, our securities would not be covered securities, and we would be subject to regulations in each state in which we offer our securities.

We will incur significant expenses and devote other significant resources and management time as a result of being a public company, which may negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.

We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance, and other expenses as a result of being a public company. Laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure for public companies, including the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, regulations related thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC and NYSE, will significantly increase our costs as well as the time that must be devoted to compliance matters. We expect that compliance with these laws, rules, regulations, and standards will substantially increase our expenses, including our legal and accounting costs, and make some of our operating activities costlier and more time-consuming. These new public company obligations also will require attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. We also expect these laws, rules, regulations, and standards to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our Board of Directors or as officers. As a result of the foregoing, we expect a substantial increase in legal, accounting, insurance, and certain other expenses in the future, which will negatively impact our financial performance and could cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory actions and potential civil litigation.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements in time or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal disclosure controls and procedures over our financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we will file with the SEC will be recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods and as otherwise specified in SEC rules, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal Executive Officers and financial officers. We are also continuing to improve our internal controls over financial reporting.

Ensuring that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that will need to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting are a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. Beginning with our second annual report on Form 20-F after we become a company whose securities are publicly listed in the United States, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will be required to include an attestation report on internal controls over financial reporting issued by our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. During our evaluation of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal controls over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, or results of operations.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

33

Table of Contents

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such a date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. The extended transition period provision only applies to companies preparing financial statements under U.S. GAAP. Because we prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, we are unable to take advantage of the aforementioned provision. As a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required or permitted by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We qualify as a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that permit less detailed and less frequent reporting than that of a U.S. domestic public company.

Upon the closing of this Offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, our officers, Directors, and principal Shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder. Therefore, our Shareholders may not know on a timely basis when our officers, directors and principal Shareholders purchase or sell our Ordinary Shares. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers also are exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NYSE rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time-consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain and maintain directors and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our Ordinary Shares are directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on this date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, Directors and Major Shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

34

Table of Contents

In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the NYSE rules. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting, and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange.

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NYSE listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

As a foreign private issuer, we are entitled to rely on a provision in NYSE’s corporate governance rules that allows us to follow Cayman Islands law for certain corporate governance matters. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands may differ significantly from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on NYSE, except for general fiduciary duties and duties of care, Cayman Islands law has no corporate governance regime which prescribes specific corporate governance standards.

Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete with this offering. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States investors in the Ordinary Shares to significant adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

A non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income; or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, or the asset test. Based on our current and expected income and assets (taking into account the expected cash proceeds and our anticipated market capitalization following this offering), we do not presently expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC is a fact-intensive inquiry made on an annual basis that depends, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with our conclusion or that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position. Fluctuations in the market price of our Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years because the value of our assets for the purpose of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our Ordinary Shares. The composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. If we were to be or become a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our Ordinary Shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. Holder. See “Taxation — Material Income Tax Considerations — Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” for further information. We urge U.S. Holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules in light of their individual circumstances.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this Offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds” and in such order of priority as our management may determine in its discretion, and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this Offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business.

35

Table of Contents

We may regularly encounter potential conflicts of interest, and our failure to identify and address such conflicts of interest could adversely affect our business.

We face the possibility of actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest in the ordinary course of our business operations. Conflicts of interest may exist between (i) our different businesses; (ii) us and our clients; (iii) our clients; (iv) us and our employees; (v) our clients and our employees, (vi) us and our Major Shareholders and their controlling entities, or (vii) our dealer-shareholders and our other shareholders. As we expand the scope of our business and our client base, it is critical for us to be able to timely address potential conflicts of interest, including situations where two or more interests within our businesses naturally exist but are in competition or conflict. We have put in place internal control and risk management procedures that are designed to identify and address conflicts of interest, including a procedure for presenting potential conflicts of interest to the audit committee of our Board of Directors. However, appropriately identifying and managing actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and our reputation and our clients’ confidence in us could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest. It is possible that actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest could also give rise to client dissatisfaction, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions. Regulatory scrutiny of, or litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of some potential clients and counterparties to do business with us. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of his or her family or close friend(s) or business associate(s)) interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of our company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer, or director (or a member of his or her family or a close friend(s) or business associate(s)) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for our Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer, or director (or a member of his or her family or close friend(s) or business associate(s)) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in our Company.

Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from our audit committee. All other employees are required to approach our Chief Executive Officer or our Chief Financial Officer if they have any questions about reporting a suspected conflict of interest.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they publish a negative report regarding our Ordinary Shares, the price of our Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Ordinary Shares may depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade us, the price of our Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our Ordinary Shares and the trading volume to decline.

Investors may have difficulty enforcing judgments against us, our directors and management.

The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and a majority of our Directors and officers reside outside the United States. Moreover, many of these persons do not have significant assets in the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the United States federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our Directors and officers.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Cayman Islands Companies Act (Revised) (the “Companies Act”) and the common law of Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, action by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part

36

Table of Contents

from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have the standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records (other than the memorandum and articles of association and any special resolutions passed by such companies, and the register of mortgages and charges of such companies) or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our Directors have discretion under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles that will become effective from the date on which the Registration Statement becomes effective to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our Shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our Shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. Currently, we do not plan to rely on home country practice with respect to any corporate governance matter. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

As a result of all of the above, our public Shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of our Board or controlling shareholders than they would as public Shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital and Governing Documents — Differences in Corporate Law.”

Cayman Islands’ economic substance requirements may have an effect on our business and operations.

Pursuant to the International Tax Cooperation (Economic Substance) Act, 2018 of the Cayman Islands, or the ES Act, that came into force on January 1, 2019, a “relevant entity” conducting a “relevant entity” is required to satisfy the economic substance test set out in the ES Act. A “relevant entity” includes an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands as is our Company. There are nine designated “relevant activities” under the ES Act, and for so long as our Company is carrying on activities which falls within any of the designated relevant activities, it shall comply with all applicable requirements under the ES Act. If the only business activity that the Company carries on is to hold equity participation in other entities and only earns dividends and capital gains, then based on the current interpretation of the ES Act, our Company is a “pure equity holding company” and will therefore only subject to the minimum substance requirements, which require us to (i) comply with the all applicable requirements under the Companies Act and (ii) have adequate human resources and adequate premises in the Cayman Islands for holding and managing equity participations in other entities. However, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to more requirements under the ES Act. Uncertainties over the interpretation and implementation of the ES Act may have an adverse impact on our business and operations.

37

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of current or historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “potential,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements about:

•        changes in political, social, and economic conditions, the regulatory environment, laws and regulations and interpretation thereof in the jurisdictions where we conduct business or expect to conduct business;

•        the risk that we may be unable to realize our anticipated growth strategies and expected internal growth;

•        changes in the availability and cost of professional staff which we require to operate our business;

•        changes in customers’ preferences and needs;

•        changes in competitive conditions and our ability to compete under such conditions;

•        changes in our future capital needs and the availability of financing and capital to fund such needs;

•        changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates;

•        projections of revenue, profits, earnings, capital structure and other financial items;

•        changes in our plan to enter into certain new business sectors; and

•        other factors beyond our control.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates that we obtained from industry publications and reports generated by government or third-party providers of market intelligence.

38

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this Offering of approximately $34.0 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial offering price of $4.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public Offer Price shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this Offering in the following order of priority:

•        Approximately 57% for talent acquisition;

•        Approximately 5.4% for marketing and public relations;

•        Approximately 8.5% for acquisition of machinery and advanced equipment;

•        Approximately 6.2% for R&D specific expenses;

•        Approximately 10.6% for contracts & outsourcing; and

•        Approximately 12.3% for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

To the extent that our actual net proceeds are not sufficient to fund all of the proposed purposes, we will decrease our allocation of the net proceeds for the purposes set out above on a pro rata basis. We would anticipate raising additional capital through equity or debt financing sufficient to fund our proposed uses above.

The amounts and timing of any expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business, and our plans and business conditions. The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this Offering. Our management will have significant flexibility in applying and discretion to apply the net proceeds of the offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this Offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

Pending deployment of the net proceeds for the uses described above, the funds may be placed in short-term deposits with financial institutions or used to invest in short-term money market instruments.

39

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no formal dividend policy. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our Board of Directors has complete discretion in deciding whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided always that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our Board of Directors. Even if our Board of Directors decides to pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Please see the section entitled “Taxation” of this prospectus for information on the potential tax consequences of any cash dividends declared.

40

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following tables set forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2023:

•        on an actual basis; and

•        on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of 8,200,000 shares at an assumed initial public Offer Price of $4.50 per share after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated Offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the tables together with our combined financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

As of September 30, 2023

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted

   

(in US$)

Cash:

 

$

220,677

 

 

34,168,677

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares, [30,000,000] Ordinary Shares outstanding on an actual basis; and [38,200,000] Ordinary Shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis(1)

 

 

3,000

 

 

3,820

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

$

4,741,284

 

 

38,689,284

 

Accumulated comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

   

 

Accumulated deficit

 

$

(6,337,722

)

 

(5,420,369

) 

Total equity

 

$

(1,593,438

)

 

33,272,735

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

$

(1,593,438

)

 

33,272,735

 

____________

(1)      Pro forma additional paid in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting underwriting discounts, the non-accountable expense allowance and other expenses. We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $33,948,000 (Offering proceeds of $36,900,000, less underwriting discounts of $2,583,000, non-accountable expense allowance of $369,000 and Offering expenses of $0).

41

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public Offer Price per share and our net tangible book value per share after this Offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public Offer Price per share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing Shareholders for our presently outstanding shares.

Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total assets, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, less than our total liabilities. Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2022 and September 30, 2023, was US$815,575 and US$(1,637,023), respectively.

After giving effect to the issuance and sale of 8,200,000 Shares in this Offering at an assumed initial public Offer Price of US$4.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and after deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated Offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2023 would have been US$0.84 per outstanding ordinary share (38,200,000 ordinary shares). This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of US$0.90 to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of US$3.65 per ordinary share to investors purchasing Shares in this Offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

Per Ordinary
Share

Assumed initial public Offer Price

 

$

4.50

 

Net tangible book value as of September 30, 2023

 

$

(0.05

)

Pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to this Offering

 

$

0.85

 

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value to investors in this Offering

 

$

(3.65

)

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of the date of this filling, the total number of Shares purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing Shareholders and by investors in this Offering. The table below reflects an assumed initial public Offering Price of US$4.50 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), for Shares purchased in this Offering and excludes underwriting discounts, the non-accountable expense allowance and estimated Offering expenses payable by us.

 

Shares
Purchased

 

Total
Consideration

 

Average Price
per Share

   

Number

 

%

 

US$

 

%

 

US$

Existing Shareholders

 

30,000,000

 

55

 

(1,637,023

)

 

(5

)

 

$

(0.05

)

Investors in this Offering

 

8,200,000

 

45

 

33,948,000

 

 

105

 

 

$

4.14

 

Total

 

38,200,000

 

100

 

32,310,977

 

 

100

 

 

 

0.85

 

The dilution information in this section is presented for illustrative purposes only. Our as adjusted net tangible book value following the consummation of this Offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public Offer Price of our Shares and other terms of this Offering determined at pricing.

42

Table of Contents

SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income data, consolidated balance sheets and cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2022 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income data, consolidated balance sheets data and cash flows data for the six months ended June 30, 2023, have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. The following summary consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

43

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Statements of
Income and Comprehensive Income Data

 


For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 


For the Years Ended
December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Revenue

 

$

157,153

 

 

AED   577,064

 

 

AED                —

 

 

$

—

 

 

AED               —

 

 

AED       373,333

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

(47,146

)

 

(173,119

)

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(112,110

)

Gross profit

 

$

110,007

 

 

AED   403,945

 

 

AED                —

 

 

$

—

 

 

AED               —

 

 

AED       261,223

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Selling and distribution

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Marketing expenses

 

$

—

 

 

AED             —

 

 

AED         59,974

 

 

$

23,353

 

 

AED         85,752

 

 

AED                —

 

General and administrative

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

HR Expenses

 

$

674,349

 

 

AED  2,476,210

 

 

AED    3,643,010

 

 

$

1,922,371

 

 

AED    7,058,947

 

 

AED    2,257,572

 

R&D Expenses

 

 

119,263

 

 

437,935

 

 

1,004,665

 

 

 

339,732

 

 

1,247,494

 

 

679,813

 

Office & Warehouse Expenses

 

 

76,006

 

 

279,095

 

 

382,037

 

 

 

185,064

 

 

679,556

 

 

576,765

 

Legal & Professional Fees

 

 

230,761

 

 

847,353

 

 

217,544

 

 

 

80,580

 

 

295,888

 

 

68,494

 

Other Admin Expenses

 

 

81,832

 

 

300,487

 

 

267,903

 

 

 

142,238

 

 

522,299

 

 

241,511

 

Interest Expense (ROU)

 

 

9,125

 

 

33,506

 

 

43,281

 

 

 

22,251

 

 

81,707

 

 

25,730

 

Depreciation Expenses

 

 

208,885

 

 

767,027

 

 

661,395

 

 

 

360,235

 

 

1,322,781

 

 

275,958

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

$

1,400,221

 

 

AED  5,141,612

 

 

AED    6,279,809

 

 

$

3,075,824

 

 

AED  11,294,425

 

 

AED    4,125,842

 

Income from operations

 

$

(1,290,214

)

 

AED  (4,737,667

)

 

AED   (6,279,809

)

 

$

(3,075,824

)

 

AED (11,294,425

)

 

AED  (3,864,619

)

Other (Income)

 

$

55,775

 

 

AED   204,804

 

 

AED                —

 

 

$

7,793

 

 

AED         28,617

 

 

AED                —

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Income before provision for
income taxes

 

 

(1,234,440

)

 

AED (4,532,863)

 

 

AED  (6,279,809)

 

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED (11,265,808)

 

 

AED  (3,864,619)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Net income

 

$

(1,234,440

)

 

AED (4,532,863

)

 

AED  (6,279,809

)

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED (11,265,808

)

 

AED  (3,864,619

)

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Ordinary Shares (as of June 30, 2023)

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Earnings per share

 

$

(0.12

)

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

44

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position Data

 


For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 


For the Years Ended
December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Assets:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Cash

 

$

89,551

 

 

AED   328,831

 

 

AED   440,766

 

 

$

8,807

 

 

AED    32,338

 

 

AED  3,401,053

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Derivative assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Prepayments and other current
assets

 

 

244,896

 

 

899,257

 

 

1,041,261

 

 

 

182,478

 

 

670,061

 

 

754,753

 

Due from related parties

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total current assets

 

$

334,447

 

 

AED  1,228,088

 

 

AED  1,482,027

 

 

$

191,285

 

 

AED   702,399

 

 

AED  4,155,806

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Property, plant and equipment,
net

 

 

983,907

 

 

3,612,908

 

 

3,704,290

 

 

 

988,993

 

 

3,631,583

 

 

958,813

 

Intangible assets

 

 

47,852

 

 

175,712

 

 

251,678

 

 

 

56,481

 

 

207,397

 

 

294

 

Right-of-use lease assets, net

 

 

658,730

 

 

2,418,857

 

 

3,235,912

 

 

 

769,985

 

 

2,827,385

 

 

3,644,447

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total assets

 

$

2,024,936

 

 

AED  7,435,565

 

 

AED  8,673,907

 

 

$

2,006,744

 

 

AED  7,368,764

 

 

AED  8,759,360

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

 

$

835,402

 

 

AED  3,067,596

 

 

AED  1,331,261

 

 

$

198,794

 

 

AED   729,970

 

 

AED  1,242,468

 

Taxes payable

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Due to a related party

 

 

1,120,584

 

 

4,114,786

 

 

14,000

 

 

 

86,291

 

 

316,861

 

 

500,338

 

Short-term lease liabilities

 

 

217,266

 

 

797,801

 

 

398,900

 

 

 

217,266

 

 

797,801

 

 

778,124

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

2,173,252

 

 

AED  7,980,183

 

 

AED  1,744,161

 

 

$

502,351

 

 

AED  1,844,632

 

 

AED  2,520,930

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Employees’ end-of-service
benefits

 

$

80,164

 

 

AED   294,361

 

 

AED   282,969

 

 

$

74,778

 

 

AED  274,586

 

 

AED   192,090

 

Long-term lease liabilities

 

 

449,605

 

 

1,650,949

 

 

2,837,748

 

 

 

557,559

 

 

2,047,357

 

 

2,845,158

 

Total liabilities

 

$

2,703,021

 

 

AED  9,925,493

 

 

AED  4,864,878

 

 

$

1,134,688

 

 

AED  4,166,575

 

 

AED  5,558,178

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares

 

 

1,000

 

 

3,672

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Share capital

 

$

27,233

 

 

AED   100,000

 

 

AED  100,000

 

 

$

27,233

 

 

AED   100,000

 

 

AED   100,000

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

4,714,051

 

 

17,309,994

 

 

13,943,764

 

 

 

4,714,051

 

 

17,309,994

 

 

6,946,107

 

Shareholders’ current accounts

 

 

0

 

 

—

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

316,702

 

 

1,162,928

 

 

260,000

 

Retained earnings

 

 

(5,420,369

)

 

(19,903,594

)

 

(10,384,735

)

 

 

(4,185,929

)

 

(15,370,733

)

 

(4,104,925

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

$

(678,085

)

 

AED (2,489,928

)

 

AED 3,809,029

 

 

$

872,056

 

 

AED  3,202,189

 

 

AED  3,201,182

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’
equity

 

$

2,024,936

 

 

AED  7,435,565

 

 

8,673,907

 

 

$

2,006,744

 

 

AED  7,368,764

 

 

AED  8,759,360

 

45

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Cash Flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Net income

 

$

(1,234,440

)

 

AED (4,532,862

)

 

AED (6,279,810

)

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED (11,265,808

)

 

AED  (3,864,619

)

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

97,630

 

 

AED    358,496

 

 

AED   252,859

 

 

$

137,723

 

 

AED   505,718

 

 

AED   48,437

 

Depreciation of right-of-use
assets

 

 

111,255

 

 

408,528

 

 

408,536

 

 

 

222,511

 

 

817,062

 

 

227,521

 

Disposal loss of property plant and equipment

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

376

 

 

1,382

 

 

—

 

Finance expense

 

 

9,125

 

 

33,506

 

 

43,281

 

 

 

22,251

 

 

81,706

 

 

25,730

 

Provision expected credit loss allowance

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

128,071

 

Provision for employees’
end-of-service benefits

 

 

15,251

 

 

56,003

 

 

92,839

 

 

 

49,498

 

 

181,757

 

 

39,692

 

Change in fair value of derivative

 

 

—

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

—

 

   

 

   

 

Changes in operating assets and
liabilities

 

$

(1,001,179

)

 

AED (3,676,330

)

 

AED (5,482,295

)

 

$

(2,635,671

)

 

AED  (9,678,183

)

 

AED  (3,395,168

)

Accounts receivable

 

$

(62,417

)

 

AED  (229,196

)

 

AED  (286,508

)

 

$

23,064

 

 

AED    84,693

 

 

AED   (427,335

)

Prepayments and other current
assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Due from related parties

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

13,247

 

Accounts payable

 

 

636,608

 

 

2,337,626

 

 

88,793

 

 

 

(139,569

)

 

(512,498

)

 

208,297

 

Decrease in due to related parties

 

 

1,034,293

 

 

3,797,926

 

 

(486,338

)

 

 

(49,967

)

 

(183,477

)

 

(4,463,261

)

Derivatives

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Employees’ end of service benefits
paid

 

 

(9,866

)

 

(36,228

)

 

—

 

 

 

(27,032

)

 

(99,261

)

 

(8,444

)

Taxes payable

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

597,439

 

 

AED  2,193,798

 

 

AED  (6,166,348

)

 

$

(2,829,174

)

 

AED (10,388,726

)

 

AED  (8,072,664

)

46

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

   

2023

 

2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

 

Audited

 

Audited

 

Audited

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(83,915

)

 

AED   (308,137

)

 

AED (2,998,337

)

 

$

(858,403

)

 

AED (3,152,055

)

 

AED  (956,797

)

Acquisition of intangible assets

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(253,344

)

 

 

(70,526

)

 

(258,970

)

 

—

 

Disposal of property and equipment

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,550

 

 

24,052

 

 

—

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

$

(83,915

)

 

AED  (308,137

)

 

AED  (3,251,680

)

 

$

(922,378

)

 

AED (3,386,973

)

 

AED  (956,797

)

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Movements in shareholder’s account

 

 

(316,702

)

 

(1,162,928

)

 

AED   (110,000

)

 

$

245,895

 

 

AED   902,928

 

 

AED (1,239,361

)

Movements in accumulated losses

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,982,656

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

 

1,000.000

 

 

3,672.00

 

 

6,997,657

 

 

 

2,822,409

 

 

10,363,887

 

 

6,946,107

 

Direct cost of leased asset

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(35,000

)

Lease payments made during the
year

 

 

(117,079

)

 

(429,912

)

 

(429,915

)

 

 

(234,158

)

 

(859,830

)

 

(239,417

)

Net cash (used in) financing activities

 

$

(432,780

)

 

AED (1,589,168

)

 

AED  6,457,742

 

 

$

2,834,146

 

 

AED 10,406,985

 

 

AED 12,414,985

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

 

$

80,744

 

 

AED 296,492.79

 

 

AED  (2,960,287

)

 

$

(917,406

)

 

AED (3,368,715

)

 

AED  3,385,524

 

Cash at the beginning of the year

 

 

8,807

 

 

32,338.31

 

 

3,401,053

 

 

 

926,213

 

 

3,401,053

 

 

15,529

 

Cash at the end of the year

 

$

89,551

 

 

AED   328,831

 

 

AED    440,766

 

 

$

8,807

 

 

AED     32,338

 

 

AED  3,401,053

 

47

Table of Contents

Statement of changes in equity

 

Share
capital

 

Additional
capital

 

Shareholders’
accounts

 

Accumulated
losses

 

Total

As at January 1, 2021

 

100,000.00

 

 

—

 

 

1,499,361.00

 

 

 

(7,222,962.00

)

 

 

(5,623,601.00

)

Loss for the year

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(3,864,619

)

 

 

(3,864,619

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(6,982,656.00

)

 

 

6,982,656.00

 

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

—

 

 

6,946,107

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,946,107

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

5,743,295.00

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

5,743,295.00

 

As at December 31, 2021 (AED)

 

100,000

 

 

AED    6,946,107

 

 

AED     260,000

 

 

 

AED       (4,104,925

)

 

 

AED       3,201,182

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the period end June 30, 2022

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(6,279,809

)

 

 

(6,279,809

)

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

 

6,997,657.00

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,997,657.00

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(110,000

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(110,000

)

As at June 30, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000.00

 

 

AED  13,943,764.00

 

 

AED   150,000.00

 

 

 

AED  (10,384,735.00

)

 

 

AED   3,809,029.40

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the period

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(4,985,999.00

)

 

 

(4,985,999.00

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

 

3,366,230.00

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3,366,230.00

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

1,012,928

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,012,928

 

As at December 31, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000.00

 

 

AED  17,309,994.00

 

 

AED   1,162,928.00

 

 

 

AED  (15,370,733.40

)

 

 

AED   3,202,188.60

 

As at December 31, 2022 (USD)

 

27,233

 

$

4,714,051

 

$

316,702

 

 

$

(4,185,930

)

 

$

872,056

 

Loss for the period

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(4,532,863.00

)

 

 

(4,532,863.00

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

 

3,672.00

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

3,672.00

 

Net movement

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(1,162,928

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,162,928

)

As at June 30, 2023 (AED)

 

100,000.00

 

 

AED  17,313,666.00

 

 

AED                —

 

 

 

AED   (19,903,594.00

)

 

 

AED  (2,489,928.00

)

As at June 30, 2023 (USD)

 

27,233

 

$

4,715,051

 

$

—

 

 

$

(5,420,369

)

 

$

(678,085

)

48

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section of this prospectus titled “Summary Financial Information” and the Company’s combined financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis here and throughout this prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. The Company’s actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Micropolis Dubai, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a robotics manufacturer founded in 2014, based in UAE with its headquarters located in Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE. We specialize in developing AMRs that utilize wheeled EV platforms and are equipped with autonomous driving capabilities.

We have historically conducted our business through Micropolis Dubai. For purposes of this Offering, in February 2023, we incorporated Micropolis Cayman, an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as the listing vehicle for this Offering. Micropolis Dubai is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Micropolis Cayman. The Company is currently a pre-revenue organization since most of our existing projects are collaborative in nature and we do not anticipate earning substantial revenues until such time as we enter into commercial production for our robotics, which is expected to be by the end of 2024.

As part of our product offerings, we integrate application-specific pods that serve as the primary purpose of a robot. These pods are designed to accommodate various functionalities, including surveillance cameras, road sweepers, logistics compartments, as well as collaborative robots (cobots) intended for direct human-robot interaction.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

The following are significant factors that could influence our operational results. Investors should consider these factors carefully, in addition to other information provided in this prospectus.

Technological Changes:    The AMR industry is characterized by rapid technological advancements. Our ability to keep pace with these changes impacts our competitive position and profitability. As a company specializing in the development and integration of AMRs, operating software, and electronic control units and power storage units, the adoption rate of these technologies significantly influences our revenues and market share.

Competitive Landscape:    We believe competition in the robotics industry in UAE and the GCC region is currently mild as the industry is still at an early development stage. However, there are a number of companies that are well-positioned to succeed in this market, including established international robotics companies which wish to expand to the UAE and GCC region, as well as regional startups that are developing innovative robotics solutions. These regional startups are often supported by government initiatives, such as the Dubai Robotics and Automation Program. Increased competition may lead to pricing pressures, reduced profit margins, and loss of market share.

Intellectual Property:    Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property related to AMRs, operating software, and electronic control units & power storage units.

Talent Retention:    Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract, retain, and motivate skilled personnel in the fields of robotics and software development.

Customer Concentration:    Our business risks being significantly affected if a large portion of our revenue is concentrated with a few key customers.

Margin Pressure:    Profitability, while always a goal, is subject to pressures and constraints. Our pricing strategies aim to strike a balance between competitiveness in the market and sustainable margins. This is further complicated by the necessity of offering volume discounts to our larger, cornerstone clients. Additionally, unexpected costs, such as those stemming from extended warranties or unforeseen product recalls, can exert further downward pressure on our margins.

49

Table of Contents

Cash Flows and Capital Requirements:    Our cash conversion cycle defines how efficiently we transform resource inputs into tangible cash flows. Our working capital ensures smooth day-to-day operations, from managing inventory to handling accounts receivable.

Strategic Partnerships:    In our pursuit of growth and excellence, we might find synergy in collaboration. Strategic partnerships allow us to pool resources, expertise, and market reach, offering mutual benefits. However, these ventures come with their financial implications, from realizing synergies to managing integration costs.

Revenue

We are a pre-revenue organization since most of our existing project with our customers are collaborative in nature and we do not anticipate earning substantial revenues until such time as we enter into commercial production of our robotics, which we expect to occur by the end of 2024.

No revenue was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2022, except for a small application development project in 2021 for which we were able to generate revenue in the amount of AED 373,333 ($101,670). We have started to generate revenue in January 2023 from project with our Saudi Arabian client, QSS Robotics. As of June 30, 2023, there were several projects in the pipeline for which we have already received deposits and recorded the same as unearned revenue. As of June 2023, a total of $496,980 was received from the investor in the project with Dubai Police, with a total project value of approximately $3.3 million for the years 2023 and 2024.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue include all costs directly attributable to the generation of revenue.

Categories

 

M01 Type

 

M02 Type

Mechanical

 

 

   

 

 

Chassis Production

 

$

3,500

 

$

1,200

Body in White

 

$

1,300

 

$

700

Body Panels

 

$

7,800

 

$

3,400

Suspension System

 

$

3,200

 

$

2,000

Motors & Actuators

 

$

12,000

 

$

8,000

Enclosures

 

$

600

 

$

250

Painting & Finishing

 

$

300

 

$

300

Lights

 

$

1,300

 

$

800

Power Storage System & Electrical Assembly

 

 

   

 

 

Battery Assembly

 

$

9,000

 

$

4,500

Smart Power Distribution Unit

 

$

900

 

$

900

Wire Harness & Connectors

 

$

800

 

$

500

Electronics

 

 

   

 

 

Main Electronic Control Unit (MRCU)

 

$

1,000

 

$

1,000

Main Processor (NVIDIA AJX Orin)

 

$

7,000

 

$

7,000

Sensors

 

$

12,000

 

$

8,000

Software Deployment and Testing

 

 

   

 

 

Autonomous System

 

$

1,300

 

$

1,300

Business Application

 

$

900

 

$

900

Software Testing & Validation

 

$

2,200

 

$

2,200

Quality Control

 

 

   

 

 

Vehicle Testing & Validation

 

$

1,800

 

$

1,800

Total

 

$

66,900

 

$

44,750

50

Table of Contents

Gross profit and gross profit margin

As there were no major revenue for the two years ended December 31, 2021, and 2022, the direct cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2022 are minimal, which amounted to approximately AED112,110 ($30,531) and AED0, respectively. As for the six months ended June 30, 2023, we have recorded cost of revenue for the project with QSS Robotics, which amounted to AED173,119 ($47,146), accounting for approximately 30% of our revenue for the same period, while there was AED0 recorded for the period of June 30, 2022.

Our financial strategy revolves around maintaining a robust gross profit margin while ensuring our products remain affordable for strategic customers, thereby securing future contracts. To achieve this, we plan to invest strategically in the technology we are developing, considering it as an asset. Additionally, we aim to reduce customization and deployment costs and focus on efficient technology upgrades with minimal expenses.

Other income

As of six months ended June 30, 2023, the company has recorded AED204,804 ($55,775) in other income line, while AED0 was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2022. Other income of 2023 consisted mainly of collection of Bad Debt coming from contract with Dubai Police from the previous years and sublease of some of the common office areas to our potential client Robosculpture.

Marketing Expenses

Total marketing expenses, which included mainly publications on social networks and influencers costs, for the year ended December 31, 2022, amounted to AED85,752 ($23,353), while for the six months ended June 30, 2023, , we did not record any marketing expenses . Most of the marketing and PR campaigns are still to be done in the remaining months of 2023 and post-IPO.

Financing Expenses

The Company has financing interest expense related to only one loan agreement, which is the Company entered into with its major shareholder, Egor Romanyuk, for the amount of AED3,968,987 ($1,080,879). Annual interest expense under this loan agreement amounts to 20%. Full loan and accumulated interests are to be paid back to Egor Romanyuk not later than April 30, 2025.

Operating Expenses

Cost of revenue include all costs directly attributable to the generation of revenue. All other expenses are classified as operating expenses.

Out of the total operating expenses of AED5,141,612 ($1,400,221) for the six months ended June 30, 2023 (AED6,279,809 or $1,710,188 for the corresponding period in 2022), payroll and human resources related expenses accounted for the highest share and amounted to 48% (58% for the corresponding period in 2022) of our total operating expenses, whilst legal and professional fees, depreciation of lease contracts and equipment, materials and production expenses (mostly related to R&D), office and warehouse, and general administrative expenses amounted to 16%, 15%, 9%, 5% and 6%, respectively (3%, 11%, 16%, 6% and 4% respectively for the corresponding period in 2022), of our total operating expenses. Change in expense structure in 2023 as compared to 2022 is mainly due to preparation for the IPO (legal and consulting services) and increased in depreciation for the Capital Expenditures incurred throughout year 2022. After consummation of this Offering, we intend to maintain such expense structure except that we expect to incur additional marketing expense.

Net Loss

For the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2022, we incurred a net loss of AED3,864,619 ($1,052,456) and AED11,265,808 ($3,068,030), respectively. The increase in net loss was mainly attributable to (1) an increase in administrative expenses as we hired new talents, leased new office location, and had a bigger operation in general, and (2) an increase in spending in R&D for the projects in pipeline, mainly for prototype development. Total accumulative retained losses as of December 31, 2022, amounted to AED15,370,733 ($4,185,929). For the six months ended June 30, 2023, we incurred a net loss of AED4,532,863 ($1,234,440) (a net loss of AED6,279,809 or $1,710,188 for the corresponding period in 2022). As of June 30, 2023, incurred accumulated net loss amounted to AED19,903,594 ($5,420,369).

51

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized either at a point in time, or over time, when (or as) we satisfy performance obligations by providing the promised services to our customers. Revenue from sales of goods is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, we follow a 5-step process:

(a)     Identifying the contract with a customer;

(b)    Identifying the performance obligations;

(c)     Determining the transaction price;

(d)    Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

(e)     Recognizing revenue when performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management requires maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding to meet obligations when due. The Company limits its liquidity risk by ensuring funds from the shareholders and related parties are available, whenever they are required. In the short term, the Company anticipates that its cash requirements for day to day operations will be met by the proceeds from this offering and additional funding from existing shareholders as and when necessary. In the long term, the Company anticipates relying on its ability to generate cash from operations, particularly as we enter into commercial production of our robotics, which is expected to be by the end of 2024. As of June 30, 2023, the total amount due to existing shareholders was AED3,968,987 ($1,079,938).

Indebtedness

The following table sets out the indebtedness of the Company as at June 30, 2023:

Landing Institution

 

Term

 

Loan Purpose

 

Principal
Amount

 

Principal
Paid

 

Interests
Accrued

 

Interest
Paid

 

Balance of the
Principal and
Interests

 

Loan Status

Egor Romanyuk

 

2 Years

 

Daily Operational Expenses

 

 

AED 3,968,987

 

0

 

 

AED  132,300

 

0

 

 

AED 4,101,286

 

Outstanding

Fares Abu Baker

 

No Maturity

 

Daily Operational Expenses

 

 

AED    150,000

 

0

 

 

AED             0

 

0

 

 

AED    150,000

 

Outstanding

Diamond Developers

 

No Maturity

 

Daily Operational Expenses

 

 

AED    316,860

 

0

 

 

AED             0

 

0

 

 

AED    316,860

 

Outstanding

TOTAL

         

 

AED 4,435,847

 

0

 

 

AED  132,300

 

0

 

 

AED 4,568,146

   
           

 

       

 

       

 

     

TOTAL in USD

         

$

1,208,019.20

     

$

36,029.28

     

$

1,244,048.47

   

Financing Activities

We had a shareholder loan from Egor Romanyuk, the Company’s Majority Shareholder for the year ended December 31, 2022, and the six months ended June 30, 2023, in the amount of $275,612 and $805,267, respectively. As of June 30, 2023, the total amount due to Egor Romanyuk was AED 3,968,987 ($1,080,879) (or $1,116,908 with accumulated financial interests added to the principal amount). The full loan amount plus accumulated interests are to be paid back not later than April 30, 2025.

As of June 30, 2023, we issued post-dated cheques to suppliers worth AED690,149 ($187,785). Out of which AED453,361 are related to related parties loan agreement with Diamond Developer Co. Limited (AED303,361) and Mr. Fares Mohd Said Mustafa Abubaker (AED150,000). Both loans have 0% interests and no maturity date. These cheques are due to be paid back from the future revenue flows. Other postdated cheques we issued are to cover rental charges, medical insurance for employees and end-of-service employee benefits.

Total accumulated end-of-service benefits to our current employees as of June 30, 2023, amounted to AED294,361 ($80,094). Provision was made for the end-of-service benefits due to employees in accordance with U.A.E Labour Law for their periods of service up to the reporting date. The provision for the end-of-service benefits is calculated annually based on their current basic remuneration.

52

Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2023, total accounts payables amount to AED77,177 ($21,000). The payments due are to usual company suppliers for admin, utilities, and production expenses.

Capital Expenditures

For the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2022, we recorded capital expenditure of AED956,797 ($260,566) and AED3,386,973 ($922,378), respectively. Our capital expenditure increased due to our new office relocation in 2022. The new office location had to be refurbished inside and complemented with the new machinery and equipment.

For the six months ended June 30, 2023 we recorded capital expenditure of AED250,000 ($68,083), while we recorded AED3,251,680 ($885,534) for the corresponding period in 2022. Capital expenditures were higher in 2022 due to the fact that we have moved to the new office and required investments in the furniture and equipment.

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition and bringing the asset to its working condition.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. When a part of an asset is replaced and the cost of the replaced asset is capitalized, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized. All other repairs and maintenance are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation of assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Assets

 

Years

Office furniture

 

3

Computers

 

4

Office equipment

 

5

Fit out and fixtures

 

10

Depreciation is charged from the date the asset is available for use up to the date the asset is disposed of. Gains and losses, property, and equipment are recognized as other income in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We perform monthly closings and submit the financial report to the top management and directors on the 7th working day of the following month. The report includes the detailed statement of the balance sheet, statement of comprehensive income (loss) and statement of cash flow. All reporting is approved by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Inflation Risk

Inflationary factors, such as increases in personnel and overhead costs, could impair our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and operating expenses as a percentage of sales revenue if the revenues do not increase with such increased costs.

53

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to cash flow interest rate risk in relation to bank loans, bank overdrafts and recourse receivables purchase facility with variable interest rates which is partially offset by bank balances held at variable rates. It is the Group’s policy to keep its borrowings at variable rates at a minimum so as to minimize the fair value interest rate risk.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is controlled by the application of credit approvals, limits, and monitoring procedures. We manage credit risk through regularly evaluating the collectability of financial assets, based on a combination of factors such as credit worthiness, past transaction history, current economic industry trends and changes in payment patterns. We identify credit risk collectively based on industry and customer type. In measuring the credit risk of our sales to our customers, we mainly reflect the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and consider the current financial position of the customer and the current and likely future exposures to the customer.

Liquidity Risk

We are also exposed to liquidity risk, which is the risk that we will be unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. To manage liquidity risk, the Group monitors and maintains a level of cash and cash equivalents deemed adequate by the management to finance the Group’s operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuations in cash flows.

54

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. This section also includes projections based on a number of assumptions. The robotics and AI related industries may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. The failure of these markets to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of the Ordinary Shares.

The robotics industry in the GCC region has experienced significant growth and transformation in recent years, fueled by the region’s focus on technological advancement, economic diversification, and automation. The GCC countries, including Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, have made substantial investments and initiated various programs to support the development and adoption of robotics technologies across different sectors.

Government support and initiatives have played a crucial role in driving the growth of the robotics industry in the GCC. For instance, Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030, UAE’s National Innovation Strategy, and Qatar’s National Vision 2030 all highlight the importance of robotics and automation in achieving economic and societal goals. These strategies have led to the establishment of dedicated innovation centers, research institutes, and funding programs that promote robotics research, development, and commercialization.

In terms of industrial automation, the GCC countries have been actively investing in advanced robotics technologies to enhance productivity, efficiency, and quality. The region’s manufacturing sector, including automotive, electronics, and petrochemical industries, has witnessed significant automation advancements. Robotics solutions are being deployed for tasks such as assembly, welding, material handling, and inspection, leading to increased operational efficiency and improved product quality.

In the service robotics segment, there is a growing demand for robots that can perform tasks in various sectors. In the healthcare sector, robots are being used for surgical procedures, patient care, and rehabilitation. The hospitality industry is adopting robots for tasks such as concierge services and housekeeping. Delivery robots are being tested and deployed in the logistics and e-commerce sectors for last-mile delivery. Furthermore, cleaning robots are gaining popularity in commercial and residential spaces.

GCC governments have also recognized the importance of nurturing a skilled workforce in robotics and automation. Educational initiatives and programs have been launched to promote STEM education and provide specialized training in robotics. For instance, the UAE has implemented the “National AI and Robotics Strategy” to develop a talent pool of AI and robotics professionals.

Key players in the GCC robotics industry include international companies such as ABB, KUKA, Fanuc, and Yaskawa, as well as regional companies like Injaz National, RoboAds, and Cyberbotics. These companies offer a wide range of robotics products and services, including industrial robots, collaborative robots (cobots), AMRs, and robot integration solutions.

Market Overview and Financial Landscape

As of 2021, the GCC region has been showing significant growth in the AI and robotics sector. The AI market alone in the Middle East was expected to grow exponentially for the coming 7 years, according to a report by PwC, which will contribute significantly to the GDP. The UAE and Saudi Arabia were particularly dominant in this arena. Growth was driven by digital transformation initiatives across various sectors, including healthcare, retail, finance, and education. Robotics, a subset of the larger AI market, has also been gaining traction, with applications ranging from automation in the manufacturing sector to service robots in healthcare and hospitality.

55

Table of Contents

Source: PwC, The potential impact of Artificial Intelligence in the Middle East, published in 2018

1Contribution of AI to industry in 2030

Source: PwC, The potential impact of Artificial Intelligence in the Middle East, published in 2018

Government Initiatives and Policies

Governments across the GCC region have shown commitment towards the development and integration of AI and robotics in their respective countries. For instance, the UAE launched its Strategy for Artificial Intelligence in 2017, aiming to position itself at the global forefront by 2031. As part of this effort, the UAE established the world’s first graduate-level, research-based AI university, the Mohamed bin Zayed University of Artificial Intelligence (MBZUAI). Similarly, Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030 reflects its ambition to become a global hub for AI and data-driven technologies. A key player in this vision is the Saudi Data and AI Authority (SDAIA), established to drive the national data and AI agenda for transforming the country into a leading data-driven economy.

United Arab Emirates

In the UAE, AI is at the forefront of the government’s strategic plans. In October 2017, the government launched its strategy for AI, demonstrating its commitment towards the technological enhancement of the nation. Alongside this strategy, HH Sheikh Mohammed Bin Rashid Al Maktoum, Vice President and Prime Minister of the UAE and Ruler of Dubai, appointed HE Omar Bin Sultan Al Olama as the first Minister of State for AI. Within the UAE, Dubai is leading the way for AI. The Emirate’s strategies include, amongst others:

•        A Smart Dubai strategy which aims to transform the city through innovation and digital transformation launching an AI smart lab in 2017 focused on training public and private sector employees in implementing AI in their fields

56

Table of Contents

•        A Dubai 3D Printing Strategy, targeted at the construction, medical products, and consumer products sectors with a goal of having buildings in Dubai constructed using 3D printing technology by 2030

•        A Dubai Autonomous Transportation Strategy, which aims to cut transportation costs, carbon emissions and accidents by transforming large percentage of all transportation in the city to autonomous modes by 2030

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Saudi Arabia holds a clear vision for the future which points towards the development of AI-based technologies.

Saudi’s Vision 2030 and National Transformation Programme 2020 identify digital transformation as a key goal to activate economic sectors, to support industries and private sector entities, to advocate for the development of public private business models and to ultimately reduce the country’s dependence on oil revenues through a diversification of the economy.

Investment in AI and Robotics

The region has seen an influx of investment in AI and robotics. As an example, in 2017, Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund in Uber, marking its foray into the tech industry. SoftBank’s Vision Fund, backed significantly by Saudi and UAE investment, had put forward billions in high-tech companies globally, many specializing in AI and robotics, up until 2022.

Furthermore, startups have also seen a surge in AI-based funding. For instance, UAE-based Group 42, an AI, and cloud computing firm, has been central to AI development and received significant investments.

Educational Initiatives and Talent Development

Talent development is a key focus in the region. Universities and educational institutions have launched specialized programs to foster local talent. MBZUAI in the UAE and King Abdulaziz City for Science and Technology (KACST) in Saudi Arabia are prime examples.

Challenges and Opportunities

Despite considerable strides, several challenges need addressing.

First, the skill gap is an area of concern. While there is growing interest in robotics and AI, the lack of specialized skills in these areas can impede progress. Local institutions are gradually enhancing their tech-oriented curriculum, but bridging this gap fully will require time and strategic planning. Secondly, regulatory challenges exist as legislation struggles to keep pace with rapid technological advancements. Issues surrounding data privacy, AI ethics, and automation’s socio-economic impact are areas where regulatory clarity is needed. Finally, cultural acceptance of AI and robotics technologies remains a challenge. Despite advancements, some scepticism and resistance persist, particularly regarding automation and job displacement. Companies must ensure they address these concerns through community engagement and public education initiatives.

Despite these challenges, the robotics and AI industry holds significant potential in the GCC region. The region’s strategic vision, paired with continued government support, signals a positive future for these transformative technologies. The robotics and AI industry in the GCC region presents a unique blend of challenges and opportunities. As the region strives to diversify away from oil-based economies and towards technology-centric growth, it is encouraging technological advancements and adoption, thus creating an advantageous environment for robotics and AI development. One significant opportunity lies in the region’s government-backed initiatives promoting AI and robotics. Governments are increasingly recognizing the transformative potential of these technologies, resulting in supportive policies, funding schemes, and infrastructural developments. This makes the GCC an attractive location for tech companies, incubators, and startups

Nonetheless, the future presents considerable opportunities. The commitment of the GCC governments towards AI and robotics, coupled with the region’s ambition to diversify its economy, heralds a promising future for the AI and robotics industry.

57

Table of Contents

CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND HISTORY

Corporate History

Our history spans several pivotal milestones, propelling the company to the forefront of software development and autonomous robotics. Since its establishment in 2014, we have been committed to delivering innovative solutions tailored to the needs of government entities and large real estate developers.

In 2014, Micropolis Dubai, a free zone company with limited liability organized pursuant to the laws of the Dubai Technology & Media Free Zone Private Companies Regulations 2003 under the laws of the Emirate of Dubai, emerged as a prominent software development company, focusing on leveraging cutting-edge graphic engines to create advanced software solutions. Its primary clientele included government entities and large real estate developers seeking to optimize their operations through technological advancements.

In 2018, Micropolis Dubai developed a groundbreaking software demo called Microspot for the Dubai Police. Microspot utilized a 3D environment technology for crime detection and identifying potential suspects. Such 3D environment technology is an intelligent digital model based on geometric and 3D scanned point cloud scenes, demographic, mobility, and other elements addresses the complexity of the monitored area, enabling Dubai Police operators to work in a systemic approach to collaborate around the common referential that allows them to simulate the evolutions of different areas in one platform.

Building upon the success of Microspot, we continued to pioneer advancements in the field of AMRs. In 2020, we achieved a significant milestone by successfully developing our first AMR. This accomplishment garnered attention and support from local investors, securing seed funding that facilitated further research and development.

In 2021, Mindrock Capital, a San Francisco-based investment firm, provided additional seed funding to us. This infusion of capital enabled Micropolis to accelerate its progress, leading to the creation of two remarkable AMR prototypes, named M1 and M2, respectively. These prototypes were specifically designed to function as unmanned police patrols, revolutionizing law enforcement practices.

During late 2022 to early 2023, the Company entered into two pivotal contracts.

The first contract involved a collaboration with QSS Robotics to develop customized AMR robots catering to the specific needs of the Saudi market. This partnership allowed the Company to expand its reach and further establish itself as a global leader in autonomous robotics.

Simultaneously, the Company secured another significant contract with the Dubai Police to advance the development of the M1 and M2 autonomous police patrols. This strategic partnership reaffirmed the Company’s commitment to creating state-of-the-art solutions for law enforcement agencies, enabling them to enhance public safety and security.

Operating on a business model that emphasizes collaboration and shared R&D, Micropolis strategically opts for client-specific funding as a means to avoid share dilution. We have formalized this approach through an investment agreement with Future General Trading to finance the final phase of our Dubai Police Autonomous Patrols project. As part of this agreement, Future General Trading will receive 25% of the sales margin in perpetuity. Additionally, they will hold a 50% ownership stake in the intellectual properties associated specifically with the electronic control units for this project, as well as a 25% ownership stake in Microspot.

58

Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of the Company before giving effect to this Offering:

____________

(1)      Mpolis LLC, is managed by Mindrock LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that is owned 60% by Pavel Cherkashin and 40% by Grigorii Trubkin.

The following diagram illustrates the ownership structure of the Company after giving effect to this offering assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters:

59

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Micropolis Dubai, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a robotics manufacturer founded in 2014, based in UAE with its headquarters located in Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE. We specialize in developing AMRs that utilize wheeled EV platforms and are equipped with autonomous driving capabilities.

We have historically conducted our business through Micropolis Dubai. For purposes of this Offering, in February 2023, we incorporated Micropolis Cayman, an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands, as the listing vehicle for this Offering. Micropolis Dubai is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Micropolis Cayman. The Company is currently a pre-revenue organization since most of our existing projects are collaborative in nature and we do not anticipate earning substantial revenues until such time as we enter into commercial production for our robotics, which is expected to be by the end of 2024.

As part of our product offerings, we integrate application-specific pods that serve as the primary purpose of a robot. These pods are designed to accommodate various functionalities, including surveillance cameras, road sweepers, logistics compartments, as well as collaborative robots (cobots) intended for direct human-robot interaction.

UAE-focused

We operate in the GCC region, with a focus on the UAE and Saudi Arabia. The robotics industry in the UAE and Saudi Arabia is rapidly growing, with governments committing significant resources to technological advancement. Furthermore, Dubai, a hub for technological innovation in the region, presents a unique opportunity for the Company. With a robust portfolio of AMRs and a strong track record of successful partnerships with local governments, the Company is poised to take advantage of the growing demand for innovative robotics solutions in the Middle East.

Our flagship products are customized AMRs that can operate without the need for human intervention. These robots can be used in a wide range of industries, including security, hospitality, real estate, retailing, city cleaning, and logistics. The robots can be equipped with advanced sensors, machine learning algorithms, and computer vision technology that enable them to navigate complex environments, avoid obstacles, and interact with humans.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We are pioneers in the realm of robotics and AI, revolutionizing industries with our innovative solutions. Our Company is driven by a relentless pursuit of excellence, specializing in the development of mobility-specific AMR platforms and application-specific robotic pods. What sets us apart is our exceptional ability to develop custom automotive-grade mechanical systems, electronic control systems, and power storage and electrical systems. With end-to-end control over the technology development process, we ensure unrivaled quality, reliability, and performance in every aspect of our solutions.

We believe our main competitive strengths are as follows:

In-house R&D and Prototyping Facilities.    Our in-house R&D and prototyping facilities are critical for our autonomous robotics business. By having the ability to design and develop core products in-house, we can effectively control quality standards and customize our products to meet specific customer needs. Our facilities allow us to quickly respond to changing market demands in a rapidly evolving industry. We intend to continue to invest in R&D and prototyping to remain at the forefront of technological advancements in the field, allowing us to develop new products and be competitive.

Innovation and Customization.    Our focus on innovation and customization is essential in the design and manufacturing of our autonomous robotics products. We understand that each customer has unique needs, and we work closely with our customers to develop customized solutions that meet those needs. By doing so, we differentiate ourselves from our competitors, providing a unique value proposition to customers. Our commitment to innovation also ensures that our products remain technologically advanced, making them more attractive to customers who require the latest technology to operate efficiently. As the industry evolves, our innovation and customization focus will be vital in maintaining our position as one of the key players in the field of autonomous robotics.

60

Table of Contents

Working with Government entities.    Our partnerships with government entities allow us to have access to the latest technologies and provide valuable insights into industry trends and customer needs. Working with government entities also enables us to understand their requirements, which we believe can help us secure contracts and partnerships in the public sector. Furthermore, by leveraging these partnerships, we can position ourselves as a trusted provider of innovative autonomous robotics solutions, which can help us win new business.

Mobility-Specific AMR Platforms.    Our mobility-specific AMR platforms serve as the backbone of automation in various industries. These platforms are meticulously designed to optimize navigation, adaptability, and reliability in dynamic environments. Equipped with cutting-edge sensors, advanced mapping capabilities, and intelligent decision-making algorithms, our AMRs seamlessly integrate into existing workflows, enabling autonomous movement and efficient task execution.

Application-Specific Robotic Pods.    We offer application-specific robotic pods customized to address specific industry needs for different industries. These pods can be customized to perform tasks such as material handling, warehouse logistics, order fulfillment, and assembly line automation. By leveraging our expertise and technologies, businesses can achieve unparalleled levels of precision, accuracy, and speed in their operations.

Bespoke Software Powered by AI.    We go beyond hardware solutions by offering bespoke software that harnesses the power of artificial intelligence. Our AI-powered software enables seamless communication and coordination between our AMR platforms, robotic pods, and existing infrastructure. Through sophisticated algorithms, machine learning, and real-time data analysis, our software optimizes operational workflows, predicts maintenance needs, and enhances decision-making processes, ultimately driving efficiency and maximizing productivity.

Customization and Integration.    We emphasize customization and integration in our services. Our team of experts works closely with customers to understand their specific needs and design solutions that seamlessly integrate with their operations. Whether it is adapting our AMRs to specific environments or developing custom software modules, we ensure a tailored solution that maximizes value and minimizes disruption.

Comprehensive Support and Services.    We pride ourselves on providing end-to-end support and services to our clients. From the initial consultation and deployment to ongoing maintenance and updates, we are dedicated to ensuring a seamless experience. Our comprehensive services include installation assistance, training programs, technical support, and regular performance evaluations. We are committed to building long-term partnerships with our clients and supporting their growth and success.

Future-Proof Solutions.    We aim to always be positioned at the forefront of research and development in robotics and AI, continuously exploring emerging technologies and industry trends. We are devoted to staying agile and adaptable, enabling us to provide future-proof solutions that can scale and evolve alongside our clients’ businesses. By partnering with us, clients gain access to the latest advancements in automation and AI, ensuring they stay ahead in a rapidly changing landscape.

OUR CHALLENGES

Despite the promising growth and opportunities in the AI and robotics industry, our company, like many others operating in this sector within the GCC region, faces a number of challenges that we must navigate to fully realize our potential. These include, among others:

•        Talent Acquisition and Retention:    With the growing demand for AI and robotics specialists, attracting and retaining top talent has become a significant challenge. Despite regional efforts to foster education in these fields, the supply of highly skilled professionals is not meeting demand. This scarcity raises operational costs and impacts our ability to innovate rapidly.

•        Data Privacy and Security:    As our work revolves around the use of data, ensuring privacy and security is paramount. However, navigating the regulatory landscape can be complex. Regulations related to data use and privacy are in nascent stages in the GCC, leading to ambiguity and risk.

•        Regulatory Uncertainty:    Rapid advancements in AI and robotics have outpaced the development of regulations. The lack of clear regulatory frameworks can create uncertainties, especially for areas such as autonomous vehicles, AI ethics, and robotics safety standards.

61

Table of Contents

•        Technological Infrastructure:    While strides have been made in technological infrastructure in the GCC region, there are still areas where improvements are needed. Inconsistent or unreliable connectivity, limited cloud infrastructure, and issues related to data storage and management can impede our operations.

•        Market Adoption:    Despite growing awareness of the benefits of AI and robotics, some sectors within the GCC are slower to adopt these technologies. This resistance can limit potential markets and slow our growth.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGIES AND FUTURE PLANS

Our business strategies and future plans are as follows:

Increasing Market Share:    To capture a larger market share, the Company intends to strategically target market segments that align with its capabilities r. The Company intends to focus on industrial automation, healthcare robotics, and consumer robotics, where it believes it has a competitive advantage. The Company plans to develop products that are tailored to these specific market segments, offering unique and differentiated solutions. The Company intends to invest in marketing and sales efforts to promote its products and build brand recognition in these markets.

Developing Sophisticated Product Roadmap:    To develop a sophisticated product roadmap, the Company plans to conduct market research to understand the needs and preferences of its target market. Based on this research, the Company intends to then develop a product development plan that outlines the features, functionality, and design of its robotic solutions. The roadmap will be aligned with the Company’s mission, target market, and technological capabilities, ensuring that it can deliver high-quality products that meet the needs of its customers. The Company plans to also regularly update its roadmap to reflect changing market conditions and technological advancements.

Investing in Research and Development:    To stay at the forefront of technological innovation and meet the evolving needs of its target market, the Company intends to invest in research and development. The Company plans to collaborate with universities, research institutions, or other companies to develop new technologies and applications. The Company intends to prioritize innovation in its internal R&D efforts, continually exploring new ideas and pushing the boundaries of what is possible in the robotics industry. By investing in R&D, the Company is striving to deliver cutting-edge solutions that meet the needs of its customers.

Building Partnerships and Alliances:    To expand its market reach and leverage complementary strengths and expertise, the Company will form strategic partnerships and alliances with other organizations. The Company will identify partners that share its values and have complementary capabilities, such as government departments, suppliers, integrators, or distributors. These partnerships will enable the Company to reach new customers and markets, accelerate product development, and reduce costs through shared resources. The Company will prioritize building long-term relationships with its partners, based on mutual trust and respect.

Managing the Supply Chain:    To ensure the timely and cost-effective delivery of its products and services, the Company will manage its supply chain effectively. This will involve strengthening in-house production, sourcing components from multiple suppliers to reduce reliance on any one supplier, managing inventory to ensure that it can meet customer demand without carrying excessive stock, and optimizing logistics and distribution to minimize shipping costs and delivery times. By managing its supply chain effectively, the Company can ensure that it is delivering high-quality products and services to its customers in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Maintaining a Strong Brand and Reputation:    To maintain a strong brand and reputation, the Company will focus on providing high-quality products and services, excellent customer service and support, and effective communication with its customers and stakeholders. The Company will maintain a consistent and distinctive visual identity that reflects its values and mission. The Company will also regularly engage with its customers and stakeholders through social media, events, and other channels, building strong relationships and promoting brand loyalty. By maintaining a strong brand and reputation, the Company can differentiate itself from its competitors and build long-term customer loyalty.

Marketing and Public Relations:    Currently our marketing efforts are only limited to publications on social networks and promotion through influencers, as we mainly leveraged relationships with our prominent partners like Dubai Police to increase our brand awareness and showcased our products in various events. Going forward, we intend to hire professional branding and marketing agency to articulate our brand narrative consistently on a global scale

62

Table of Contents

and penetrate broader market segments. We plan to allocate our marketing budget as follow: (a) 35% to marking our presence in both regional and international technology trade events, (b) 40% to crafting high-caliber content for social media and leading technology channels globally, including collaborations with influential tech personalities and the execution of regular social media campaigns to highlight the capabilities and applications of our M01 and M02 products, (c) 18% towards developing a robust PR strategy and calendar, aimed at showcasing our thought leadership, engaging with mainstream media, relevant tech blogs and news outlets, and (d) 7% for the development of targeted sales programs in collaboration with Dubai Police and QSS Robotics, focusing on specific customer segments and cover expenses related to sales kits, pilot projects, demos, and necessary travel expenses.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE

As a responsible and forward-thinking company, Micropolis is fully committed to incorporating Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) principles into our business operations. We recognize the importance of sustainable practices, ethical considerations, and social impact in creating long-term value for our stakeholders. Here is how we approach ESG and our ambitions for a better future:

Environmental

Sustainable Manufacturing:    We prioritize sustainability throughout our manufacturing processes. This includes minimizing waste generation, optimizing energy usage, and adopting eco-friendly materials and technologies. Our aim is to reduce our carbon footprint and contribute to a cleaner and greener environment.

Energy Efficiency:    We continuously strive to enhance the energy efficiency of our products and operations. By leveraging advanced technologies and designing energy-efficient systems, we help our customers achieve energy savings, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and contribute to a more sustainable future.

Circular Economy:    We embrace the principles of the circular economy by designing products that are durable, repairable, and recyclable. We promote responsible end-of-life management, including take-back programs and recycling initiatives, to minimize waste and maximize resource efficiency.

Climate Action:    Micropolis Robotics is committed to addressing climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions and promoting sustainable practices. We set ambitious targets to decrease our carbon footprint and regularly monitor our emissions. Through the use of energy-efficient technologies, renewable energy sources, and responsible waste management, we aim to contribute to a low-carbon economy.

Resource Efficiency:    We prioritize resource efficiency throughout our operations. By optimizing material usage, implementing recycling and waste reduction initiatives, and adopting circular economy principles, we minimize resource consumption and promote sustainable resource management.

Biodiversity and Ecosystem Conservation:    We recognize the importance of protecting biodiversity and ecosystems. In our product development and manufacturing processes, we consider the potential impacts on ecosystems and strive to minimize any adverse effects. Additionally, we engage in environmental initiatives and partnerships that support biodiversity conservation and restoration efforts.

Pollution Prevention:    We actively work to prevent pollution and reduce its environmental impact. We implement measures to minimize air and water pollution, ensure proper disposal of hazardous materials, and comply with relevant environmental regulations. Through continuous monitoring and improvement, we aim to achieve the highest standards of environmental stewardship.

Social

Employee Well-being and Diversity:    Our employees are our most valuable asset. We prioritize the well-being and development of our employees. We foster a positive and inclusive work culture that values diversity, equality, and individual growth. We invest in training programs, professional development, and employee welfare initiatives to ensure a supportive and fulfilling work environment. We foster a safe, inclusive, and supportive work environment that promotes employee well-being and encourages personal and professional growth.

63

Table of Contents

Health and Safety:    The health and safety of our employees, customers, and partners are of utmost importance. We maintain strict adherence to health and safety standards, implement robust safety protocols, and provide regular training to mitigate risks and create a safe working environment.

Community Engagement:    We actively engage with local communities to contribute positively to society. This includes supporting community initiatives, educational programs, and social welfare projects. By collaborating with stakeholders, we aim to make a meaningful and sustainable impact on the communities where we operate.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion:    Micropolis Robotics is committed to promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion within our workforce and the broader community. We strive for equal opportunities, fair treatment, and representation of individuals from diverse backgrounds. By embracing diversity, we foster innovation, creativity, and a rich exchange of ideas.

Health and Safety:    The health and safety of our employees, customers, and stakeholders are paramount. We adhere to strict health and safety standards, implement robust risk management processes, and provide comprehensive training programs to ensure a safe working environment. Our goal is to prevent accidents, injuries, and occupational health hazards.

Social Impact and Community Engagement:    We actively engage with the communities where we operate, seeking to make a positive social impact. Through partnerships with local organizations, we support initiatives related to education, skills development, community welfare, and environmental conservation. By working collaboratively, we aim to contribute to the sustainable development and well-being of these communities.

Governance

Ethical Business Practices:    At Micropolis Robotics, we uphold the highest standards of ethics and integrity. We promote a culture of transparency, accountability, and ethical decision-making across all levels of the organization. Our code of conduct sets clear guidelines for ethical behavior and ensures compliance with laws, regulations, and industry standards.

Strong Board Governance:    We maintain a diverse and independent board of directors that provides effective oversight, strategic guidance, and accountability. Our board members possess a range of expertise and experience, enabling informed decision-making and robust governance practices. We prioritize board diversity to foster inclusivity and access to varied perspectives.

Risk Management and Compliance:    We have established comprehensive risk management processes to identify, assess, and mitigate risks that may impact our business and stakeholders. Our risk management framework includes regular assessments, internal controls, and audits to ensure compliance with legal requirements, mitigate operational risks, and enhance organizational resilience.

Stakeholder Engagement and Communication:    We actively engage with our stakeholders, including employees, customers, investors, regulators, and local communities. We seek their input, listen to their concerns, and incorporate their feedback into our decision-making processes. Transparent communication channels and regular reporting on our ESG performance enable stakeholders to hold us accountable and understand our progress towards our goals.

Data Privacy and Cybersecurity:    We prioritize the protection of customer and stakeholder data. We implement robust data privacy and cybersecurity measures to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information. Compliance with relevant data protection regulations and proactive risk management help safeguard sensitive data and maintain stakeholder trust.

64

Table of Contents

OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Overview

We specialize in the development and integration of AMRs, operating software, and electronic control units and power storage units. Our extensive product offerings are organized into three main categories:

A.     AMRs: Our AMRs are engineered with precision and tailored to meet diverse requirements. They are composed of two main parts:

1.      Mobility Specific Platform:    Available in two sizes — M01 and M02.

•        M01:    This EV robot, weighing 900KG, has the ability to traverse open streets at a limited speed of 47KM/h with up to 8 hours of continuous operation. Designed for tasks demanding heavy loads and long distances, it currently does not facilitate passenger transport. However, we foresee the opportunity to expand its functionality into a shuttle bus in the future.

•        M02:    Using a similar control and drive system to M01, weighing 350KG, it offers up to 8 hours of continuous operation. Scaled to the size of a golf cart, M02 is optimized for driving within gated communities and internal roads, making it ideal for surveillance, logistics, and community utility services.

Both platforms are integrated with our proprietary electronic control units and power storage units.

65

Table of Contents

2.      Application-Specific Pods:    These customized components, mounted on the upper part of the robot, cater to various client needs, ranging from logistics compartments and drone launch pads to surveillance cameras or waste dump compartments.

B.     Operating Software:    Our software suite is segmented into three distinct categories:

•        Autonomous Driving Software:    This Level 3 autonomous driving system (Conditional Driving Automation) allows users to manage fleets of AMRs from an operational room with real-time streaming service. Level 3 autonomous driving system refers to driving system that has “environmental detection” capabilities and can make informed decisions for themselves, such as accelerating past a slow-moving vehicle. Level 3 autonomous vehicles have a feature known as “Conditional Automation,” which allows the vehicle to manage all aspects of driving, including monitoring the environment. The human driver must still be present and capable of taking control through a tele driving system or remote control from an operation room, but is not required to pay attention at all times. The vehicle will handle situations by itself but will prompt the human driver to take over if it encounters a scenario it cannot navigate. Its development leverages a model-based methodology that encompasses sensing, perception, and decision-making, with features such as lane detection, path planning, obstacle avoidance, and sensor fusion.

66

Table of Contents

•        Fleet Mission Planner:    This custom software aids operators in mission planning, path management, and performance monitoring. Its functionality extends to communication, real-time streaming, maintenance feedback, and software debugging.

67

Table of Contents

•        User Bespoke Software Development Service:    We offer customized software solutions for customers, integrating additional robot functionalities with existing systems to ensure cost-effectiveness and seamless deployment. For example, Microspot is an AI-powered security system developed in collaboration with Dubai Police, encompassing facial recognition, behaviour analysis, automatic number-plate recognition, suspect matrix, and criminal logic, aimed at reducing crime and aiding in criminal investigations. We have entered into an investment agreement with Future General Trading FZE (“Future General Trading”) to complete Dubai Police Autonomous Patrols, a project collaborated between the Company and Future General Trading. In return for funding, Future General Trading will receive a portion of sales margins and ownership stakes in specific intellectual properties related to Dubai Police Autonomous Patrols project. Additionally, Dubai Police will own 100% of the design IP and 50% of the security software “Microspot.”

•        Instead of raising capital by issuing more shares of the Company, which would dilute existing shareholders’ ownership stakes, Micropolis chooses to get funding directly from clients. This allows the company to keep its equity intact. For example, we have formalized this approach through an investment agreement with Future General Trading to finance the final phase of our Dubai Police Autonomous Patrols project. In return for their financial support, Future General Trading will get a continuous in perpetuity 25% share of the sales margin generated from this project. Additionally, Future General Trading will also own 50% of the intellectual property rights related to the electronic control units that are a part of this project. (The ownership of the intellectual properties associated with electronic control units does not include the company’s standard control units, which are owned 100% by the Company). Along with the stake in the electronic control units, Future General Trading will also own a 25% stake in Microspot, which is a software related to this specific project.

68

Table of Contents

69

Table of Contents

C.     Electronic Control Units and Power Storage Units:    Our in-house-developed control units and power storage solutions serve as the driving force behind our AMRs, providing energy-efficient and reliable performance.

1.      The Micropolis Robotics Controller Unit (“MRCU”) is an innovative and advanced electronics board designed to serve as a centralized control unit for a wide range of robots, including AMRs and EVs. We designed the MRCU in response for the need for a comprehensive, high-performance, and reliable control system to govern various robotic applications efficiently.

We believe the MRCU addresses the challenges faced in controlling robots by providing a single, highly capable board that integrates multiple components and technologies essential for robotics and automotive applications. It offers centralized control, simplifying the design and implementation of robotic systems, and streamlining the development process.

70

Table of Contents

Key Advantages of the MRCU:

a.      Comprehensive Robot Control:    The MRCU integrates multiple functions necessary for controlling robots, including sensor management, motor control, actuators, communication interfaces, and power regulation. This consolidation streamlines the design and implementation process for robotic systems.

b.      High-Performance Microcontroller Setup:    The MRCU features dual Cortex M7 and Cortex M4 microcontrollers, offering real-time capabilities and efficient processing. This enables precise and responsive control of robotic movements, essential for safety and accuracy.

c.      Cutting-Edge Component Selection:    The MRCU incorporates modern integrated circuits (ICs) designed for automotive applications with functional safety classes. These components ensure reliable and robust operation, critical for industrial and automotive environments.

d.      Enhanced Wireless Security:    The inclusion of UWB (Ultra-Wide Band) technology for wireless key communication provides secure and reliable access control for AMR robots, enhancing their overall security and preventing unauthorized access.

e.      Diverse Communication Interfaces:    The MRCU supports multiple automotive Controller Area Network (CAN) Bus and Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Bus interfaces, enabling seamless communication with various components and devices within the robotic system.

f.       Sensor Integration:    The board accommodates up to 18 pins for connecting Hall sensors or encoders, facilitating precise position sensing and feedback for motor control and navigation.

g.      Flexible Power Management:    The MRCU incorporates five different types of buck and linear regulators to efficiently distribute power to the various components, minimizing power losses and optimizing energy consumption.

h.      Redundant Backup System:    The MRCU features a backup system that automatically switches to backup mode in case of system faults or power failures, ensuring continuous operation and fault tolerance.

i.       Real-Time Operating System (RTOS):    The board operates on an RTOS, providing outstanding capabilities for real-time applications like robotics, ensuring timely execution of critical tasks.

j.       High Current Motor Control:    The MRCU includes four DC motor controllers with TLE9201SG, capable of controlling motors with 6A output current and voltage of 24V and 12V, suitable for driving powerful robotic motors.

k.      Extensive Connectivity:    The MRCU incorporates built-in USB type-C Hub, CAN Bus, LIN Bus, I2C, UART, SPI, and GPIO interfaces, enhancing its compatibility with various peripherals and devices.

l.       Automotive-Grade Components:    The MRCU utilizes automotive-grade connectors and high-current pins (up to 15 amps each), ensuring robustness and reliability in demanding industrial and automotive applications.

m.     Intelligent Battery Management:    The MRCU includes a high-voltage comparator to monitor the battery state, enabling efficient battery management and control of the main relay.

n.      Open for Future Expansion:    The MRCU is designed with configurability in mind, providing configuration pins for controlling four high-current BLDC motor controllers, allowing future expansion and adaptability to different robot configurations.

71

Table of Contents

2.      The Smart Power Distribution Unit (“SPDU”):    designed to address the challenges present in battery-based systems, i.e. efficient energy utilization.

Ensuring prolonged device functionality. The primary features and advantages of our innovative SPDU are as follows:

a.      DC/DC Management:    The SPDU employs advanced DC/DC management techniques, enabling optimal conversion and distribution of power within the system. This results in enhanced energy efficiency and extended battery life.

b.      Smart Power Switching:    Our invention incorporates intelligent power switching capabilities, allowing seamless transitions between power sources and devices. This ensures continuous operation and eliminates wasteful power usage.

c.      Loads Individual Monitoring (Voltage and Current):    The SPDU is equipped with sophisticated monitoring mechanisms that oversee the voltage and current levels of individual loads. This enables real-time tracking and effective management of power consumption.

d.      Smart Cooling System (Air Flow/Liquid Coolant):    To prevent overheating and maintain optimal operating temperatures, the SPDU is outfitted with a smart cooling system. This system utilizes both air flow and liquid coolant to efficiently dissipate heat from critical components.

e.      Standard Automotive Connection Interfaces (CAN/LIN) for Monitor and Control:    The SPDU features standard automotive connection interfaces such as CAN and LIN. These interfaces facilitate seamless integration, monitoring, and control within automotive systems.

72

Table of Contents

f.       Memories for Logging Data of Consumption:    Built-in memories within the SPDU capture and store crucial data related to power consumption. This information can be utilized for performance analysis, system optimization, and diagnostics.

g.      Auxiliary Battery with UPS System:    To ensure uninterrupted power supply, the SPDU incorporates an auxiliary battery equipped with an Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system. This feature safeguards critical functions during power fluctuations or outages.

h.      Automotive Generic Fuses:    The SPDU integrates automotive generic fuses, enhancing safety and protection against overcurrent conditions. These fuses prevent potential damage to the system and connected devices in case of losing control.

Our Product Portfolio

Our product portfolio is focused on the collaborative development of innovative AMRs, specifically tailored to meet the unique needs within the security and community service sectors. Utilizing two distinct types of mobility-specific platforms, we are actively partnering with our customers to create three unique robot models. These ongoing collaborative projects underscore our commitment to working closely with customers to develop pioneering solutions designed to enhance community safety and service efficiency.

Base Technology — Wheeled EV Platforms

We developed wheeled EV platforms with autonomous driving capability, which we call our “Base Technology.” Our Base Technology is a revolutionary development in the field of EV robotics, providing a platform for autonomous driving that can be customized to meet specific operational needs. With the M01 and M02 platform types, the Company offers flexibility and agility in design, enabling it to provide automated solutions through AI engines, back-end applications, and user interfaces. We believe that the Base Technology has the potential to reduce operational costs and increase efficiency, making it an attractive option for a range of industries, from logistics to transportation. The Company’s ability to design and manufacture robotic functionality on top of the Base Technology for each operation is a unique selling point that sets it apart from competitors in the market.

73

Table of Contents

Furthermore, we believe that the Base Technology has the potential to revolutionize the way we think about transportation, providing a sustainable and cost-effective solution for urban mobility. With its autonomous driving capability, we believe the technology has the potential to reduce accidents caused by human error, lower carbon emissions, and improve traffic flow. As the world shifts towards a more sustainable future, the Company’s Base Technology is well-positioned to capitalize on this trend and become a key player in the future of mobility.

Self-driving Security Vehicles

The Company’s self-driving security vehicles are an innovative solution to the increasing problem of crime in urban areas. By partnering with Dubai Police, the Company has developed two different types of self-driving and self-controlled robotic security patrols that can be deployed in high-crime areas. We believe these patrols will provide a visible deterrent to criminals, increasing the efficiency of security monitoring operations and contributing to Dubai Police’s objective of reducing crime. The larger model, simulating the movement of SUVs, is designed for patrolling larger areas, while the smaller size vehicle can safely navigate residential and commercial complexes with narrow roads.

74

Table of Contents

With the rise of smart cities and the increasing adoption of autonomous technology, the Company’s self-driving security vehicles are well-positioned to meet the needs of law enforcement agencies around the world. The vehicles’ ability to navigate complex urban environments and provide a visible security presence is an attractive proposition for cities looking to improve public safety. The Company’s partnership with Dubai Police is also a strong endorsement of its technology, providing a solid foundation for future growth and expansion into other markets.

Community Delivery Robots — the Canari

The Company’s Canari autonomous delivery vehicle is a game-changing solution for urban and sub-urban logistics. Developed in partnership with The Sustainable City in Dubai, the Canari is able to autonomously deliver goods within its assigned territory, thereby reducing the cost of delivery and energy consumption. With the ability to carry residents’ orders/packages from the store to their houses, the Canari is set to revolutionize the way we think about last-mile delivery. Its advanced technology, including facial recognition cameras and app-based authorization, is designed to ensure secure and efficient delivery of goods.

We believe the Canari has the potential to disrupt the traditional delivery model, providing a cost-effective and sustainable solution for urban and sub-urban logistics. Its ability to operate autonomously, reduce traffic congestion, and lower carbon emissions makes it an attractive proposition for cities looking to improve the efficiency and sustainability of their logistics operations.

75

Table of Contents

Remote Inspection System Robots

The Company’s remote inspection system robots are a groundbreaking solution to the logistical challenges faced by Dubai Customs. With the expectation to be able to reduce working hours and save on transportation and related logistical operations, the system is set to revolutionize the inspection process. The robot’s differential steering system, which is controlled remotely by customs inspectors from an operation room, is equipped with a PTZ FHD camera that can rise up to 3 meters above the ground level, a drone base for reaching higher shelves, a small X-Ray scanner, and a high-resolution screen with real-time live streaming.

OUR BUINESS MODEL

Our business model revolves around a comprehensive and customer-centric approach to delivering customized robotics solutions tailored to meet the unique needs of our customers. The development process is structured into distinct phases, ensuring thorough understanding, efficient prototyping, and seamless integration into our customer’s operational environment.

1.      Offering — We begin by offering our Base Technology at the pre-development phase. This serves as the foundational starting point for developing customized robotics solutions for our clients. The Base Technology acts as a flexible framework, which allows us to efficiently adapt and customize our robotics to suit specific industry requirements.

2.      Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) — Following initial discussions with our clients, we enter into a memorandum of understanding (MOU). The MOU outlines the scope of the project, key deliverables, and establishes the groundwork for a collaborative partnership with our clients.

3.      Field Study — A thorough field study is conducted at our customer’s operational site to gain deep insights into their unique needs and challenges. Based on the findings, we propose initial concepts that encompass design, system architecture, and user experience, ensuring that the resulting robotics align perfectly with our customer’s objectives.

4.      Research & Development (R&D) — Once our customer approves the proposal, the project progresses to the R&D phase. Our team of skilled engineers and designers embark on the development of both software and hardware, and the creation of up to three prototypes per product, refining and enhancing the robotics to meet stringent quality standards.

76

Table of Contents

5.      Pilot Project — The newly developed robotics undergo rigorous testing and validation within our customer’s operational zone. The pilot project allows us to assess the robots’ performance, fine-tune functionalities, and make any necessary adjustments to optimize their effectiveness.

6.      Contract — Upon achieving the desired user acceptance test and successful completion of the pilot project, we formalize our partnership with our client by entering into a contract for the sale of the newly developed robotics. The contract specifies terms, conditions, and delivery timelines, ensuring a transparent and mutually beneficial relationship.

Physical Production — Once the contract is signed, we initiate the physical production of the customized robotics for delivery to our client. Our manufacturing facilities and stringent quality control processes are designed to ensure that the final products meet the required standards of reliability and performance.

Collaboration-based Business Model

Our business is collaboration-based. In collaboration with our customers and partners, we are actively engaged in the development of cutting-edge technologies that aim to bring enhancements in security, logistics, and surveillance operation management. We have established a strong track record of successful partnerships with local governments and real estate developers. Our work with the Dubai Police is a prime example of this ongoing effort; they are playing an essential role in the creation of “Microspot,” an AI-powered security software we are currently developing as of the date of this prospectus. In particular, the Dubai Police have assembled a team to assist us in shaping the Microspot software, providing crucial insights into police operations and supplying dummy data for data science and machine learning. This partnership has not only facilitated us in navigating regulatory complexities but also provided invaluable support in testing and validating our products. Further, we have partnered with Dubai Police to develop self-driving security patrolling vehicles that enhance security surveillance operations, to help reduce crime through security deterrence. In July 2023, we entered into a partnership agreement with Invest 56 LLC (“Invest 56”), an entity controlled by the Dubai Police, in relation to the development of self-driving security patrolling vehicles. The material terms of such agreement are summarized below:

 

Invest 56 LLC

 

Micropolis Dubai

Obligations

 

•   Provide necessary facilities to carry out the required works, data and information, and instructions

•   Receive reports and ensure compliance with the required specifications

•   Supervise the workflow of Micropolis Dubai

•   Provide media support and promote the product through the Dubai Police’s public relations office

 

•   Implement the self-driving cars project (including vehicles (M01) and (M02)) at the full responsibility of Micropolis Dubai and on its own account in accordance with the standards and specifications. The self-driving cars shall perform a set of specified security tasks and operations including, among others, carrying out surveillance and guarding in its deployment areas, recognizing criminal behavior, identifying the wanted persons, etc.

•   Finance and produce one self-driving car of each model and deliver it to Invest 56 LLC 10 months after the date of agreement, and two self-driving cars of each model within 10 months, renewable for a maximum of 10 months after the first phase delivery period

•   Maintain the confidentiality of the information that it may obtain under the agreement during the period of validity of the agreement and after its termination for any reason

77

Table of Contents

 

Invest 56 LLC

 

Micropolis Dubai

       

•   Bear all the financial costs of the project and all the technical operations for the production of the said vehicles

•   Undertake the marketing and sale of the products locally, regionally and globally, provided that it is done under the approval and supervision of Invest 56 LLC

Rights

 

•   Reject the product if it is in violation of the specifications and standards

•   Order Micropolis Dubai to fulfill all product specifications.

   

Revenue sharing

 

The revenues resulting from selling the products developed in the partnership shall be divided equally between the two parties after calculating the actual cost of the products.

IP ownership arrangements

 

•   IPs of the industrial design of the product and the security programs that operate the cars, excluding the self-driving program, shall remain a full ownership by Invest 56 LLC.

•   IPs of created and developed items, including devices and technologies relating to the product, are joint between the two parties. However, any device or technology innovated and developed by one of the parties solely shall remain that party’s IPs.

•   IPs of the programs operating the self-driving cars of all forms, as well as the approved programs and systems are considered joint IPs, even if it is not in a self-driving car.

Term of partnership

 

•   5 years

Termination

 

The agreement may be terminated by Invest 56 LLC (while retaining its right to receive compensation) before expiration, in the event that Micropolis Dubai breaches any of the provisions, or if it does not achieve the objective of the agreement, provided that Invest 56 LLC cannot arbitrarily terminate the agreement.

We are also working closely with RTA, which is aiding us by designating the Jumeirah 1 area in Dubai as a safe testing environment for our autonomous driving system, which is still in development as of the date of this prospectus. RTA is also supplying high-definition maps of the area and data that will be essential in shaping the autonomous driving system.

Furthermore, our ongoing partnership with The Sustainable City in Dubai is proving invaluable, as they provide us with both high-definition city mapping and a living lab within their residential community for testing and validation. This collaboration allows us to work within a real-life environment to iteratively refine our autonomous driving features. Further, we have also worked with The Sustainable City in Dubai to develop autonomous community delivery robots that are able to autonomously deliver goods within their assigned territory, making urban and sub-urban logistics more cost effective and energy preserving.

78

Table of Contents

Additionally, we have developed a surveillance robot for the ministry of interior in Saudi Arabia through our Saudi local partner QSS Robotics, equipped with PTZ surveillance camera and a drone launcher. In relation to the development of such surveillance robot, in December 2022, we entered into an agreement with QSS Robotics, the material terms of which are summarized below:

 

QSS Robotics

 

Micropolis Dubai

Obligations

 

•   Responsible for the administrational efforts and filing fees of the filing of the design patent on the product

•   Solely responsible for any and all legal permits related to the project’s logistics, clearance and customs fees in Saudi Arabia

•   Provide the necessary insurance to cover any claims arising from accidents, injuries, or property damage that occur on premises or safety or as a result of the product demonstration

 

•   Provide the design, engineering, programming, manufacturing, and other necessary services to develop a robot in accordance with the specifications

•   Provide technical support for 12 months starting after the delivery of phase 2, including replacement of malfunction parts and defects from manufacturing if it occurs

•   Solely responsible for technical support, legal or regulatory compliance, and all costs associated with the project

Rights

 

•   Has the right to file a design patent on the product

 

•   It shall receive a service fee from QSS Robotics

IP ownership arrangements

 

QSS Robotics owns IPs related to product design, while Micropolis Dubai owns all associated patents or hardware design IPs, electronic and electrical associated with this project

Termination

 

Either party may terminate the agreement at any time if the other party breaches the agreement, by providing a written notice to the other party explaining in detail the reason of termination and evidence of breach.

Together, these strategic collaborations underscore our dedication to the continuous development and refinement of our technological offerings, recognizing that our products are works in progress, with exciting potential for future growth and innovation. We continually strive for innovation and excellence, aiming to provide our clients with cutting-edge solutions designed to drive growth, streamline processes, and meet the evolving demands of the modern world.

Cost Structure

We adopt a cost structure that strikes a balance between research, innovation, manufacturing excellence, and top-tier customer service:

R&D Cost.    A significant portion of our expenditures is dedicated to R&D. We invest extensively in exploring the latest advancements in robotics, AI, and sensor technologies. The R&D process allows us to continuously enhance our robotics solutions, develop new features, and stay at the forefront of the rapidly evolving robotics industry.

Software Development Cost.    Software development is a crucial aspect of our cost structure. We allocate resources to develop and optimize sophisticated algorithms, computer vision systems, and machine learning capabilities. These software components are essential in enabling our robotics to navigate autonomously, make intelligent decisions, and adapt to dynamic environments.

Variable Production Cost per Unit.    Our variable production cost per unit encompasses expenses related to manufacturing each robotics product. It includes the costs of raw materials, components, assembly, and quality control.

After-Sale Service.    Providing exceptional after-sale service is integral to our commitment to customer satisfaction. Our cost structure includes investments in technical support, maintenance, and warranty services. We ensure prompt assistance and swift resolution of any technical issues that may arise during our robotics’ lifecycle.

79

Table of Contents

Manufacturing Facility Operational Expenditure.    Operating our manufacturing facility incurs ongoing operational expenditures. These include facility maintenance, utilities, security, and logistics to ensure a smooth and efficient production process. We invest in maintaining a high standard of cleanliness and safety to adhere to industry regulations and best practices.

Machine Learning Infrastructure.    As machine learning plays a pivotal role in our robotics’ capabilities, we allocate resources to maintain a robust machine learning infrastructure. This includes high-performance computing systems, data storage, and advanced software tools to train and optimize our robots’ AI algorithms.

Human Capital.    The expertise and dedication of our talented workforce are instrumental in our success. Our cost structure includes human capital expenditures, encompassing salaries, benefits, training, and professional development programs. We invest in attracting and retaining skilled professionals in robotics, AI, engineering, and customer support to ensure that our company remains at the forefront of innovation and service excellence.

Pricing Structure

Our pricing structure emphasizes value and functionality:

•        M1 Platform:    $300,000 — Suitable for more extensive tasks and adaptable for future applications.

•        M2 Platform:    $200,000 — Designed for more localized community functions.

•        Bespoke Software Development service:    price ranges between $800,000 - $2,000,000 depending on customer’s requirements.

•        Service charges:    usually range between 10-20% of the overall contract value, charged annually and the first year is free of charge.

Prices include comprehensive software solutions such as autonomous driving, mission planning, and fleet management systems.

Maintenance and Software Updates

While our software is under continual development, we ensure our clients stay at the technological forefront by providing consistent and cost-free updates. Currently, our client contracts involve collaborative development agreements. However, we are formulating maintenance contracts for the future to guarantee seamless operation and support once the robots are fully deployed and operational.

Manufacturing Process

It takes approximately six weeks for us to manufacture a robot. Leveraging technological advancements and refined processes, it is our goal to reduce such time to two weeks per robot. A summary of our manufacturing process is set out below:

1.      Chassis Production, Construction & Assembly:    Utilizing stainless steel, laser-cut, and CNC-bent to precision, forming the robot’s core structure.

2.      Suspension System Production & Assembly:    Crafted from high-quality aluminum, employing CNC milling and turning machines for robust mobility.

3.      Body in White Production & Assembly:    Aluminum components laser-cut and CNC-bent, ensuring a precise and lightweight framework.

4.      Outer Body Parts Production:    3D printed in-house, creating aesthetic appeal, and allowing customization, followed by painting and finishing.

5.      Power Storage Unit Assembly:    Assembled in-house, combining purchased components for an optimized and validated energy solution.

80

Table of Contents

6.      Electrical System Assembly & Integration:    Featuring SPDU Max, offering real-time monitoring of electrical connectivity, power consumption, and battery performance.

7.      Robotic Control Unit Integration:    A state-of-the-art system enabling comprehensive control and connectivity with various sensors, actuators, and processing units.

8.      Integration, Testing & Validation:    Meticulous integration of motors, actuators, lights, and other subsystems, followed by rigorous performance testing.

OUR MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company is currently a somewhat pre-revenue organization since most of our existing projects with our customers are collaborative in nature and we do not anticipate earning substantial revenues until such time as we enter into commercial production of our robotics, which is expected to be by the end of 2024. We generated small amount of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2021 (US$101,670 for app development project), while no revenues were recorded in the year 2022. For the six months ended June 30, 2023, we recorded a revenue of US$157,153 related to the project with QSS Robotics.

We only started selling our robots in January 2023. As of the date of this prospectus, we have achieved the milestone of six robot sales.

Each sale represents a collaborative development project, focused on addressing unique operational challenges or augmenting specific client functions.

OUR MAJOR SUPPLIERS

Direct cost of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, and 2022, amounted to approximately $0 and $30,531, respectively. Direct cost of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2022 and June 30, 2023, amounted to approximately $0 and $47,146, respectively. Our major suppliers (including sub-contractors) which accounted for 5.0% or more of our Group’s total supplies purchases and sub-contractor costs for the year ended December 31, 2022 are as follows:

     

Percentage of total purchases (%)

Supplier

 

Product or service supplied

 

For the year ended
December 31, 2022

AL Shurooq Industires

 

5Axis Machining Service

 

24%

Our major suppliers (including sub-contractors) which accounted for 5.0% or more of our Group’s total supplies purchases and sub-contractor costs for the six months ended June 30, 2023 are as follows:

     

Percentage of total purchases (%)

Supplier

 

Product or service supplied

 

For the six months ended
June 30, 2023

Wurth gulf FZE

 

Machines and equipment

 

18%

ImageGrafix Software FZCO

 

IT services and supplies

 

18%

Kuthbert Technical Equipment

 

Machines and equipment

 

18%

Setterox 3D Printing Products Production EST

 

3D printing production

 

11%

Except for the service agreement we entered into with Siemens Industry Software SA (Pty) Ltd (“Siemens”) (the major terms of which are summarized below), we do not have supply contracts with our suppliers and would execute purchase orders from time to time on an as-needed basis. The purchase orders would typically state the component we are purchasing, the unit price and the total purchase price. We would pay in advance and the suppliers would deliver the components to us as soon as possible after execution of the purchase order, ranging from one working day to more than five weeks. Since our business is collaboration-based and each of our robotics is customized to meet our partners’ needs, we expect to have a limited number of suppliers in the future once we start to generate substantial revenue. Given that our business will depend on a few suppliers, any changes in the relationships with these future customers

81

Table of Contents

and suppliers, such as the loss of a major client or reduced orders, could significantly impact our financial stability and growth prospects. To the best of our Directors’ knowledge, we are not aware of any information or arrangement which would lead to a cessation or termination of our current relationship with any of our major suppliers.

We entered into a professional services agreement with Siemens, a global leader in engineering solutions and our largest supplier in May 2023 (the “Siemens Agreement”). The Siemens Agreement does not stipulate the quantity or types of deliverables but instead, Siemens would provide services and produce deliverables to us as stated in statements of work. Services provided by Siemens would be invoiced monthly and we are required to pay the fees within 30 days of the invoice. Siemens will own all intellectual property rights related to deliverables developed by Siemens whilst we will own all intellectual property rights related to deliverables to the extent that such deliverables consist of our pre-existing material. Moreover, we are granted a perpetual, royalty-free, non-transferrable and non-exclusive license to use the deliverables delivered to us by Siemens under the statements of work pursuant to the Siemens Agreement. Siemens has sole discretion regarding the assignment of its personnel and is responsible for all compensation and other employment benefits of such personnel; whilst we are responsible for making facility access, office space, and communication services available to Siemens if Siemens is required to perform the service at the our location, and for ensuring Siemens has the rights to use any third-party software or intellectual property made available to Siemens as necessary for the performance of the services. The Siemens Agreement does not stipulate a definite duration and will remain in effect until terminated by either party by providing a 30 days prior written notice to the other party. As at the date of this prospectus, we had only one statement of work under the Siemens Agreement. Pursuant to such statement of work, Siemens will provide, among others, the following services to us in connection with the Autonomous Navigation Project the primary goal of which is to develop autonomous navigation software: providing a dedicated project engineer, implementing infrastructure needed to support the software development, performing survey to generate technical specifications, developing system documentation to enable the generation of system and software architecture, performing sensor coverage analysis, etc.

We prioritize sourcing common components and equipment such as sensors actuators, as well as certain computer parts for our products and research and development through suppliers like Nvidia and Siemens, who are known for their market leadership, reliability, and diverse product offerings. As we develop the majority of our components in-house, sourcing components from trusted suppliers helps us to mitigate the risks associated with over-reliance on external sources. We also ensure that our components are readily replaceable with alternative offerings from different suppliers to mitigate risks associated with over-reliance one external resources.

We are enrolled in the NVIDIA Inception Program, a free-to-enroll program that affords us and others enrolled in the program preferential access to crucial hardware components like Graphics Processing Units (GPUs) and NVIDIA AJX Orin processors. This allows us to be at the forefront of technological advancement, ensuring our AMRs are outfitted with the latest available processing capabilities.

Manufacturing our robots require hundreds of different components. Therefore, we procure such components from different suppliers on an as-needed basis by executing purchaser orders. Set forth below are examples of the components we need for our robots:

•        For our microcontroller needs, we source electronics components from STM and Infineon, both of which are well-established American companies with a significant presence in the global market. In our selection process, we prioritize microcontrollers that are not only industry-standard but also readily available in mass production. This approach mitigates the risks associated with supply chain disruptions and ensures the consistency of our end products.

•        In regards to sensor technology, we have focused on sourcing components from market leaders like Velodyne and Ouster for the supply of our lidar systems. We focus on market leader suppliers in order to maintain a reliable and uninterrupted supply chain, safeguarding our ability to maintain production levels even in volatile market conditions.

•        Regarding actuators and Brushless DC (BLDC) motors, we are confident in the availability and variety of these components, as they are conventional technologies with a saturated market. This abundance of options allows us to be selective, ensuring that we incorporate only the most reliable and efficient actuators and motors into our AMRs.

82

Table of Contents

DATA COLLECTION AND CYBERSECURITY

We prioritize data collection and cybersecurity to drive innovation, enhance product development, and deliver reliable AMR solutions to our valued customers. Our commitment to responsible data practices is central to maintaining trust, ensuring privacy, and safeguarding sensitive information throughout our operations. We do not gather any personal or corporate data related to identity. Instead, our focus is on processing information pertaining to street layouts and urban infrastructure. Our systems are deployed on our clients’ servers and operate behind their firewalls, maintaining the client’s industry standard of cybersecurity. While the clients retain ownership of this data, we are committed to its protection, working in partnership with our customers to uphold stringent cybersecurity development standards.

Data Collection for Product Development.    In the process of developing our AMRs, we collect data to gain valuable insights into customer needs, industry trends, and operational requirements. We analyze anonymized and aggregated data from our robots’ performance, user interactions, and environmental conditions to refine our technologies and optimize their functionalities. By harnessing this data, we continuously improve the efficiency, safety, and adaptability of our robots to cater to diverse market demands.

Data-Driven Manufacturing Processes.    Data collection plays a crucial role in our manufacturing processes, enabling us to maintain high-quality standards and optimize production efficiencies. We employ data analytics to monitor and analyze production data, ensuring that each robot meets stringent quality control criteria before deployment. This data-driven approach empowers us to detect and rectify potential manufacturing anomalies promptly, delivering reliable and high-performing robotics products to our customers.

Operational Data for Enhanced Performance.    Once deployed, our AMRs generate operational data in real-time, providing valuable performance metrics and insights. We leverage this operational data to monitor the health of our robots, identify areas for improvement, and offer proactive support and maintenance services. The data allows us to respond swiftly to any technical challenges and optimize the performance of our robotics in diverse operational environments.

Cybersecurity Measures to Protect Data.    We prioritize the security and privacy of all data collected during the development, manufacturing, and use of our robotics. We have implemented robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard against unauthorized access, data breaches, and potential threats. Our cybersecurity protocols are continuously monitored, updated, and audited to ensure compliance with industry best practices and evolving regulatory standards. For details of cybersecurity risks that we face, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — As a robotics company operating in a digital era, we face significant cybersecurity risks that could have adverse implications for our business, reputation and stakeholders.”

Data Privacy and Compliance.    Respecting data privacy is fundamental to our business ethos. We strictly adhere to data protection regulations and strive to ensure that data is collected and used ethically and transparently. Our customers’ personal data is treated with the utmost confidentiality, and we seek explicit consent for data collection, storage, and usage as required by applicable laws.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our R&D expenditures for the six months ended June 30, 2023 and the two years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022 were relatively modest in terms of costs and amounted to US$119,263, US$339,723 and US$185,134 respectively. The company primarily allocated resources towards our engineering teams for the development of mechanical designs, electrical and electronic units. The majority of these expenses were accounted for as part of our payroll.

COMPETITION

The robotics industry in UAE and the GCC region is growing rapidly. The UAE government is investing heavily in the sector, and there are a number of startups and multinational companies that are developing and commercializing robotics solutions. The main areas of application for robotics in UAE and GCC include:

•        Logistics and transportation:    Robots are being used to automate warehouse operations, deliver packages, and even drive taxis.

•        Healthcare:    Robots are being used to perform surgery, provide rehabilitation, and deliver medications.

83

Table of Contents

•        Education:    Robots are being used to teach students, provide tutoring, and conduct research.

•        Security and defense:    Robots are being used to patrol borders, detect explosives, and fight fires.

We believe competition in the robotics industry in UAE and the GCC region is currently mild as the industry is still at an early development stage. However, there are a number of companies that are well-positioned to succeed in this market, including established international robotics companies which wish to expand to the UAE and GCC region, as well as regional startups that are developing innovative robotics solutions. These regional startups are often supported by government initiatives, such as the Dubai Robotics and Automation Program.

In the rapidly advancing world of automation and robotics, the AMR industry is a burgeoning field, particularly within the UAE. Despite being in its early stages in the region, this industry has been attracting significant attention and experiencing substantial demand, fuelled by the UAE government’s encouragement and various market needs. As an early player in this industry, we acknowledge the formative nature of the competitive landscape. The UAE market, although still emerging, presents unique opportunities and challenges, offering an exciting frontier for businesses like ours.

SEASONALITY

Our operating results and operating cash flows historically have not been subject to seasonal variations.

INSURANCE

Currently we maintain health insurance plans for our employees. Our employee benefit insurance plans are reviewed annually to ensure that our Group has sufficient insurance coverage. Our Directors believe that we have adequate insurance coverage for the purposes of our business operations and we will procure the necessary additional insurance coverage for our business operations, properties, and assets as and when the need arises.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our Group’s intellectual property rights are important to our business and as of the date of this prospectus, the Group has submitted the application for registering the following trademarks:

Trademark

 

Jurisdiction

 

Class(1)(2)

 

Trademark
Number

 

Application No.

Micropolis Robotics

 

UAE

 

12

 

404415

 

MOE-TM-37-4189696-
20230816

MR-SPDU Max – Micropolis Robotics Power Distribution Unit MRCU

 

UAE

 

9

 

404416

 

MOE-TM-37-4194350-
20230820TBC

MR-CU Robotic Control Unit SPDU-Max

 

UAE

 

9

 

404417

 

MOE-TM-37-4194359-
20230820TBC

Microspot-ProtectEVCU – EV Control Unit

 

UAE

 

9

 

404418

 

MOE-TM-37-4194363-
20230820TBC

MR-EVCUMR-PMU – Micropolis robotic Power Distribution Unit

 

UAE

 

9

 

404419

 

MOE-TM-37-4194385-
20230820TBC

____________

Notes:

(1)      Class 9:    Scientific, nautical, surveying, photographic, cinematographic, optical, weighing, measuring, signaling, checking (supervision), life-saving and teaching apparatus and instruments; apparatus and instruments for conducting, switching, transforming, accumulating, regulating or controlling electricity; apparatus for recording, transmission or reproduction of sound or images; magnetic data carriers, recording discs; compact discs; DVD’s and other digital recording media; mechanisms for coin-operated apparatus; cash registers, calculating machines, data processing equipment, computers; computer software; fire-extinguishing apparatus.

(2)      Class 12:    Vehicles; apparatus for locomotion by land, air or water.

Save as disclosed above, our Group does not own or use any other trademarks, patents or licenses that are material to our business or profitability.

84

Table of Contents

Shared Ownership of Intellectual Property

Our Company’s business model centers on collaboration with different entities to develop customized robotics. These partnerships may result in the joint development of intellectual property and associated technologies in the future. All arrangement for shared ownership of IP have yet to occur. In several instances, our collaboration agreements may stipulate that ownership of these intellectual property and technologies is shared equally, typically under a 50-50 arrangement.

This shared ownership of intellectual property, while fostering innovation and diversification, does introduce potential risks. Our autonomy in commercialization strategies and decision-making pertaining to developed technology might be influenced by the consensus requirements of our partners.

We are committed to striking a balance between leveraging the advantages of collaboration while navigating the complexities of shared ownership. For details of such risk, please see “Risk Factors — We do not exclusively own 100% of all intellectual property and technologies that we develop in the projects with our partners, which may adversely affect our ability to effectively utilize and monetize such intellectual property and technologies in our business operations.”

EMPLOYEES

We have 64 full-time employees as of July 31, 2023. The following table sets forth the numbers of our full-time employees categorized by function as of July 31, 2023:

 

As of July 31, 2023

Functions

 

Number

 

% of Total Employees

Management and administrative

 

10

 

15.6

%

Sales and Marketing

 

3

 

4.7

%

Software Development

 

18

 

28.1

%

Electronics & Embedded Systems

 

10

 

15.6

%

Mechanical Engineering

 

8

 

12.5

%

Additive and Subtractive Manufacturing

 

5

 

7.8

%

Assembly

 

10

 

15.6

%

Total

 

64

 

100.0

%

The relationship and co-operation between the management and staff have been good and are expected to continue and remain as such in the future. There has not been any incidence of work stoppages or labor disputes which have affected our operations.

PROPERTIES

Our principal executive office is located at Warehouse 1, Dar Alkhaleej Building,, Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE. The lease of this space will terminate on February 28, 2027. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate any expansion of our operations. As at the date of this prospectus, the Company has leased the following premises:

Address

 

Purpose

 

Lease Period

Warehouse 1, Dar Alkhaleej Building, Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE

 

Principal office and production

 

Until February 28, 2027

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we may become involved in actions, claims, suits, and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business, including assertions by third parties relating to intellectual property infringement, breaches of contract or warranties or employment-related matters. We are not currently a party to any actions, claims, suits or other legal proceedings the outcome of which management believes, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

85

Table of Contents

REGULATIONS

Our Group mainly conducts business in the UAE and is mainly engaged in the robotics industry. This section sets forth a summary of the applicable UAE laws, rules, regulations, government and industry policies and requirements that have a significant impact on our operations and business in the UAE. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of all the laws and regulations which apply to our business and operations. Investors should note that the following summary is based on relevant laws and regulations in force as of the date of this prospectus, which may be subject to change.

Regulation of Autonomous Vehicles

On April 6, 2023, the Dubai Government introduced Dubai Law No. 9 of 2023 Regulating the Operation of Autonomous Vehicles. The law is the first legal instrument in the UAE to address the licensing, regulation, and liability framework for autonomous vehicles. The law appoints the RTA to act in a supervisory capacity over the development of the autonomous vehicle industry, it is responsible for the roll out of policies and procedures as well as the licensing regime under the law. Autonomous vehicles must pass a technical examination and meet safety and security standards in order to be licensed. Data generated from the use of autonomous vehicles will be collected and analyzed. Further, the RTA will designate routes and areas in which autonomous vehicles can operate and promulgate traffic rules that will apply specifically to autonomous vehicles. The operator will remain liable for the acts or omissions of the autonomous vehicle in the event of damage to individuals or property.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s autonomous vehicles regulations. In alignment with the provisions of Dubai Law No. 9 of 2023, we ensure that all our AMRs undergo rigorous technical examinations meet the mandated safety and security standards. We actively collaborate with the Dubai Police and RTA for the licensing of our AMRs and remain in constant liaison to stay updated on designated routes and specific traffic rules. Moreover, we have established internal protocols to manage, analyze, and securely store data generated from our AMRs’ operations.

Regulation and Government Policy on Artificial Intelligence

In 2017, the UAE appointed a Minister of State for Artificial Intelligence and in 2019 the UAE Cabinet approved the National Strategy for Artificial Intelligence 2031 (the “National Strategy”) with the goal of making the UAE one of the world’s leaders in AI. As part of the National AI Strategy, the UAE also established the Office of Artificial Intelligence. The UAE Cabinet has appointed the UAE Artificial Intelligence and Blockchain Council (the “Council”) to oversee the implementation of AI technology in society and across the government sector. The Council proposes policies to create an ecosystem that will be AI-friendly while maintaining privacy and ethics in society. The UAE Regulations Lab (“RegLab”) was established to proactively anticipate and develop future legislation governing the use and application of emerging technologies in the UAE. The RegLab was launched in January 2019 and the UAE Cabinet uses it to grant temporary licenses for the testing and vetting of innovations that use technologies such as AI. In April 2023, the UAE’s Office for Artificial launched a guide called ‘100 Practical Applications and Use Cases of Generative AI’, which aims to facilitate AI adoption across vital industries and accelerate research in the field. t sets out the ways in which these rapidly emerging technologies can be leveraged to benefit key sectors including automotive, while also focusing on addressing several important issues in the context of these digital advancements, like data privacy protection, reliability, and quality control of AI outputs.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s artificial intelligence regulations and government policy. We stay aligned with the guidelines and recommendations set by the UAE’s AI and Blockchain Council. We actively engage with the RegLab to obtain the necessary licenses for testing our innovations, ensuring that our innovations adhere to the benchmarks set by UAE’s AI regulatory bodies. By referencing and implementing best practices from the ‘100 Practical Applications and Use Cases of Generative AI’ guide, we ensure our AMRs benefit from the latest AI applications while rigorously upholding data privacy, reliability, and quality control.

Regulation of Data Collection and Handling

While the Federal Decree Law No. 45/2021 on the Protection of Personal Data establishes guidelines for the handling of personal data, it’s crucial to emphasize that Micropolis Dubai does not engage in the collection, handling, or processing of personal data from our customers or technology users. Should our customers opt to collect data through our technology, it will be entirely under their responsibility and at their own expense. Nevertheless, if our technologies are ever used to collect personal data by our customers, we remain accountable. As such, we ensure that our software

86

Table of Contents

development processes follow international standards in data and cybersecurity, thereby fortifying the resilience and integrity of our offerings. As we prioritize delivering advanced autonomous mobile robots and related services, our commitment inherently respects and upholds the privacy rights of all individuals, aligning with the spirit and directives of the UAE’s data protection regulations. As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s data protection regulations.

Other Commercial and Civil Law Considerations

It is worth noting that existing regulations, such as those relating to product liability, also indirectly apply to Micropolis Dubai’s products and services just as they would to any other product that malfunctions or is defective. Article 316 of Federal Law No. 5 of 1985 (the Civil Code) provides that “any person who has things under his control which require special care in order to prevent their causing damage, or mechanical equipment, shall be liable for any harm done by such things or equipment…” Federal Law No. 15 of 2020 on Consumer Protection prescribes penalties for (among other things) displaying, offering, promoting or advertising goods or services which cause damage to consumers, and, extends liability (by virtue of the definition of a “provider”) to the distributors and the manufacturer, whether based in the UAE or abroad (and not just to the entity that had direct contact with the consumer).

As of the date of hits prospectus, we are in compliance with applicable UAE’s commercial and civil law regulations. In compliance with Article 316 of Federal Law No. 5 of 1985 (the Civil Code), We adopt stringent measures to ensure that all our AMRs, electronic control units, and power storage units undergo comprehensive testing and quality assurance checks. This is to ensure they operate safely and as intended, minimizing the risk of any harm or malfunction.Moreover, in line with Federal Law No. 15 of 2020 on Consumer Protection, we are unwavering in our commitment to uphold the trust of our consumers. We maintain transparency in our product promotions and PR, ensuring that all claims align with the product’s actual capabilities and performance. Additionally, our relationship with distributors and manufacturers, whether within the UAE or internationally, is governed by strict quality control measures, ensuring that every party involved in the product supply chain is accountable for the quality and safety of the products we deliver.

Regulation of Environment Protection

Federal Law No. 12 of 2018 on Integrated Waste Management regulates the management of waste in the UAE, including the generation, collection, transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of waste. It sets out a number of requirements for businesses to ensure that their waste is managed in a safe and environmentally sound manner. Article 7- Waste Reuse or Recycling compels the establishment to reuse certain types of waste that are suitable for reuse or to process some types of waste requiring special treatment separately upon disposal thereof. Article 10- Reuse of Secondary Products provides that the secondary raw materials resulting from industrial processes shall not be considered waste if they can be usable as secondary products for the same industry or other industries as determined by the Implementing Regulation of this Law.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s environment protection regulations. We ensure that certain waste types are processed separately, in line with the requirements for special treatment. Furthermore, in alignment with Article 10, we have initiated efforts to reclaim secondary raw materials from our industrial processes. These materials are then reintegrated as secondary products into our operations or extended to other industries, ensuring their optimal utilization and reinforcing our dedication to sustainability and environmental stewardship.

Regulation of Employment Relationship

Employer-employee relationships in the UAE are primarily governed by Federal Decree Law No. 33 of 2021, its Executive Regulations (Cabinet Resolution No. 1 of 2022) (as may be amended from time to time), and applicable ministerial orders implementing these provisions (together the “UAE Labour Law”). The UAE Labour Law applies to all employees working in the UAE, whether UAE nationals or foreign nationals. The UAE Labour Law covers a wide range of topics, including employment contracts, working hours, wages and salaries, leave, social security and termination of employment.

The law also establishes a number of protections for employees, including the right to non-discrimination and the right to a safe and healthy workplace.

The UAE Labour Law is enforced by the Ministry of Human Resources and Emiritisation (MoHRE). Employees who believe that their rights have been violated can file a complaint with the MoHRE

87

Table of Contents

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s employment relationship regulations. In line with the UAE Labour Law, we staunchly uphold the rights and well-being of our employees. Each team member receives a clear, written employment contract detailing their salary, benefits, and working hours. Strictly adhering to the UAE’s standards, we ensure no one exceeds the mandated 8 hours a day and 48 hours a week work limit. Beyond working hours, we value our employees’ well-being, offering 30 days of paid annual leave and 14 days of paid sick leave annually. Integral to our core values are our anti-discrimination, fairness, and equality policies. We actively enforce these principles, ensuring an inclusive and supportive work environment where every individual is treated with respect and equity. In line with UAE’s legal directives, we guarantee end-of-service benefits, showcasing our commitment to both the nation’s laws and our team’s welfare.

Regulation of Intellectual Properties

The UAE’s intellectual property regime is promulgated by a range of laws and regulations including:

•        Federal Law No. 11 of 2021 On Regulation and Protection of Industrial Property Rights governs patents, along with designs, integrated circuits, inventions, utility certificates, and other industrial property.

•        Federal Decree-Law No. 38 of 2021 On Copyrights and Neighbouring Rights. It includes innovative works of literature, music, theatre, architecture, photography, computer programs, speeches and lectures, audio-visual works, derivative works etc.

•        Federal Decree-Law No. 36 of 2021 On Trademarks, providing for the protection of trademarks being anything that takes a distinct shape of names, words, signatures, numbers, drawings, pictures, colors or color combinations, 3D or hologram marks etc.

•        Cabinet Resolution No. (6) of 2022 on the Executive Regulations of Federal Law No. (11) of 2021 on the Regulation and Protection of Industrial Property Rights

•        Cabinet Decision No. 47/2022 On the Implementing Regulation of Federal Decree-Law No. 38/2021 on Copyrights and Neighbouring Rights

•        Cabinet Decision No. 57/2022 On Executive Regulations of the Federal Decree- Law No. 36/2021 on Trademarks

together, the “UAE IP Law”

•        The UAE IP Law is implemented and enforced by the Ministry of Economy, Intellectual Property Protection Department.

•        As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s intellectual property rights regulations. We hold intellectual property rights in the highest regard, recognizing their critical role in spurring innovation and industry advancement. In unwavering compliance with the UAE IP Law, we have implemented rigorous procedures for the registration, management, and protection of our own copyrights, trademarks, patents, industrial designs, and trade secrets. Equally important is our staunch commitment to respecting the IP rights of others. We diligently ensure that our operations and products never infringe upon or utilize anyone else’s copyrighted material or intellectual property without proper authorization. We ensure that all our IP endeavors align with the UAE IP Law. This meticulous approach to IP not only safeguards our pioneering contributions to the field robotics but also underscores the integrity and trustworthiness that our stakeholders can rely on.

Foreign Exchange Control

The United Arab Emirates (UAE) has no restrictions on foreign exchange. This means that there are no limits on the amount of foreign currency that can be brought into or taken out of the country. There are also no restrictions on the conversion of foreign currency into dirhams or vice versa.

However, there are a number of restrictions on the transfer of money to certain countries from and to the UAE. These restrictions are designed to prevent the funding of terrorism and other illegal activities.

88

Table of Contents

The UAE government has published a list of countries that are subject to financial sanctions. These countries include Iran, North Korea, and Syria. Transfers of money to these countries are generally prohibited, but there are some exceptions, such as for humanitarian purposes.

In addition to the list of countries that are subject to financial sanctions, there are also a number of countries that are considered to be high-risk jurisdictions. Transfers of money to these countries are more closely monitored and may be subject to additional requirements.

Some of the high-risk jurisdictions include: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Cambodia, Cuba, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ethiopia, Ghana, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Iraq, Kenya, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Myanmar, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Pakistan, Palestine, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Philippines, Russia, Senegal, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Togo, Turkmenistan, Uganda, Ukraine, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela and Yemen.

The UAE’s Foreign Exchange Control laws are overseen by the Central Bank of the UAE (CBUAE). The CBUAE is responsible for ensuring the stability of the dirham and for promoting the development of the UAE’s financial system.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are in compliance with UAE’s foreign exchange regulations. Recognizing the UAE’s open stance on foreign exchange, we actively ensure that all our financial transactions adhere to the nation’s guidelines, promoting the free flow of capital while abiding by established constraints. We strictly refrain from engaging in unauthorized transfers to these regions. Furthermore, we will exercise heightened due diligence when dealing with countries designated as high-risk jurisdictions. Every transaction is meticulously documented and undergoes rigorous internal review to ensure full compliance, thereby preventing any inadvertent support to activities that contradict the values we uphold and the regulations set forth by the UAE government.

89

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding our Directors and Executive Officers as at the date of this prospectus:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Marwan Al Sarkal

 

44

 

Chairman and Independent Director

Fareed Aljawhari

 

43

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

33

 

Chief Financial Officer

Saken Saryyev

 

36

 

Director

Peter Balint

 

46

 

Independent Director

Alun Richards

 

67

 

Independent Director

The business and working experience and areas of responsibility of our Directors and Executive Officers are set out below:

Marwan Al Sarkal is our Chairman and an Independent Director since August 2023. Marwan Al Sarkal, a visionary leader, was appointed as CEO of Shurooq in 2009 until 2018 by His Highness Sheikh Dr. Sultan bin Muhammad Al Qasimi. Marwan played a pivotal role in diversifying markets and attracting investments in sectors such as tourism, healthcare, environmental, logistics, real estate, retail, and light manufacturing. Marwan served as the Executive Chairman of the Sharjah Investment and Development Authority (Shurooq) from 2018 to 2022. Marwan is a proud graduate of the Higher Colleges of Technology in the UAE in 2001, with a degree in Accounting and Business Administration. Marwan is actively involved in various enterprises and organizations, including serving as a board member of One World Impact Investment Holding Limited since 2023, Platinum High Integrity Technologies since 2022, Chapter 3 LLC since 2022, Ancova Capital Management since 2022, and Qatra Water Solution from 2018 to 2023. He also contributed his expertise to MABANEE Shurooq from 2018 to 2023 and Eagle Hills UAE from 2016 to 2023. Moreover, Marwan Al Sarkal is the founder of Al Mur Investment, established in 2017, further demonstrating his commitment to fostering economic growth and innovation in Sharjah and beyond

Fareed Aljawhari is the founder and our Chief Executive Officer and Director since August 2023. Mr. Aljawhari is a dedicated product designer and digital product developer based in Dubai. His professional journey has spanned over two decades, during which he has contributed to many digital transformation initiatives in the city. In these roles, he enjoyed the opportunity to collaborate with others on product development and system architecture and learned a great deal about digital strategy. In 2014, Mr. Aljawhari founded Micropolis Dubai, initially focusing on software development. As he continued to learn and grow alongside the company, Micropolis began to evolve and, by 2018, had transformed into a robotics and AI company. It was a challenging yet rewarding journey that he cherishes and that continues to teach him valuable lessons. Mr. Aljawhari has been fortunate to build connections with many government entities and leading companies in Dubai throughout his career. Each interaction and project has helped shape his understanding of the digital landscape and has further motivated him to keep learning and growing. He looks forward to continuing to contribute to Dubai’s tech ecosystem in the future. We believe that Mr. Aljawhari qualifies as a director because he is the founder of our Group and has extensive experience in the industry.

Dzmitry Kastahorau is our Chief Financial Officer since August 2023. Mr. Kastahorau is a well-established finance professional with an extensive international career in various industry-leading corporations. Holding a Master’s Degree in International Corporate Finance from EADA Business School in Barcelona (academic year 2013-2014), Mr. Kastahorau brings a wealth of academic and practical knowledge to his roles. His professional journey includes significant contributions as the Finance Director at Chalhoub Group (2018-2021), a luxury retail conglomerate, and PUIG Spain (2015-2018), a prestigious fashion and fragrance company. Mr. Kastahorau’s experience also spans the automotive industry, with a noteworthy tenure at Motherson Automotive in Germany (2014-2015). His diverse industry experience, coupled with his rigorous academic grounding, has given him a unique ability to navigate financial landscapes efficiently and strategically. His adaptability and leadership have proved instrumental in his roles, and his continued dedication to financial excellence serves as a strong foundation for his current and future endeavors.

Saken Sarryev is our independent director since August 2023. He is an experienced Asset Manager with a demonstrated history spanning over a decade in the financial services industry. Specializing in the management and advisory of collective investment funds, Saken has an extensive background in public equities, bonds, and insurance products.

90

Table of Contents

Graduating in 2008 with a bachelor’s degree in Information Technology from T. Ryskulov University in Kazakhstan, he laid the foundation for his career in the ever-evolving world of technology. Saken’s thirst for knowledge and ambition led him to further his education, and in 2019, he earned a bachelor’s degree in Finance from the Synergy Institute in Russia. This dual educational background equipped him with a unique skill set that blends technological acumen with financial expertise. Saken served as an executive at Freedom Finance JSC from 2017 to 2021. During this time, he focused on retail business development, contributing to the company’s growth and success. His dedication and innovative approach played a pivotal role in shaping Freedom Finance’s retail division. In addition to his executive roles, Saken Sarryev has also demonstrated his commitment to corporate governance by serving as a board member at both Freedom Finance and Micropolis. He held this position at Freedom Finance from 2017 to 2021, contributing his insights and expertise to the company’s strategic direction. In 2021, Saken Sarryev assumed the role of President at Micropolis Digital Development, where he spearheads business development initiatives. Saken Sarryev’s diverse background, coupled with his leadership skills and dedication, makes him a driving force in the fields of technology, finance, and business development. His career is a testament to his passion for innovation and his ability to adapt and excel in dynamic and challenging environments.

Peter Balint is our independent director since August 2023. Peter Balint is a professional investor and operator with over two decades of experience in the banking and investment sectors. As a graduate of the University of Economics in Bratislava in 2001, Peter holds a master’s degree in Corporate Finance. Peter’s career has seen him excel in various treasury and alternative investment roles. His extensive track record showcases his commitment to excellence and strategic vision. Continuing his trajectory of success, Peter Balint assumed the role of CEO at Infinity Capital Strategies SK s.r.o. Consulting in January 2013, a position he continues to hold with dedication and expertise to this day. In July 2018, Peter took on the role of CEO at ICS Investment Management LLC, an esteemed investment company. From November 2019 to December 2021, Peter Balint served as the Investment Manager at Twin Capital S.r.o Family Office (CEE) Region, contributing his financial acumen to the family office’s portfolio during this period. In addition to his executive roles, Peter serves as a board member for various companies, further solidifying his presence in the financial sector. He has held positions as a board member at Alfa Solar Invest, EOOD since 2014, at Thompson Solar, a s. since 2015, and at ICS Investment Management LLC since 2018. Furthermore, Peter Balint has continued his board membership at Infinity Capital Strategies SK since 2013 and at Infinity Capital Strategies SPC since 2020. In 2023, he extended his influence to Linkfire A/S, where he assumed the role of board member and continues to contribute to the company’s achievements. With his extensive experience and proven track record in the financial industry, Peter Balint remains a formidable presence in the world of banking, investments, and financial consulting. His unwavering commitment to excellence and strategic vision have cemented his reputation as a leading figure in the field.

Alun Richards is our independent director since August 2023. Alun Richards has an illustrious career spanning over 30 years in the financial services and advisory sectors. Alun pursued higher education in the United Kingdom, where he earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Biochemistry in 1978 from University of Sussex. This academic achievement provided a solid foundation for his future endeavours in the world of science and technology. In July 2017, Alun Richards assumed the role of CEO at Safe Process FZ LLE, a position he continues to hold with dedication and visionary leadership. Alun’s commitment to excellence extends beyond his role at Safe Process. Since 2018, he has served as a board member at PEGG, contributing his expertise to the organization’s growth and strategic direction. In 2019, he joined the board of Rockland, further solidifying his presence in the business community. His contributions expanded in 2019 when Alun became a board member at Transskills, where his strategic insights have played a pivotal role in the company’s achievements. Building on his passion for fostering collaboration and innovation, Alun Richards assumed board positions at FABC, Verdi, and MEFW in 2022.

Employment Agreements, Director Agreements, and Indemnification Agreements

We will enter into employment agreements with each of our executive officers, pursuant to which such individuals will agree to serve as our executive officers for a period of three years from the effective date of the registration statement. We may terminate the employment for cause at any time for certain acts, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may also terminate the employment without cause at any time upon 3 months’ advance written notice. Each executive officer may resign at any time upon 3 months’ advance written notice.

91

Table of Contents

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential or proprietary information or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations. Each executive officer has also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all inventions, designs and trade secrets which he conceives, develops, or reduces to practice during his employment with us and to assign all right, title, and interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other legal rights for these inventions, designs and trade secrets.

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of the employment and for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to: (i) engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise that is competitive with our business, (ii) solicit, divert or take away the business of our clients, customers or business partners, or (iii) solicit, induce or attempt to induce any employee or independent contractor to terminate his or her employment or engagement with us. The employment agreements also contain other customary terms and provisions.

We will enter into director agreements with each of our directors which agreements set forth the terms and provisions of their engagement.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers in connection with this offering. Under these agreements, we will agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

Board of Directors

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors will consist of five Directors upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. A Director is not required to hold any shares in our Company to qualify to serve as a director. The Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Marwan Al Sarkal, Alun Richards, and Peter Palint is an “independent director” as defined under the NYSE rules. Our Board of Directors is composed of a majority of independent Directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus is a part, we intend to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee under our Board of Directors. We intend to adopt a charter for each of the three committees upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus is a part. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee.

Our Audit Committee will consist of our three independent Directors, and will be chaired by Marwan Al Sarkal. We have determined that each member of our Audit Committee will satisfy the requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have determined that Marwan Al Sarkal qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our Company. The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

•        reviewing and recommending to our board for approval, the appointment, re-appointment, or removal of the independent auditor, after considering its annual performance evaluation of the independent auditor;

•        approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of the independent auditor and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent auditors at least annually;

92

Table of Contents

•        reviewing with the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

•        discussing with our independent auditor, among other things, the audits of the financial statements, including whether any material information should be disclosed, issues regarding accounting and auditing principles and practices;

•        reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

•        discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;

•        reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any special steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

•        approving annual audit plans, and undertaking an annual performance evaluation of the internal audit function;

•        establishing and overseeing procedures for the handling of complaints and whistleblowing; and

•        meeting separately and periodically with management and the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Compensation Committee.

Our Compensation Committee will consist of our three independent Directors, and will be chaired by Peter Balint. We have determined that each member of our Compensation Committee will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. Our Compensation Committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation relating to our Directors and Executive Officers. Our Chief Executive Officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which their compensation is deliberated upon. Our Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things:

•        overseeing the development and implementation of compensation programs in consultation with our management;

•        at least annually, reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our Executive Officers;

•        at least annually, reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-executive Directors;

•        at least annually, reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs, or other similar arrangements;

•        reviewing Executive Officer and director indemnification and insurance matters; and

•        overseeing our regulatory compliance with respect to compensation matters, including our policies on restrictions on compensation plans and loans to Directors and Executive Officers.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of our three independent Directors, and will be chaired by Alun Richards. We have determined that each member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of

93

Table of Contents

the NYSE. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our Directors and in determining the composition of the Board and its committees. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things:

•        recommending nominees to the Board for election or re-election to the Board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the Board;

•        reviewing annually with the Board the current composition of the Board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience, expertise, diversity, and availability of service to us;

•        developing and recommending to our Board such policies and procedures with respect to nomination or appointment of members of our Board and chairs and members of its committees or other corporate governance matters as may be required pursuant to any SEC or NYSE rules, or otherwise considered desirable and appropriate;

•        selecting and recommending to the Board the names of Directors to serve as members of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee, as well as of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee itself; and

•        evaluating the performance and effectiveness of the Board as a whole.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this Offering, we have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees and is publicly available.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly, and a duty to act in good faith in what they consider to be in our best interests. Our Directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our Directors also have a duty to exercise the skills they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our Directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association as may be amended from time to time. Our company has a right to seek damages against any director who breaches a duty owed to us.

The functions and powers of our Board of Directors include, among others:

•        convening shareholders’ annual and extraordinary general meetings and reporting its work to Shareholders at such meetings;

•        declaring dividends and distributions;

•        appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers; and

•        exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Our Directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until their resignation, death, or incapacity, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or until his or her office is otherwise vacated in accordance with our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

94

Table of Contents

A director will also be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors, (ii) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind, (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing, (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from meetings of our board for a continuous period of six months, or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

Interested Transactions

A director may, subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under applicable law, the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles or applicable NYSE rules, or disqualification by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested, provided that the nature of the interest of any directors in such contract or transaction is disclosed by him or her at or prior to its consideration and any vote in that matter.

Limitation on Liability and Other Indemnification Matters

Cayman Islands law allows us to indemnify our Directors, officers and auditors acting in relation to any of our affairs against actions, costs, charges, losses, damages, and expenses incurred by reason of any act done or omitted in the execution of their duties as our directors, officers, and auditors.

•        Under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles (which will be effective upon the date on which the Registration Statement becomes effective), we may indemnify our Directors and officers to, among other persons, our Directors and officers from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them may incur or sustain by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty or supposed duty in their respective offices or trusts, except such (if any) as they shall incur or sustain through their own fraud or dishonesty.

Foreign Private Issuer Exemption

After the consummation of this offering, we will qualify as a “foreign private issuer” under the SEC rules and NYSE rules. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Also, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. However, we will file with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, and we will submit to the SEC from time to time, on Form 6-K, reports of information that would likely be material to an investment decision in our Shares.

Furthermore, NYSE rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. We are allowed to follow Cayman Islands corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE that listed companies must have: (i) a majority of independent directors; (ii) the establishment of a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors; and (iii) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors.

We intend to comply with all of the rules generally applicable to U.S. domestic companies listed on the NYSE. We may in the future decide to use the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to some or all of the other NYSE corporate governance rules. We also intend to comply with Cayman Islands corporate governance requirements under the Companies Act applicable to us at the same time. If we rely on our home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules of NYSE, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NYSE. We may utilize these exemptions for as long as we continue to qualify as a foreign private issuer.

95

Table of Contents

Other Corporate Governance Matters

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including us, to comply with various corporate governance practices.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our members of our Board of Directors, executive board members and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

We may also be eligible to utilize the controlled company exemptions under the NYSE corporate governance rules if more than 50% of our voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company. We do not currently expect that more than 50% of our voting power will be held by an individual, a group or another company immediately following the consummation of this Offering.

96

Table of Contents

COMPENSATION

For the year ended December 31, 2022 and the year ended December 31, 2023, we paid an aggregate of approximately $212,230 and $215,224, respectively, in cash and benefits in-kind granted to or accrued on behalf of all of our Directors for their services, in all capacities, and we did not pay any additional compensation to our Directors and members of senior management. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our Executive Officers and Directors.

97

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Shares as of the date of this prospectus by our officers, directors, and 5% or greater beneficial owners of Shares. There is no other person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Shares. The following table assumes that none of our officers, directors or 5% or greater beneficial owners of our Shares will purchase shares in this Offering. In addition, the following table assumes that the over-allotment option has not been exercised. Holders of our Shares are entitled to one (1) vote per share and vote on all matters submitted to a vote of our Shareholders, except as may otherwise be required by law.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the person identified in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by him, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to This Offering
(2)

 

Shares
Beneficially Owned
After This Offering(3)

Name of Beneficial Owners(1)

 

Number

 

%

 

Number

 

%

Directors and Executive Officers:

       

 

       

 

Marwan Al Sarkal

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

Fareed Aljawhari

 

4,200,000

 

14.00

%

 

4,200,000

 

10.99

%

Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

300,000

 

1.00

%

 

300,000

 

*

%

Saken Saryyev

 

2,997,000

 

9.99

 

 

2,997,000

 

—

 

Peter Balint

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

Alun Richards

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

All directors and executive officers
as a group

 

7,497,000

 

24.99

%

 

7,497,000

 

19.63

%

5% shareholders:

       

 

       

 

Egor Romanyuk

 

12,009,000

 

40.03

%

 

12,009,000

 

31.44

%

Simon Lo Gatto

 

4,200,000

 

14.00

%

 

4,200,000

 

10.99

%

Alexander Rugaev

 

2,997,000

 

9.99

%

 

2,997,000

 

7.85

%

Mpolis LLC(4)

 

2,997,000

 

9.99

%

 

2,997,000

 

7.85

%

____________

*        Less than 1%.

(1)      Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is Warehouse 1, Dar Alkhaleej Building Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE.

(2)      Giving effect to the new issuances of our Ordinary Shares in September 2023, the applicable percentage of ownership is based on 30,000,000 Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

(3)      Applicable percentage of ownership is based on 38,200,000 Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after the offering, without taking into account issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option.

(4)      Mpolis LLC is managed by Mindrock LLC, a Delaware limited liablity company owned 60% by Pavel Cherkashin and 40% by Grigorii Trubkin. Therefore, by virtue of Pavel Cherkashin’s control over Mindrock LLC, Pavel Cherkashin is deemed to have voting and/or dispositive power over our Shares held by Mpolis LLC.

98

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since 2020 to which we have been a party and in which any members of our Board of Directors, any Executive Officers, or Major Shareholder had, has, or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus captioned “Management”.

Loan Arrangement with a Related Party

During the six months ended June 30, 2023, and the years ended December 31, 2020, 2021 and 2022 and up to the date of this prospectus, certain related parties are as follows:

Name of party

 

Relationship

Egor Romanyuk

 

Majority Shareholder of the Company

Diamond Developers

 

Company at which a previous major shareholder of Micropolis Dubai served as a chief executive officer

Fares Abu Baker

 

Previously a major shareholder of Micropolis Dubai.

During the six months ended June 30, 2023, and the years ended December 31, 2020, 2021 and 2022, certain related party transactions with related parties were as follows:

 



For the year ended December 31,

 

For the
six
 months
ended June 30,
2023

   

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 
   

USD

 

USD

 

USD

 

USD

Financing activities:

               

Loan from Egor Romanyuk to Micropolis

 

—

 

—

 

275,852

 

805,027

Loan from Fares Abu Baker to Micropolis

 

—

 

70,806

 

—

 

—

Loan from Diamond Developers to Micropolis

 

—

 

136,258

 

—

 

—

Save and except that Egor Romanyuk has loaned an additional $805,027 to the Company, the Company has no other related party transactions since December 31, 2022 and up to the date of this prospectus.

As of December 31, 2020, 2021 and 2022, June 30, 2023 and the date of this prospectus, certain related party balance are as follows:

 


As of December 31,

 

As of
June 30,
2023

 

As of
the date of this
prospectus

   

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 
   

USD

 

USD

 

USD

 

USD

 

USD

Amounts due to Egor Romanyuk

 

—

 

—

 

275,852

 

1,080,879

 

1,080,879(1)

Amounts due to Fares Abu Baker

 

—

 

70,806

 

40,850

 

40,850

 

40,850(2)

Amounts due to Diamond Developers

 

—

 

136,258

 

86,291

 

86,291

 

86,291(3)

____________

(1)      The loan due to Egor Romanyuk carries an interest rate of 20% per annum and will mature on June 30, 2025.

(2)      The loan due to Fares Abu Baker is interest-free and has no maturity date.

(3)      The loan due to Diamond Developers is interest-free and has no maturity date.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has created an audit committee in connection with this offering which will be tasked with review and approval of all related party transactions.

Current related party transactions have interest free loans with Mr.Fares Abu Baker and Diamond Developers without maturity date, and 20% annual interest rates for the loan with Egor Romanyuk with maturity date June 30, 2025.

99

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND GOVERNING DOCUMENTS

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time, the Companies Act, and the common law by the Cayman Islands.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized Share capital will consist of [500,000,000] Shares of par value of [US$0.0001] per Share, all of which are designated as ordinary shares of a par value of [US$0.0001] each.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 30,000,000 Shares issued and outstanding. All of our Shares issued and outstanding prior to the completion of the offering be fully paid, and all of our shares to be issued in the offering will be issued as fully paid. As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding Ordinary Shares are held in the United States or by record holders in the United States other than MPolis LLC.

Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our Shareholders intend to adopt an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace our current memorandum and articles of association in its entirety upon and with effect from the date on which the Registration Statement becomes effective. The following are summaries of material provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles that we expect become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, and of the Companies Act, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our shares.

Objects of Our Company.    Under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, the objects of our company are unrestricted, and we have the full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands.

Ordinary Shares.    All of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Our Ordinary Shares are issued in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of members. Unless the Board of Directors determine otherwise, each holder of our Ordinary Shares will not receive a certificate in respect of such Ordinary Shares. We may not issue shares to bearer. Our Shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and our articles regarding redemption and purchase of the shares, the directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. The directors may deal with unissued shares either at a premium or at par, or with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise. No share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act. The directors may refuse to accept any application for shares and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

Dividends.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and any rights attaching to any class or classes of shares under and in accordance with the articles: (i) the Directors may declare dividends or distributions out of our funds which are lawfully available for that purpose; and (ii) our Shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors. Subject to the requirements of the Companies Act regarding the application of a company’s share premium account and with the sanction of an ordinary resolution, dividends may also be declared and paid out of any share premium account. The Directors when paying dividends to Shareholders may make such payment either in cash or in specie. Unless provided by the rights attached to a share, no dividend shall bear interest.

Voting Rights.    Subject to any rights or restrictions as to voting attached to any shares, unless any share carries special voting rights, on a show of hands every Shareholder who is present in person and every person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall have one vote per Ordinary Share. On a poll, every Shareholder who is present in person and every person representing a Shareholder by proxy shall have one vote for each share of which he or the person represented by proxy is the holder. In addition, all Shareholders holding shares of a particular class are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of shares. Votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

General Meetings of Shareholders.    As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Act to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. We may (but are not obliged to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting. Any annual general meeting held shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our Board of Directors. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

100

Table of Contents

The directors may convene general meetings whenever they think fit. General meetings shall also be convened on the written requisition of one or more of the Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at our general meetings who (together) hold not less than ten percent of the rights to vote at such general meeting in accordance with the notice provisions in the articles, specifying the purpose of the meeting and signed by each of the Shareholders making the requisition. If the directors do not convene such meeting within 21 clear days’ from the date of receipt of the written requisition, those Shareholders who requested the meeting or any of them may convene the general meeting themselves within three months after the end of such period of 21 clear days in which case reasonable expenses incurred by them as a result of the directors failing to convene a meeting shall be reimbursed by us.

At least [7] clear days’ notice of an extraordinary general meeting and [21] clear days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to Shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of that business. In addition, if a resolution is proposed as a special resolution, the text of that resolution shall be given to all Shareholders. Notice of every general meeting shall also be given to the directors and our auditors.

Subject to the Companies Act and with the consent of the Shareholders who, individually or collectively, hold at least 90 percent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at a general meeting, a general meeting may be convened on shorter notice.

A quorum shall consist of the presence (whether in person or represented by proxy) of one or more Shareholders holding shares that represent not less than one-third of the outstanding shares carrying the right to vote at such general meeting.

If, within 15 minutes from the time appointed for the general meeting, or at any time during the meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be cancelled. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days or to such other time or place as is determined by the directors.

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present, adjourn the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned for more than seven clear days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with the articles.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before, or on, the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the chairman of the meeting or by at least two Shareholders having the right to vote on the resolutions or one or more Shareholders present who together hold not less than ten percent of the voting rights of all those who are entitled to vote on the resolution. Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting, shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.

If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

Directors.    We may by ordinary resolution, from time to time, fix the maximum and minimum number of directors to be appointed. Under the articles, we are required to have a minimum of one director and the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited. For as long as the Company’s shares are listed on a stock exchange, our Board of Directors shall include at least such number of independent directors as applicable law, rules or regulations or the relevant stock exchange require as determined by the Board.

A director may be appointed by ordinary resolution or by the directors. Any appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.

Unless the remuneration of the directors is determined by the Shareholders by ordinary resolution, the directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the directors may determine.

The shareholding qualification for directors may be fixed by our Shareholders by ordinary resolution and unless and until so fixed no share qualification shall be required.

101

Table of Contents

A director may be removed by ordinary resolution. Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, any of our Shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares by completing an instrument of transfer in a common form or in a form prescribed by NYSE or any other form approved by our board of directors, executed:

•        where the ordinary shares are fully paid, by or on behalf of that Shareholder; and

•        where the ordinary shares are partly paid, by or on behalf of that Shareholder and the transferee.

The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of an Ordinary Share until the name of the transferee is entered into our register of members.

Where the ordinary shares in question are not listed on or subject to the rules of the NYSE, our Board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share that has not been fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our Board of Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

•        the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our Board of Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

•        the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

•        the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

•        the Ordinary Share transferred is fully paid and free of any lien in favour of us;

•        in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four; and

•        a fee of such maximum sum as the NYSE may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine; provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares.    Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls on the Shareholders in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares including any premium and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least 14 clear days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made), pay to us the amount called on his shares. Shareholders registered as the joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the share. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or if no rate is fixed, at the rate of ten percent per annum. The directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part. We have a first and paramount lien on all shares (whether fully paid up or not) registered in the name of a Shareholder (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all monies payable to us by the Shareholder or the Shareholder’s estate: (i) either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Shareholder; and (ii) whether or not those monies are presently payable. At any time, the directors may declare any share to be wholly or partly exempt from the lien on shares provisions of the articles. We may sell, in such manner as the directors may determine, any share on which the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, if due notice that such sum is payable has been given (as prescribed by the articles) and, within 14 clear days of the date on which the notice is deemed to be given under the articles, such notice has not been complied with.

102

Table of Contents

Redemption, Repurchase, and Surrender of Shares.    Subject to the Companies Act and any rights for the time being conferred on the Shareholders holding a particular class of shares, we may by action of our directors: (i) issue shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at our option or the Shareholder holding those redeemable shares, on the terms and in the manner our directors determine before the issue of those shares; (ii) with the consent by special resolution of the Shareholders holding shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of shares so as to provide that those shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at our option on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such variation; and (iii) purchase all or any of our own shares of any class including any redeemable shares on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such purchase. We may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner authorized by the Companies Act, including out of any combination of capital, our profits, and the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares. When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of shares, the directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorized by the terms of the allotment of those shares or by the terms applying to those shares, or otherwise by agreement with the Shareholder holding those shares.

Variations of Rights of Shares.    If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series), may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of that class a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the holders of shares of the class present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class. Unless the terms on which a class of shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Inspection of Books and Records.    Holders of our shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our corporate records (except for the memorandum and articles of association of our company, any special resolutions passed by our company and the register of mortgages and charges of our company). However, we will provide our Shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions.    Some provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association may discourage, delay, or prevent a change of control of our company or management that Shareholders may consider favourable, including provisions that limit the ability of Shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of Shareholders.

Exempted Company.    We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, or the “Companies Act,” on February 23, 2023. A Cayman Islands exempted company:

•        is a company that conducts its business mainly outside the Cayman Islands;

•        is not required to make its register of members open to inspection by Shareholders of that company;

•        does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        is prohibited from trading in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the exempted company carried on outside the Cayman Islands (and for this purpose can effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands);

•        may not issue negotiable or bearer shares but may issue shares with no par value;

•        may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation;

•        may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        may register as an exempted limited duration company; and

•        may register as a segregated portfolio company.

103

Table of Contents

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Act is derived, to a large extent, after the older Companies Acts of England and Wales but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments and, accordingly, there are significant differences between the Companies Act and the current Companies Act of UK. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.    The Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies provided that the laws of the foreign jurisdiction permit such merger or consolidation. For these purposes, (i) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property, and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (ii) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a new consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property, and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The plan must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company, and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the shareholders and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation that is affected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose, a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

Except in certain limited circumstances, a dissenting shareholder of a Cayman Islands constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his or her shares upon dissenting from a merger or consolidation. The exercise of such dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, except for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by seventy-five percent (75%) in value of the shareholders or class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

•        the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

•        the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest person of that class acting in respect of his or her interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

104

Table of Contents

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, or if a takeover offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits.    In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company, and as a general rule, a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English law authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a non-controlling shareholder may be permitted to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge:

•        an act which is illegally or ultra vires with respect to the company and is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders;

•        an act which, although not ultra vires, requires authorization by a qualified (or special) majority (that is, more than a simple majority) that has not been obtained; and

•        an act which constitutes a “fraud on the minority” where the wrongdoers are themselves in control of the company.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability.    The Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime, or against the indemnified person’s own fraud or dishonesty. Our Amended and Restated Articles provide to the extent permitted by Cayman Islands law, we shall indemnify each existing or former secretary, director (including alternate director), and any of our other officers (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against: (a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or officer in or about the conduct of our business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary’s or officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and (b) without limitation to paragraph (a) above, all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning us or our affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. No such existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own dishonesty. To the extent permitted by law, we may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former director (including alternate director), secretary or any of our officers in respect of any matter identified in above on condition that the director (including alternate director), secretary or officer must repay the amount paid by us to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the director (including alternate director), the secretary or that officer for those legal costs. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties.    Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself or herself of, and disclose to

105

Table of Contents

shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer, or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith, and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director owes three types of duties to the company: (i) statutory duties, (ii) fiduciary duties, and (iii) common law duties. The Companies Act imposes a number of statutory duties on a director. A Cayman Islands director’s fiduciary duties are not codified, however the courts of the Cayman Islands have held that a director owes the following fiduciary duties (a) a duty to act in what the director bona fide considers to be in the best interests of the company, (b) a duty to exercise their powers for the purposes they were conferred, (c) a duty to avoid fettering his or her discretion in the future and (d) a duty to avoid conflicts of interest and of duty. The common law duties owed by a director are those to act with skill, care and diligence that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and, also, to act with the skill, care and diligence in keeping with a standard of care commensurate with any particular skill they have which enables them to meet a higher standard than a director without those skills. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our amended articles of association, as amended, and restated from time to time. We have the right to seek damages where certain duties owed by any of our directors are breached.

Shareholder Action by Written Resolution.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. The Companies Act allows a special resolution to be passed in writing if signed by all the voting shareholders (if authorized by the memorandum and articles of association).

Shareholder Proposals.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors, or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Act provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and it does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association.

Cumulative Voting.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled for a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. In addition, a director’s office shall be vacated automatically if the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind or dies; (iii) resigns his or her office by notice in writing to the company; (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from meetings of our board for a continuous period of six months, or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

106

Table of Contents

Transactions with Interested Shareholders.    The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding up.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under the Companies Act, a company may be wound up by an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands, by a special resolution of its members, or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Act and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, our company may be dissolved, liquidated, or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Act and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the holders of shares of the class present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Act and our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders.    There are no limitations imposed by our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Anti-money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

107

Table of Contents

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases, the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

•        the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or

•        the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

•        the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority, or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any redemption payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment of redemption proceeds to such Shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reason for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) a nominated officer (appointed in accordance with the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands) or the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised), if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (ii) to a police constable or a nominated officer (pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands) or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised), if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and terrorist property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Data Protection in the Cayman Islands — Privacy Notice

This privacy notice explains the manner in which we collect, process, and maintain personal data about our investors pursuant to the Data Protection Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time and any regulations, codes of practice, or orders promulgated pursuant thereto (the “DPA”).

We are committed to processing personal data in accordance with the DPA. In our use of personal data, we will be characterized under the DPA as a “data controller,” whilst certain of our service providers, affiliates, and delegates may act as “data processors” under the DPA. These service providers may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

By virtue of your investment in our Company, we and certain of our service providers may collect, record, store, transfer, and otherwise process personal data by which individuals may be directly or indirectly identified.

Your personal data will be processed fairly and for lawful purposes, including (a) where the processing is necessary for us to perform a contract to which you are a party or for taking pre-contractual steps at your request, (b) where the processing is necessary for compliance with any legal, tax, or regulatory obligation to which we are subject, or

108

Table of Contents

(c) where the processing is for the purposes of legitimate interests pursued by us or by a service provider to whom the data are disclosed. As a data controller, we will only use your personal data for the purposes for which we collected it. If we need to use your personal data for an unrelated purpose, we will contact you.

We anticipate that we will share your personal data with our service providers for the purposes set out in this privacy notice. We may also share relevant personal data where it is lawful to do so and necessary to comply with our contractual obligations or your instructions or where it is necessary or desirable to do so in connection with any regulatory reporting obligations. In exceptional circumstances, we will share your personal data with regulatory, prosecuting, and other governmental agencies or departments, and parties to litigation (whether pending or threatened), in any country or territory including to any other person where we have a public or legal duty to do so (e.g. to assist with detecting and preventing fraud, tax evasion, and financial crime or compliance with a court order).

Your personal data shall not be held by our Company for longer than necessary with regard to the purposes of the data processing.

We will not sell your personal data. Any transfer of personal data outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA. Where necessary, we will ensure that separate and appropriate legal agreements are put in place with the recipient of that data.

We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction, or damage to the personal data.

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation to your investment into our Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should inform such individuals of the content.

You have certain rights under the DPA, including (a) the right to be informed as to how we collect and use your personal data (and this privacy notice fulfils our obligation in this respect), (b) the right to obtain a copy of your personal data, (c) the right to require us to stop direct marketing, (d) the right to have inaccurate or incomplete personal data corrected, (e) the right to withdraw your consent and require us to stop processing or restrict the processing, or not begin the processing of your personal data, (f) the right to be notified of a data breach (unless the breach is unlikely to be prejudicial), (g) the right to obtain information as to any countries or territories outside the Cayman Islands to which we, whether directly or indirectly, transfer, intend to transfer, or wish to transfer your personal data, general measures we take to ensure the security of personal data, and any information available to us as to the source of your personal data, (h) the right to complain to the Office of the Ombudsman of the Cayman Islands, and (i) the right to require us to delete your personal data in some limited circumstances.

If you consider that your personal data has not been handled correctly, or you are not satisfied with our responses to any requests you have made regarding the use of your personal data, you have the right to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman. The Ombudsman can be contacted by calling +1 (345) 946-6283 or by email at info@ombudsman.ky.

Legislation of the Cayman Islands

The Cayman Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, have recently introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act (Revised) came into force in the Cayman Islands introducing certain economic substance requirements for in-scope Cayman Islands entities which are engaged in certain “relevant activities,” which in the case of exempted companies incorporated before January 1, 2019, applies in respect of financial years commencing July 1, 2019, onwards. However, it is anticipated that our Company may remain out of scope of the legislation or else be subject to more limited substance requirements.

109

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon the completion of this Offering, all of the Shares sold in this Offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Shares, and while we plan to apply to list our Shares on NYSE, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market for our Shares will develop or be sustained after this Offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of Shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Shares. Further, since a large number of our Shares will not be available for sale shortly after this Offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our Shares in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed not to, for a period of 180 days from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Ordinary Shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Ordinary Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Ordinary Shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our Ordinary Shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

Furthermore, each of our directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders (5% or more shareholders) of our Ordinary Shares has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our Ordinary Shares and securities that are substantially similar to our Ordinary Shares. All of our other shareholders have agreed with the Underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer, or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any our Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Ordinary Shares for a period of 180 days from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. These parties collectively own all of our outstanding Ordinary Shares, without giving effect to this offering.

Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our Ordinary Shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our Ordinary Shares may dispose of significant numbers of our Ordinary Shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our Ordinary Shares, or the availability of Ordinary Shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our Ordinary Shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Ordinary Shares.

Rule 144

All of our Shares outstanding prior to this Offering are “restricted shares” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our Shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions.

Subject to the Lock-Up Agreements, our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of Shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the then outstanding Shares of the same class, which will equal approximately 382,000 Shares immediately after this Offering assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and 394,300 Shares assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full; or

•        the average weekly trading volume of our Shares on NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

110

Table of Contents

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our Shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such Shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

111

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our Shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax considerations of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other taxing jurisdiction.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains, or appreciation, and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties that may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is a party to a double tax treaty entered with the United Kingdom in 2010 but is not otherwise party to any double-tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Ordinary Shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Ordinary Shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

The Cayman Islands enacted the International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act (2021 Revision) together with the Guidance Notes published by the Cayman Islands Tax Information Authority from time to time. The Company is required to comply with the economic substance requirements from July 1, 2019, and make an annual report in the Cayman Islands as to whether or not it is carrying on any relevant activities and if it is, it must satisfy an economic substance test.

Our company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, has obtained an undertaking from the Governor in Cabinet of the Cayman Islands as to tax concessions under the Tax Concessions Act (Revised). In accordance with the provision of Section 6 of The Tax Concessions Act (Revised), the Governor in Cabinet undertakes with our company:

•        that no law that is hereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains, or appreciations shall apply to our company or its operations; and

•        in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains, or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

•        on or in respect of the shares, debentures, or other obligations of our company; or

•        by way of the withholding, in whole or part, of any relevant payment as defined in the Tax Concessions Act (Revised).

These concessions shall be for a period of 20 years from October 9, 2023.

United Arab Emirates Taxation Considerations

It is the responsibility of all persons interested in purchasing Shares to inform themselves as to any tax consequences from their investing in the Company and the Company’s operations or management, as well as any foreign exchange or other fiscal or legal restrictions, which are relevant to their particular circumstances in connection with the acquisition, holding or disposition of the Shares. Investors should therefore seek their own separate tax advice in relation to their holding of Shares, we do not accept any responsibility for the taxation consequences of any investment by an investor.

On 16 January 2023, the Ministry of Finance introduced a 9 per cent. federal corporate tax regime for the first time in the UAE to be applied on the adjusted accounting net profits of a business above AED 375,000, which came into effect on 1 June 2023. Micropolis Dubai is not currently subject to corporate income tax in the UAE as its net profits do not currently meet the AED 375,000 threshold.

112

Table of Contents

There are no transfer taxes in the UAE on the purchase of Shares. Accordingly, the purchase of Shares should not result in any UAE tax liabilities for shareholders who are individuals or corporations tax resident in the UAE.

Non-UAE tax residents, or dual tax residents, individuals, and corporations, may be subject to taxation in jurisdictions outside the UAE with respect to the ownership of, or income derived in connection with, the Shares based on local tax regulations.

Based on the current tax practice within the UAE outlined above, the purchase of Shares should not result in any UAE tax liabilities for shareholders who are individuals or corporations tax resident in the UAE, provided they are not subject to tax in the UAE by virtue of them being a foreign oil company or branch of a foreign bank. Non-UAE tax residents, or dual tax residents, individuals, and corporations, may be subject to taxation in jurisdictions outside the UAE with respect to the ownership of, or income derived in connection with, the Shares based on local tax regulations. Based on the same principles as outlined above, UAE resident shareholders who are not subject to tax in the UAE or jurisdictions outside the UAE (both corporate and individual), should not currently be taxed on the receipt of dividend income and gains on the future sale of the Shares. Shareholders who are subject to tax in the UAE by virtue of being a foreign oil company or branch of a foreign bank, or tax resident in jurisdictions outside the UAE, as well as shareholders tax resident in the UAE but also subject to tax in jurisdictions outside the UAE (both corporate and individual), should consult their own tax advisers as to the taxation of dividend income and gains on the future sale of the Shares under the relevant applicable local laws in those jurisdictions. There is currently no withholding tax in the UAE and as such, any dividend payments made by the Company should be made free of any UAE or Abu Dhabi withholding tax.

The UAE has adopted an excise tax, which was effective on 1 October 2017, and implemented a VAT, which was effective on 1 January 2018. On 27 August 2017, the VAT Law was published on the website of the Federal Tax Authority. The executive regulations of the VAT Law were issued on 28 November 2017 under Cabinet decision No. 52 of Federal Decree Law No. (8). The executive regulations provide more detail about products and services that are subject to VAT and which particular products are zero-rated or exempt. The executive regulations of the VAT Law outline the conditions and parameters of such VAT treatment. The GCC VAT Framework Agreement, which is a country level agreement between all the GCC States, sets out broad principles that should be followed by all the GCC countries in their VAT laws while providing individual member states some discretion to adopt a different VAT treatment in respect of certain matters. Each GCC country will enact its own domestic VAT legislation based on the underlying principles in this common framework.

Article 42 of the executive regulations outlines the scope of financial services classified as exempt and, on this basis, no VAT would be applied on any transfer of Shares. However, it should be noted that fees relating to the transfer of ownership of Shares would be standard rated at 5%.

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that hold our Ordinary Shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This summary is based on U.S. tax laws in effect as of the date of this prospectus, on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed as of the date of this prospectus, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. No ruling has been sought from the IRS with respect to any U.S. federal income tax considerations described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. Moreover, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, backup withholding, and alternative minimum tax considerations, or any state, local, and non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:

•        financial institutions or financial services entities;

•        underwriters;

•        insurance companies;

113

Table of Contents

•        pension plans;

•        cooperatives;

•        regulated investment companies;

•        real estate investment trusts;

•        grantor trusts;

•        broker-dealers;

•        traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

•        tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

•        persons liable for alternative minimum tax;

•        persons holding stock as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction;

•        persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•        passive foreign investment companies;

•        controlled foreign corporations;

•        persons that actually or constructively own 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock; or

•        partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding Ordinary Shares through such entities.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAXATION TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, AND THE STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S., OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Ordinary Shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•        an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Ordinary Shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our Ordinary Shares.

114

Table of Contents

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on Our Ordinary Shares

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not anticipate that any dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future. Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes, as dividends the amount of any distribution paid on the Ordinary Shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder as dividend income and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be “qualified dividend income,” which is taxed at the lower capital gains rate, provided that our Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding periods and other requirements. In this regard, shares generally are considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on NYSE, as our Ordinary Shares are expected to be.

Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Ordinary Shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such Ordinary Shares. In the event that we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect that all cash distributions will be reported as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any cash dividends paid with respect to our Ordinary Shares.

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will generally constitute passive category income. Depending on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit not in excess of any applicable treaty rate in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on our Shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such U.S. Holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome depends in large part on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

Taxation of Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Ordinary Shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long term if the Ordinary Shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our Ordinary Shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be classified as a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and cash equivalents are categorized as passive assets and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles are taken into account as non-passive assets. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

115

Table of Contents

Based on the expected composition (and estimated values) of the assets and the nature of the income of us and our subsidiaries, we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year. However, no assurance can be given as to whether we may be or may become a PFIC, as this is a factual determination made annually that will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Furthermore, the composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this Offering. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce passive income significantly increase relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of becoming classified as a PFIC may substantially increase. In addition, because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, it is possible that the Internal Revenue Service may challenge our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets, each of which may result in our becoming a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. If we were classified as a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our Ordinary Shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder held our Ordinary Shares even if we cease to be a PFIC in subsequent years, unless certain elections are made.

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our Ordinary Shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares. Under these rules,

•        the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares;

•        the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income;

•        the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year; and

•        an additional tax equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, of the U.S. Holder.

If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our Ordinary Shares, or if any of our subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of any lower-tier PFICs for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock, provided that such stock is “regularly traded” within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. If our Ordinary Shares qualify as being regularly traded, and an election is made, the U.S. Holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of Ordinary Shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such Ordinary Shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the Ordinary Shares over the fair market value of such Ordinary Shares held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Ordinary Shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that such corporation is not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of our Ordinary Shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

116

Table of Contents

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Furthermore, as an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder that owns stock of a PFIC generally may make a “qualified electing fund” election regarding such corporation to elect out of the PFIC rules described above regarding excess distributions and recognized gains. However, we do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

If a U.S. Holder owns our Ordinary Shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder must generally file an annual Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 and provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department, whether or not a mark-to-market election is or has been made. If we are or become a PFIC, you should consult your tax advisor regarding any reporting requirements that may apply to you.

You should consult your tax advisors regarding how the PFIC rules apply to your investment in our Ordinary Shares.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information to the Internal Revenue Service relating to an interest in “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares issued by a non-United States corporation, for any year in which the aggregate value of all specified foreign financial assets exceeds $50,000 (or a higher dollar amount prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a U.S. financial institution). These rules also impose penalties if a U.S. Holder is required to submit such information to the Internal Revenue Service and fails to do so.

In addition, dividend payments with respect to our Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Ordinary Shares may be subject to additional information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on IRS Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. However, transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

117

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We expect to enter into an underwriting agreement with Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (“Network 1”), as the Underwriter named therein, with respect to the Ordinary Shares in this offering. The Underwriter may retain other brokers or dealers to act as sub-agents on its behalf in connection with this offering and may pay any sub-agent a solicitation fee with respect to any securities placed by it. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to issue and sell to the Underwriter the number of shares indicated below:

Name

 

Number of
shares

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

 

8,200,000

Total

 

8,200,000

The Underwriter is offering the shares subject to its acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriter to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the Underwriter is not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option described below.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriter to take and pay for the Ordinary Shares, is subject to certain conditions precedent, including but not limited to (1) obtaining listing approval on the NYSE, (2) delivery of legal opinions and (3) delivery of auditor comfort letters.

We have agreed to grant to the Underwriter an over-allotment option, exercisable within 45 days after the closing of this Offering, to purchase up to an additional 1,230,000 Ordinary Shares (15% of the Ordinary Shares offered to the public) at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts. The option may be exercised in whole or in part, and may be exercised more than once, during the 45-day option period. The Underwriter may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus.

In order to facilitate the offering of the shares, the Underwriter may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our shares. Specifically, the Underwriter may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the Underwriter under the over-allotment option. The Underwriter can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the Underwriter will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The Underwriter may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The Underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the Underwriter may bid for, and purchase, shares in the open market to stabilize the price of our shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of our shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our shares. The Underwriter is not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

Upon the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will enter into an underwriting agreement with the Underwriter. The terms of the underwriting agreement provide that the obligation of the Underwriter is subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certain certificates, opinions and letters from us, our counsel, and our auditors.

118

Table of Contents

Discounts and Expenses

We have agreed to pay the Underwriter a fee equal to 7% of the gross proceeds of the offering.

The table below shows the per ordinary share and total discounts that we will pay to the Underwriter.

 

Total

Per Share

 

No Exercise of
Over-allotment
Option

 

Full Exercise of
Over-allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

4.50

 

$

36,900,000

 

$

42,435,000

Underwriting discounts to be paid by us

 

$

0.315

 

$

2,583,000

 

$

2,970,450

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

4.185

 

$

34,317,000

 

$

39,464,550

We have agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the Underwriter of one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds of the offering (including proceeds from the sale of over-allotment shares, if any).

We have also agreed to pay the underwriter’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable clearing charges, travel and out-of-pocket expense in connection with this offering reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel incurred by the Underwriter in connection with this offering, the cost of any due diligence meetings, and preparation of printed documents for closing and background check reports) incurred by the Underwriter in connection with this offering up to US$200,000. As of the date of this prospectus, we have paid an advance of US$100,000 to the Underwriter to be applied to the Underwriter’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses. The advance will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g).

We have agreed to pay our expenses related to the offering. We estimate that our total expenses related to this offering, excluding the estimated discounts to the Underwriter and payment of the Underwriter’s accountable and non-accountable expenses referred to above, will be approximately US$ [•].

Warrants

In addition, we have agreed to grant the Underwriter non-redeemable warrants to purchase an amount equal to six percent (6%) of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering (including any shares sold upon exercise of the over-allotment option), which warrants will be exercisable at any time, will be subject to lock up for 180 days from the date of issuance in accordance with FINRA Rule 5510, and will expire five years from the commencement of sales of this Offering. The warrants will be exercisable at a price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the Ordinary Shares sold in this Offering. We will register the Ordinary Shares underlying the underwriter’s warrants and will file all necessary undertakings in connection therewith. The underwriter’s warrants and the Ordinary Shares underlying the underwriter’s warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering (in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110), except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any member participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, and that all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction for the remainder of the time period. The underwriter’s warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of Ordinary Shares and will provide for cashless exercise. The underwriter’s warrants contain a provision for one demand registration, at the expense of the Company, and one additional demand right at the expense of the holder of the underwriter’s warrants. The demand registration rights may be exercised at any time following issuance of the warrants but no later than five years following the commencement of sales of the Offering in compliance with FINRA rule 5110(g)(8)(C). The underwriter warrants also contain unlimited “piggyback” registration rights at our expense. The piggyback registration rights may be exercised at any time following issuance of the warrants but no later than five years following commencement of sales of the Offering in compliance with FINRA rule 5110(g)(8)(D).

119

Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

We have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, we will not without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forma a part (the “restricted period”):

•        sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of our Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of our Company, except for the shares or options issued under the Company’s incentive plan;

•        file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of our Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of our Company; or

•        enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of our Company whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Each of our directors and officers named in the section “Management,” and all of our existing shareholders that own 5% or more of our total outstanding share, have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, such director, executive officer, or shareholder will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, during the restricted period:

•        offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or capital stock of our Company including any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Ordinary Shares or capital stock, or

•        enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such Ordinary Shares or capital stock whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Ordinary Shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the Underwriter. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the Underwriter expects to consider a number of factors, including:

•        the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the Underwriter;

•        our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

•        an assessment of our management;

•        our prospects for future earnings;

•        the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

•        the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

•        other factors deemed relevant by the Underwriter and us.

The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the Underwriter can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Ordinary Shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

120

Table of Contents

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments that the Underwriter may be required to make for these liabilities.

Listing

We intend to apply to have our Ordinary Shares approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “[__]” We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our Ordinary Shares will trade on such market either now or at any time in the future; notwithstanding the foregoing, we will not close this offering unless such Ordinary Shares will be so listed at completion of this offering.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by Representative or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Representative’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by it is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the Representative in its capacity as an underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Any underwriter who is a qualified market maker on NYSE may engage in passive market making transactions on NYSE in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.

No Prior Public Market

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities and the public offering price for our Ordinary Shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the Representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the Representative believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. The offering price for our Ordinary Shares in this offering has been arbitrarily determined by the Company in its negotiations with the underwriters and does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to the assets, operations, book, or other established criteria of value of the Company.

Offers Outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such Shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

121

Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

Until the distribution of the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for and to purchase our Ordinary Shares. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in transactions effected in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act that are intended to stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our Ordinary Shares. The underwriters may engage in over-allotment sales, syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M.

•        Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the managing underwriter for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.

•        Short sales and over-allotments occur when the managing underwriter, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares than they purchase from us in this offering. In order to cover the resulting short position, the managing underwriter may exercise the overallotment option described above and/or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will deliver a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of units covered by the registration statement.

•        Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters.

•        A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the managing underwriter to reclaim the selling concession that would otherwise accrue to an underwriter if the Ordinary Shares originally sold by the underwriter were later repurchased by the managing underwriter and therefore was not effectively sold to the public by such underwriter.

Stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Ordinary Shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Ordinary Shares. As a result, the price of our Ordinary Shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our Ordinary Shares. These transactions may occur on NYSE or on any trading market. If any of these transactions commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on a website maintained by the representatives of the underwriters and may also be made available on a website maintained by other underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives of the underwriters to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In connection with the offering, the underwriters or syndicate members may distribute prospectuses electronically. No forms of prospectus other than printed prospectuses and electronically distributed prospectuses that are printable in Adobe PDF format will be used in connection with this offering.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without obtaining the specific approval of the account holder.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Ordinary Shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the Ordinary Shares, where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Ordinary Shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

122

Table of Contents

Australia.    This prospectus is not a product disclosure statement, prospectus, or other type of disclosure document for the purposes of Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth of Australia) (the “Act”) and does not purport to include the information required of a product disclosure statement, prospectus, or other disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Act. No product disclosure statement, prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement in relation to the offer of the Ordinary Shares has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Securities Exchange.

Accordingly, (1) the offer of the Ordinary Shares under this prospectus may only be made to persons: (i) to whom it is lawful to offer the Ordinary Shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 of the Act under one or more exemptions set out in Section 708 of the Act, and (ii) who are “wholesale clients” as that term is defined in section 761G of the Act, (2) this prospectus may only be made available in Australia to persons as set forth in clause (1) above, and (3) by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (1) above, and the offeree agrees not to sell or offer for sale any of the Ordinary Shares sold to the offeree within 12 months after their issue except as otherwise permitted under the Act.

Cayman Islands.    This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the Ordinary Shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. The Underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares to any member of the public in the Cayman Islands.

United Arab Emirates.    Neither this prospectus nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor have we received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by us. No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

Saudi Arabia.    This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (the “CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial or legal advisor.

European Economic Area.    In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of the Ordinary Shares to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Ordinary Shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and the competent authority in that Relevant Member State has been notified, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of the Ordinary Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,

•        to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

•        to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000, and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

123

Table of Contents

•        to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive; or

•        in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of Ordinary Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of the above provision, the expression “an offer of Ordinary Shares to the public” in relation to any Ordinary Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Ordinary Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Ordinary Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Hong Kong.    The Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold by means of this document or any other document other than (i) in circumstances that do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) or the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the Ordinary Shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), that is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to Ordinary Shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

People’s Republic of China.    This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the Ordinary Shares may not be offered or sold and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

United Kingdom.    An offer of the Ordinary Shares may not be made to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of Section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA, except to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances that do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority, or the FSA.

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) may only be communicated to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which Section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company.

All applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by the Underwriter in relation to the Ordinary Shares must be complied with in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Israel.    This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus may be distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds; provident funds; insurance companies; banks; portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd., underwriters, each purchasing for their own account; venture capital funds; entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors shall be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum.

124

Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding the underwriting discounts and non-accountable expense allowance, which are expected to be incurred in connection with the sale of Ordinary Shares in this offering. With the exception of the registration fee payable to the SEC, the NYSE listing fee and the filing fee payable to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, all amounts are estimates.

SEC registration fee*

 

$

 

The NYSE listing fee*

 

 

 

FINRA filing fee*

 

 

 

Printing expenses*

 

 

 

Legal fees and expenses*

 

 

 

Accounting fees and expenses*

 

 

 

Transfer agent and registrar fee and expenses*

 

 

 

Miscellaneous*

 

 

 

Total*

 

$

 

____________

*        To be filed by amendment

125

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Ordinary Shares offered in this Offering will be passed upon for us by Ogier, our Cayman Islands counsel. The legal matters concerning this offering relating to UAE law will be passed upon for us by Pinsent Masons LLP. Certain other legal matters as to United States Federal and New York State law in connection with this Offering will be passed upon for us by Loeb & Loeb LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters as to U.S. federal law in connection with this Offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC.

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements of Micropolis Holding Company as of December 31, 2021, and 2022, and for the years then ended, have been audited by BF Borgers CPA PC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as set forth in their report elsewhere herein. Such combined financial statements have been included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, including amendments and relevant exhibits and schedules, covering the underlying Shares represented by the Shares to be sold in this Offering.

Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov. Additionally, we will make these filings available, free of charge, on our website at www.micropolis.ai as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information on our website, other than these filings, is not, and should not be, considered part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference into this document.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

126

Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Service of process upon us and upon our directors and officers and the Cayman Islands experts named in this prospectus, many of whom reside outside of the United States, may be difficult to obtain within the United States. Furthermore, because substantially all of our assets and substantially all of our directors and officers are located outside the United States, any judgment obtained in the United States against us or any of our directors and officers may be difficult to collect within the United States.

Mpolis LLC will act as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits: (a) political and economic stability; (b) an effective judicial system; (c) a favourable tax system; (d) the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and (e) the availability of professional and support services. However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include:

•        the Cayman Islands has a less exhaustive body of securities laws than the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and

•        Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, among us, our officers, directors, and shareholders, be arbitrated.

Ogier, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (1) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws and (2) entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

There is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce a foreign judgment, without any re-examination or re-litigation of matters adjudicated upon, provided such judgment (i) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given; (iii) is final; (iv) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (v) was not obtained by fraud; and (vi) is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

Subject to the above limitations, in appropriate circumstances, a Cayman Islands court may give effect in the Cayman Islands to other kinds of final foreign judgments such as declaratory orders, orders for performance of contracts and injunctions.

United States

Substantially all of our operations are conducted the United Arab Emirates, and substantially all of our assets are located in this jurisdiction. In addition, most of our directors and officers are residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in United States courts judgments obtained in United States courts based on the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors.

127

Table of Contents

UAE

Our UAE legal counsel has advised us that the Dubai Courts will not enforce a foreign judgment where they would have had exclusive jurisdiction to hear the underlying dispute. If the Dubai Courts did not have jurisdiction or had concurrent jurisdiction with a foreign court, the Dubai Courts would enforce the judgment under the same conditions a UAE judgment would be enforced in the country which issued the judgment if: i) the foreign court that issued the judgment or order has been issued in accordance with the laws of the state in which the judgement or order has been issued, iii) the parties to the claim which the foreign judgement is issued were required to appear and were properly represented, iv) the judgment has res judicata effect; v) the judgement does not conflict with a judgment previously issued in the UAE and does not violate public policy or morals. Additionally, in principle, a money judgment from a recognized court may be enforced in ‘onshore’ Dubai through the Dubai International Financial Centre Courts if the judgment meets the common law test for enforcement, namely it is final and conclusive, the court issuing the judgment had jurisdiction to determine the dispute, the judgment does not relate to payment of taxes, fines, or penalties and the judgement is not subject to a ground justifying challenge to enforcement (e.g. where the judgement is contrary to public policy, obtained by fraud or is inconsistent with a prior judgement). If there are parallel proceedings in onshore Dubai Courts, it may not be possible to use the DIFC Courts as a conduit.

128

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the board of directors of Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related statements of comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended, and related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a significant accumulated deficit. In addition, the Company continues to experience negative cash flows from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/S/ BF Borgers CPA PC (PCAOB ID 5041)
We have served as Auditor since 2022
Lakewood, CO
October 11, 2023

F-2

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC

Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Balance Sheets

As at December 31, 2022

 

Notes

 

2022

 

2021

       

USD

 

AED

 

AED

ASSETS

       

 

   

 

   

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment

 

6

 

988,993

 

 

3,631,583

 

 

958,813

 

Intangible assets

 

7

 

56,481

 

 

207,397

 

 

294

 

Right of use asset

 

8

 

769,985

 

 

2,827,385

 

 

3,644,447

 

       

1,815,459

 

 

6,666,365

 

 

4,603,554

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Trade receivables

 

9

   

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Other receivables

 

10

 

182,478

 

 

670,061

 

 

754,753

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

12

 

8,807

 

 

32,338

 

 

3,401,053

 

       

191,285

 

 

702,399

 

 

4,155,806

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     

2,006,744

 

 

7,368,764

 

 

8,759,360

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

       

 

   

 

   

 

EQUITY

       

 

   

 

   

 

Share capital

     

27,233

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

 

Additional capital

     

4,714,051

 

 

17,309,994

 

 

6,946,107

 

Shareholders’ current accounts

 

11

 

316,702

 

 

1,162,928

 

 

260,000

 

Accumulated losses

     

(4,185,930

)

 

(15,370,733

)

 

(4,104,925

)

       

872,056

 

 

3,202,189

 

 

3,201,182

 

LIABILITIES

       

 

   

 

   

 

Non-current liability

       

 

   

 

   

 

Employees’ end-of-service benefits

 

13

 

74,778

 

 

274,586

 

 

192,090

 

Lease liability

 

15

 

557,559

 

 

2,047,357

 

 

2,845,158

 

       

632,337

 

 

2,321,943

 

 

3,037,248

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

 

14

 

198,794

 

 

729,970

 

 

1,242,468

 

Due to related parties

 

11

 

86,291

 

 

316,861

 

 

500,338

 

Lease liability

 

15

 

217,266

 

 

797,801

 

 

778,124

 

       

502,351

 

 

1,844,632

 

 

2,520,930

 

Total liabilities

     

1,134,688

 

 

4,166,575

 

 

5,558,178

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     

2,006,744

 

 

7,368,764

 

 

8,759,360

 

The accompanying notes on 1 to 22 an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements were authorized for issue on October 12, 2023 by:

Fareed Aljawhari (CEO)

F-3

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC

Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended December 31, 2022

 

Notes

 

2022

 

2021

       

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Revenue

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

373,333

 

Cost of revenue

 

16

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(112,110

)

Gross profit

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

261,223

 

Other income

     

7,793

 

 

28,617

 

 

—

 

Administrative expenses

 

17

 

(3,030,220

)

 

(11,126,968

)

 

(4,100,112

)

Marketing expenses

     

(23,353

)

 

(85,751

)

 

—

 

Finance expense

 

18

 

(22,251

)

 

(81,706

)

 

(25,730

)

Loss for the year

 

 

 

(3,068,030

)

 

(11,265,808

)

 

(3,864,619

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(3,068,030

)

 

(11,265,808

)

 

(3,864,619

)

The accompanying notes on 1 to 22 an integral part of these financial statements.

The report of the independent auditor is set out on pages 1 to 3.

F-4

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC

Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Statement of Changes In Equity

For the year ended December 31, 2022

 

Share
capital

 

Additional
capital

 

Shareholders’
accounts

 

Accumulated
losses

 

Total

   

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

As at January 1, 2021

 

100,000

 

—

 

1,499,361

 

 

(7,222,962

)

 

(5,623,601

)

Loss for the year

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

(3,864,619

)

 

(3,864,619

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

—

 

(6,982,656

)

 

6,982,656

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

—

 

6,946,107

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,946,107

 

Net movement

 

—

 

—

 

5,743,295

 

 

—

 

 

5,743,295

 

As at December 31, 2021

 

100,000

 

6,946,107

 

260,000

 

 

(4,104,925

)

 

3,201,182

 

Loss for the year

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

(11,265,808

)

 

(11,265,808

)

Capital introduced during the year

 

—

 

10,363,887

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

10,363,887

 

Net movement

 

—

 

—

 

902,928

 

 

—

 

 

902,928

 

As at December 31, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000

 

17,309,994

 

1,162,928

 

 

(15,370,733

)

 

3,202,189

 

As at December 31, 2022 (USD)

 

27,233

 

4,714,051

 

316,702

 

 

(4,185,930

)

 

872,056

 

The accompanying notes on 1 to 22 an integral part of these financial statements.

The report of the independent auditor is set out on pages 1 to 3.

F-5

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC

Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2022

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Cash flow from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Loss for the year

 

(3,068,030

)

 

(11,265,808

)

 

(3,864,619

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Adjustments for:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

124,048

 

 

455,504

 

 

46,606

 

Disposal loss of property plant and equipment

 

376

 

 

1,382

 

 

—

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

13,675

 

 

50,214

 

 

1,831

 

Depreciation of right-of-use asset

 

222,511

 

 

817,062

 

 

227,521

 

Finance expense

 

22,251

 

 

81,706

 

 

25,730

 

Provision expected credit loss allowance

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

128,071

 

Provision for employees’ end-of-service benefits

 

49,498

 

 

181,757

 

 

39,692

 

Operating loss before working capital changes

 

(2,635,671

)

 

(9,678,183

)

 

(3,395,168

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Changes in working capital

   

 

   

 

   

 

Decrease/(increase) in other receivables

 

23,064

 

 

84,693

 

 

(427,335

)

Decrease in due from related party

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

13,247

 

(Decrease)/increase in other payables

 

(139,569

)

 

(512,498

)

 

208,297

 

Decrease in due to related parties

 

(49,967

)

 

(183,477

)

 

(4,463,261

)

Cash flows used in operations

 

(2,802,142

)

 

(10,289,465

)

 

(8,064,220

)

Employees’ end of service benefits paid

 

(27,032

)

 

(99,261

)

 

(8,444

)

Net cash flows used in operating activities

 

(2,829,174

)

 

(10,388,726

)

 

(8,072,664

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

(858,403

)

 

(3,152,055

)

 

(956,797

)

Acquisition of intangible assets

 

(70,526

)

 

(258,970

)

 

—

 

Disposal of property and equipment

 

6,550

 

 

24,052

 

 

—

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

(922,378

)

 

(3,386,973

)

 

(956,797

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Movements in shareholder’s account

 

245,895

 

 

902,928

 

 

(1,239,361

)

Movements in accumulated losses

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,982,656

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

2,822,409

 

 

10,363,887

 

 

6,946,107

 

Direct cost of leased asset

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(35,000

)

Lease payments made during the year

 

(234,158

)

 

(859,830

)

 

(239,417

)

Net cash flows generated from financing activities

 

2,834,146

 

 

10,406,985

 

 

12,414,985

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(917,406

)

 

(3,368,715

)

 

3,385,524

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

 

926,213

 

 

3,401,053

 

 

15,529

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

 

8,807

 

 

32,338

 

 

3,401,053

 

The accompanying notes on 1 to 22 an integral part of these financial statements.

The report of the independent auditor is set out on pages 1 to 3.

F-6

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

1.      LEGAL STATUS AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

a)      Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC (the “Company”) was incorporated on July 10, 2014 and registered as a Free Zone Limited Liability Company under Commercial License No. 92307 issued on July 10, 2014 by the Dubai Creative Clusters Authority (Currently known as Dubai Development Authority), United Arab Emirates (U.A.E).

b)      The Company is licensed to internet and multimedia consultancy, customer service, developer, solution provider, and support service provider.

c)      The registered office of the Company is premises 107 & 108, Floor No. 01, Building 10, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.

d)      The management and control of the Company is vested with Mr. Fareed Aljawhari, the General Manager.

e)      These financial statements incorporate the operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2022.

2.      SHARE CAPITAL

The authorised, issued and paid-up capital of the Company is AED 100,000, divided into 100 shares of AED 1,000 each, and was held by the following shareholders as at December 31, 2022 as follows;

Name of the shareholder

 

Nationality

 

No. of
Shares

 

%

 

Amount
(AED)

Mr. Egor Romanyuk

 

Canada

 

65

 

32

%

 

65,000

Mr.Fareed Talal Aljawhari

 

Syria

 

15

 

15

%

 

15,000

Mr. Simon Jonathan

 

United Kingdom

 

15

 

15

%

 

15,000

Mr.Alexander Rugaev

 

Russia

 

4

 

4

%

 

4,000

Mr. Mohammad Mounir

 

Algeria

 

1

 

1

%

 

1,000

Total

     

100

 

100

%

 

100,000

3.      GOING CONCERN ASSUMPTION

The Company incurred a loss of AED 11,265,808 during the year ended December 31, 2022 (2021: AED 3,864,619). Notwithstanding these facts, the financial statements of the Company have been prepared on the going concern basis, as the Shareholder shall provide the necessary financial support to the Company to enable it continue its operations and meets its obligations, as they fall due.

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of the significant accounting policies, including the application of IFRS 16, is set out below:

a)      Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”), and the U.A.E Laws.

F-7

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

b)      Accounting convention

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention and the accruals basis.

c)      Functional and reporting currency

The functional and reporting currency of the Company is Arab Emirates Dirhams (“AED”), as all transactions are affected in AED.

d)      Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies are consistent with those used in the previous year and in conformity with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) except for the new IFRSs and amendment to IFRSs and IFRICs interpretations effective for accounting years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. The Company has not early adopted any standard, interpretation, or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

New standards and amendments — applicable January 1, 2022

The following standards and amendments apply to the financial reporting year commencing on or after January 1, 2022.

Effective date

 

New standards or amendments

April 1, 2021

 

Amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases

 

Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions

beyond June 30, 2021

January 1, 2023

 

Amendment to IAS 37 – Provisions, Contingent liabilities, and Contingent Assets

 

Onerous Contracts – Cost of fulfilling a Contract

Amendments to IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Proceeds before Intended Use

Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards – 2018-2020 Cycle

 

IFRS 1 First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments
IFRS 16 – Leases
IAS 41 – Agriculture

Amendments to IFRS 3 – Business Combinations

 

Reference to the Conceptual Framework

These amendments had no significant impact on the financial statements of the Company.

F-8

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

New Standards and amendments issued but not yet effective for the current annual year.

The following standards and interpretations had been issued were not mandatory for annual reporting year ending December 31, 2022.

Effective date

 

New standards or amendments

January 1, 2023

 

Amendment to IAS 1 – Presentation of

Financial Statements

 

Classification of Liabilities as Current

or Non-current

IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts

   

Amendments to IAS 1 and
IFRS Practice Statement 2

 

Disclosure of Accounting Policies

Amendments to IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

 

Definition of Accounting Estimates

Amendments to IAS 12 – Income Taxes

 

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

Available for optional adoption/effective date deferred indefinitely

 

Amendments to IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements and
IAS 28 – Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

 

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

Management anticipates that these new standards, interpretations, and amendments will be adopted in the financial statements as and when they are applicable and adoption of these new standards, interpretations and amendments, may have no material impact on the financial statements in the year of initial application.

e)      Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred. A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled or expires.

Except for those receivables that do not contain a significant financing component and are measured at the transaction price in accordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at fair value adjusted for transaction costs (where applicable).

Financial assets, other than those designated and effective as hedging instruments, are classified into the following categories:

•        amortised cost

•        fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

•        fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The above classification is determined by both:

i.       the Company’s business model for managing the financial asset

ii.      the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.

F-9

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

All income and expenses relating to financial assets are recognised in statement of comprehensive income and included as finance costs or interest income, except for allowance against trade receivables which is presented within general and administrative expenses.

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if the assets meet the following conditions (and are not designated as FVTPL):

•        they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold the financial assets and collect its contractual cash flows; and

•        the contractual terms of the financial assets give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, other receivables (excluding prepaid expenses and advances), and due from related parties fall into this category of financial instruments.

f)      Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, and balance with banks.

g)      Trade receivables

Trade receivables are stated at original invoice amount less allowance as per the expected credit loss model. Bad debts are written off when there is no possibility of recovery.

The Company makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade receivables and records the loss allowance as lifetime expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the life of the financial instrument. In calculating the allowance, the Company uses its historical experience, external indicators and forward-looking information to calculate the expected credit losses using a provision matrix.

The Company assesses impairment of trade receivables on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics and they have been grouped based on the days past due.

h)      Other receivables

Other receivables include prepaid expenses, bank guarantee, advances to supplies and deposits.

i)       Shareholder’s current account

Transactions involving the shareholder are classified as part of equity.

j)      Related party transactions and balances

The Company enters into transactions with parties that fall within the definition of a related party as contained in IFRS. Related parties comprise companies and entities under joint or common management, ownership or control, their partners and key management personnel.

k)      Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9’s impairment requirements use more forward-looking information to recognise expected credit losses — the expected credit loss (“ECL”) model. Instruments within the scope of the new requirements include financial assets measured at amortised cost. Recognition of credit losses is no longer dependent on the Company

F-10

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

first identifying a credit loss event, instead the Company considers a broader range of information when assessing credit risk and measuring expected credit losses, including past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the future cash flows of the instrument.

In applying this forward-looking approach, a distinction is made between:

•        Stage 1 covers the financial assets that have not deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition or that have low credit risk;

•        Stage 2 covers the financial assets that have deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition and whose credit risk is not low; and

•        Stage 3 covers the financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment at the reporting date.

“12-month expected credit losses” are recognised for the first category while ‘lifetime expected credit losses’ are recognised for the second category. Measurement of the expected credit losses is determined by a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of the financial instrument.

l)       Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the statement of financial position, if the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts, and the Company either intends to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

m)    Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition and bringing the asset to its working condition.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. When a part of an asset is replaced and the cost of the replaced asset is capitalized, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation of assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Assets

 

Years

Office furniture

 

3

Computers

 

4

Office equipment

 

5

Fit out and fixtures

 

10

Depreciation is charged from the date the asset is available for use up to the date the asset is disposed of.

Gains and losses and property and equipment are recognized as other income in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

F-11

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

n)      Intangible assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The amount paid for acquiring business premises is amortised using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life of 4 years.

o)      Impairment of non-financial assets

The Company assesses at each reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount.

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case, the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is used. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate valuation model is used.

p)      Trade and other payables

Liabilities are recognised for amounts to be paid in the future for services received, whether claimed by the supplier or not and other payables.

q)      Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

r)      Contingent liabilities

A contingent liability is disclosed when the Company has a possible obligation as a result of past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence, of one or more uncertain future events, not wholly within the control of the Company; or when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation, that arises from past events, but it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

s)      Employees’ end-of-service benefits

Provision is made for the end-of-service benefits due to employees in accordance with U.A.E Labour Law for their periods of service up to the reporting date. The provision for the end-of-service benefits is calculated annually based on their current basic remuneration.

F-12

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

t)      Lease liabilities

The company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

As lessee

The company applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets of which these lease payments are recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis over the respective lease terms. The company recognises lease liabilities representing the obligations to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying leased assets.

Right-of-use assets

The company recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for previously recognised prepaid or accrued lease payment. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the company at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset. The right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. The accounting policy for impairment is disclosed in this Note.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the company recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the company and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the company exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses (unless they are incurred to produce stocks) in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g. changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

u)      Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized either at a point in time, or over time, when (or as) the Company satisfies performance obligations by providing the promised services to its customers.

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Company follows a 5-step process:

i.       Identifying the contract with a customer;

F-13

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

4.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

ii.      Identifying the performance obligations;

iii.     Determining the transaction price;

iv.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

v.       Recognising revenue when performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Revenue is recognised either at a point in time, or over time, when (or as) the Company satisfies performance obligations by providing the promised services to its customers.

Revenue is recognised when or as the Company renders services to the customers. Invoices for services rendered are due when services are performed.

Revenue from sales of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer.

v)      Expenses

Cost of revenue include all costs directly attributable to the generation of revenue. All other expenses are classified as administrative expenses.

w)     Foreign currency transactions and translations

Foreign currency transactions are translated into AED using the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into AED using the exchange rate prevailing on the reporting date. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

5.      SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historic experience, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.

The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are as follows:

i.       Expected credit loss allowance against trade receivables

An allowance against trade receivables is recognised as per IFRS 9 considering the pattern of receipts from, and the future financial outlook of, the concerned customer. In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the credit period and the days past due.

ii.      Allowance for related party balances

The Company reviews related party balances on a regular basis and considers the recoverability and impairment of such amounts and recognises an allowance as per IFRS 9 for such balances where the amount from related party is not recoverable. It is reviewed by the management on a regular basis.

F-14

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

5.      SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS (cont.)

iii.     Useful lives and residual values of property and equipment

The Company reviews the useful lives and residual values of property and equipment on a regular basis. Any changes in estimates may affect the carrying amounts of the respective items of property and equipment with a corresponding effect on the related depreciation charge.

iv.     Useful lives and residual values of intangible assets

The Company reviews the useful lives and residual values of intangible assets on a regular basis. Any changes in estimates may affect the carrying amounts of the respective items of intangible assets with a corresponding effect on the related amortisation charge.

6.      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

6.1    Cost

 

Balance
as at
01.01.2022

 



Additions

 


Disposals
/
transfers

 

Balance
as at
31.12.2022

   

AED

 

AED

     

AED

Office furniture

 

68,543

 

138,336

 

—

 

 

206,879

Computers

 

243,139

 

287,466

 

(28,302

)

 

502,303

Office equipment

 

182,300

 

1,503,465

 

—

 

 

1,685,765

Fit out and fixtures

 

—

 

2,028,872

 

—

 

 

2,028,872

Capital work in progress-Fit out

 

806,084

 

—

 

(806,084

)

 

—

   

1,300,066

 

3,958,139

 

(834,386

)

 

4,423,819

Amount in USD

 

354,048

 

1,077,925

 

(227,229

)

 

1,204,744

6.2    Depreciation

 

Balance
as at
01.01.2022

 

Charge
for the
year

 



Disposals

 

Balance
as at
31.12.2022

   

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

Office furniture

 

68,543

 

34,337

 

—

 

 

102,880

Computers

 

168,098

 

75,840

 

(4,521

)

 

239,417

Office equipment

 

104,612

 

195,044

 

—

 

 

299,656

Fit out and fixtures

 

—

 

150,283

 

—

 

 

150,283

   

341,253

 

455,504

 

(4,521

)

 

792,236

Amount in USD

 

92,934

 

124,048

 

(1,231

)

 

215,751

F-15

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

6.      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

6.3    Net book value

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Office furniture

 

28,322

 

103,999

 

—

Computers

 

71,592

 

262,886

 

75,041

Office equipment

 

377,481

 

1,386,109

 

77,688

Fit out and fixtures

 

511,598

 

1,878,589

 

—

Capital work in progress-Fit out

 

 

 

—

 

806,084

   

988,993

 

3,631,583

 

958,813

7.      INTANGIBLE ASSETS

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

80

 

 

294

 

 

2,125

 

Addition during the year

 

70,526

 

 

258,970

 

 

—

 

Disposals during the year

 

(450

)

 

(1,653

)

 

—

 

(-) Amortization for the year (note 17)

 

(13,675

)

 

(50,214

)

 

(1,831

)

Balance at the end of the year

 

56,481

 

 

207,397

 

 

294

 

8.      RIGHT OF USE ASSET

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Asset capitalized

 

1,054,458

 

3,871,968

 

3,871,968

             

Depreciation

           

As at the beginning of the year

 

61,961

 

227,521

 

—

Charge for the year

 

222,511

 

817,062

 

227,521

   

284,472

 

1,044,583

 

227,521

Net book value as at 31st December

 

769,985

 

2,827,385

 

3,644,447

The following are the amounts recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Depreciation of the right of use assets

 

222,511

 

817,062

 

227,521

Interest expenses on leased assets (note 18)

 

22,251

 

81,706

 

25,730

Total amount recognized in the statement of comprehensive income

 

244,763

 

898,768

 

253,251

8.1    The right of use asset had been capitalized with the incurred initial broker commission of AED 35,000 to obtain the lease agreement.

F-16

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

 

9.      TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Trade receivables (note 9.1 and note 9.2)

 

49,825

 

 

182,959

 

 

182,959

 

Less: expected credit losses allowance (note 9.3 and note 9.4)

 

(49,825

)

 

(182,959

)

 

(182,959

)

   

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

9.1    Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 90 days terms (refer to note no. 20) after which date trade receivables are considered to be past due. It is not the practice of the Company to obtain collateral over receivables.

9.2    As at December 31, the ageing analysis of trade receivables was as follows:

 

Total

 

Not past due

 

Past due

0-90 days

 

91-360 days

 

Over 360 days

2022 (AED)

 

182,959

 

—

 

—

 

182,959

2022 (USD)

 

49,825

 

—

 

—

 

49,825

2021 (AED)

 

182,959

 

—

 

—

 

182,959

9.3    Expected credit losses on trade receivables as per IFRS 9

The Company applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognizing lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component.

In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the credit year and the days past due.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profile for sales over the past 12 months as well as the corresponding historical credit losses during that year. The historical rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward looking macroeconomic factors affecting the customer’s ability to settle the amount outstanding.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognized) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to make payments within 90 days from the invoice date and failure to engage with the Company on alternative payment arrangement amongst others is considered indicators of no reasonable expectation of recovery.

F-17

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

9.      TRADE RECEIVABLES (cont.)

On the above basis, the expected credit loss for trade receivables as at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was determined using the provision matrix as follows:

Ageing analysis of trade receivables

 

Default
rate
%

 

Trade
receivables
AED

 

Provision as
per IFRS 9
AED

As at December 31, 2022

   

 

       

0-90 days

 

0.5

%

 

—

 

—

91-360 days

 

30.0

%

 

—

 

—

Over 360 days

 

100.0

%

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

       

Amount in USD

   

 

 

49,825

 

49,825

     

 

       

As at December 31, 2021

   

 

       

0-90 days

 

0.5

%

 

—

 

—

91-360 days

 

30.0

%

 

—

 

—

Over 360 days

 

100.0

%

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

 

182,959

 

182,959

9.4    The movement in allowance against trade receivables was as follows:

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

49,825

 

182,959

 

54,888

Provision during the year (note 17)

 

—

 

—

 

128,071

Balance at the end of the year

 

49,825

 

182,959

 

182,959

10.    OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Bank guarantee

 

23,516

 

86,350

 

86,350

Prepayments

 

43,459

 

159,583

 

150,920

Advance payments

 

6,501

 

23,870

 

361,861

Other deposits

 

38,862

 

142,700

 

59,200

VAT receivable

 

70,141

 

257,558

 

96,422

   

182,478

 

670,061

 

754,753

The Company was funded by related parties as and when required as working capital facilities.

F-18

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

11.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES

Balances with related parties during the year as follows.

11.1  Due to related parties

     

2022

 

2021

       

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Diamond Developers Co. LTD.

 

Affiliate Company

 

86,291

 

316,861

 

498,638

Bagels & More

 

Affiliate Company

 

—

 

—

 

1,700

       

86,291

 

316,861

 

500,338

11.2  Shareholders’ current accounts

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Mr. Fares (Moh’d Said) Mustafa Abubaker

 

40,850

 

150,000

 

260,000

Mr. Egor Romanyuk

 

275,852

 

1,012,928

 

—

   

316,702

 

1,162,928

 

260,000

12.    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Cash in hand

 

5,504

 

20,209

 

79,509

Cash at bank

 

3,303

 

12,129

 

3,321,544

   

8,807

 

32,338

 

3,401,053

13.    EMPLOYEES’ END-OF-SERVICE BENEFITS

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

52,312

 

 

192,090

 

 

160,842

 

Add: provided for the year

 

49,498

 

 

181,757

 

 

39,692

 

Less: paid during the year

 

(27,032

)

 

(99,261

)

 

(8,444

)

Balance at the end of the year

 

74,778

 

 

274,586

 

 

192,090

 

14.    TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Trade payables

 

32,932

 

120,928

 

639,282

Staff payables

 

94,096

 

345,519

 

448,331

Accrued Expenses

 

26,836

 

98,541

 

—

PDC payables

 

43,400

 

159,364

 

139,028

Other payables

 

1,530

 

5,618

 

15,827

   

198,794

 

729,970

 

1,242,468

F-19

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

15.    LEASE LIABITITY

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Payable after one year

 

557,559

 

2,047,357

 

2,845,158

Payable within one year

 

217,266

 

797,801

 

778,124

   

774,825

 

2,845,158

 

3,623,282

The movement in lease liability was as follows:

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Balance at the beginning

 

986,733

 

 

3,623,282

 

 

3,836,969

 

Add: Interest accretion (note 18)

 

22,251

 

 

81,706

 

 

25,730

 

Less: Payments made during the year

 

(234,158

)

 

(859,830

)

 

(239,417

)

Balance at the end of the year

 

774,825

 

 

2,845,158

 

 

3,623,282

 

Maturity analysis of the lease liability as at reporting date was as follows:

 

Within
1 year
AED

 

Within
2 to 5 years
AED

 

Total
AED

2022

   

 

   

 

   

 

Gross lease liabilities

 

859,830

 

 

2,115,618

 

 

2,975,448

 

Less: Future interest

 

(62,029

)

 

(68,261

)

 

(130,290

)

Net lease liabilities

 

797,801

 

 

2,047,357

 

 

2,845,158

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Amount in USD

 

217,266

 

 

557,559

 

 

774,825

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

2021

   

 

   

 

   

 

Gross lease liabilities

 

859,830

 

 

2,975,448

 

 

3,835,278

 

Less: Future interest

 

(81,706

)

 

(130,290

)

 

(211,996

)

Net lease liabilities

 

778,124

 

 

2,845,158

 

 

3,623,282

 

15.1  The company has issued a post dated cheques of AED 3,176,875 and AED 960,000 which were written in advance for the usage of warehouse premises and equipments for a lease period of 60 and 48 months respectively. As per IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ standard (Note 4 (t)) the present value of future cashfolws (inclusive of VAT) had been discounted at the incremental borrowing rate of 2.5% for the calculation of right of use asset (Note 8) and the liabilities.

16     COST OF REVENUE

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Material consumed

 

—

 

—

 

22,210

Direct salaries and wages

 

—

 

—

 

89,900

   

—

 

—

 

112,110

F-20

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

17     ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Employees benefit expenses

 

1,890,492

 

6,941,887

 

2,261,806

Accommodation expenses

 

44,345

 

162,834

 

37,600

Rent expenses (note 17.1)

 

66,717

 

244,983

 

444,463

Annual protection fee

 

—

 

—

 

22,444

Depreciation of property plant and equipment (note 6)

 

124,048

 

455,504

 

46,606

Depreciation of right of use asset (note 8 )

 

222,511

 

817,062

 

227,521

Utilities and office expenses

 

41,315

 

151,707

 

34,374

Telephone expenses

 

19,359

 

71,088

 

25,171

Insurance expenses

 

—

 

—

 

2,896

Government and license fee

 

8,622

 

31,660

 

50,054

Transport expenses

 

34,259

 

125,798

 

33,665

Repairs and maintenance

 

8,180

 

30,038

 

28,248

Expected credit loss allowance (note 9)

 

—

 

—

 

128,071

Bank charges

 

5,801

 

21,301

 

6,263

Professional fee

 

80,580

 

295,888

 

50,000

IT expenses

 

75,752

 

278,160

 

4,554

Amortization (note 7)

 

13,675

 

50,214

 

1,831

Other expenses

 

1,423

 

5,225

 

18,402

Research and development cost

 

393,142

 

1,443,619

 

676,143

   

3,030,220

 

11,126,968

 

4,100,112

17.1  The Company adopted IFRS 16 Leases with effect from January 1, 2019. There were no right of use assets and corresponding lease liability recognized as the lease considered as short term lease.

18     FINANCE EXPENSE

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Interest expense

 

22,251

 

81,706

 

25,730

19     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

19.1  Capital expenditure commitments

The Company did not have capital expenditure commitments at the reporting date.

19.2  Operating expenditure commitments

The Company has committed rental expense of AED 244,983 (USD 66,717) as at the reporting date (2021 — AED 444,463) and rent agreements are renewable on an annual basis.

19.3  Contingent liabilities

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Labor guarantees

 

34,041

 

125,000

 

55,000

F-21

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

20     RISK MANAGEMENT

20.1  Credit risk

Credit risk is limited to the carrying values of financial assets in the statement of financial position, and is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation and cause the other party to incur a financial loss. The Company is exposed to credit risk on its bank balances and trade and other receivables as follows:

 

2022

 

2021

   

USD

 

AED

 

AED

Cash at bank (note 12)

 

3,303

 

12,129

 

3,321,544

Trade receivables (note 9)

 

49,825

 

182,959

 

182,959

Other receivables (excluding prepaid expenses and advances) (note 10)

 

132,519

 

486,608

 

241,972

   

185,647

 

681,696

 

3,746,475

The Company seeks to limit its credit risk with respect to banks by dealing with reputable banks only.

Due from related party and other receivables (excluding advances and prepaid expenses) relate to transactions arising in the normal course of business with minimal credit risk.

Credit risks related to trade receivables are managed subject to the Company’s policies, procedures and controls relating to customer credit risk management. Credit limits are established for all customers based on internal rating criteria and the credit quality of customers is assessed by management. Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored. The requirement for an impairment is analyzed at each reporting date on an individual basis for major customers. Additionally, minor receivables are grouped into homogenous groups and assessed for impairment collectively. The Company does not hold collateral as security.

20.2  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management requires maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding to meet obligations when due. The Company limits its liquidity risk by ensuring funds from the shareholder and related parties are available, as required.

The Company terms of contract require amounts to be paid within 90 days of the date of sale.

Trade payables are normally settled within 30 days of the date of purchase.

The table below summarizes the maturities of the Company financial liabilities at December 31.

 

Less than
one year
AED

 

More than
one year
AED

 

Total
AED

2022

           

Trade and other payables (note 14)

 

729,970

 

—

 

729,970

Due to related parties (note 11)

 

316,861

 

—

 

316,861

Lease liability (note 15)

 

797,801

 

2,047,357

 

2,845,158

   

1,844,632

 

2,047,357

 

3,891,989

Amount in USD

 

502,351

 

557,559

 

1,059,910

F-22

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS DIGITAL DEVELOPMENT FZ-LLC
Dubai — United Arab Emirates

Notes to the Financial Statements

20     RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

 

Less than
one year
AED

 

More than
one year
AED

 

Total
AED

2021

           

Trade and other payables (note 14)

 

1,242,468

 

—

 

1,242,468

Due to related parties (note 11)

 

500,338

 

—

 

500,338

Lease liability (note 15)

 

778,124

 

2,845,158

 

3,623,282

   

2,520,930

 

2,845,158

 

5,366,088

20.3  Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that an adverse movement in currency exchange rates can affect the financial performance of the Company and can arise on financial instruments that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency in which they are measured. Most of the Company’s transactions are carried out in AED, hence no material risk arises.

Translations of balances in the statement of financial position, the statement of comprehensive income and the statements of cash flows from AED into USD as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022 are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the rate of USD 1.00 to AED 3.672, representing the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of AED as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2022. No representation is made that the AED amounts represent or could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into USD at that rate on December 31, 2022, or at any other rate.

21.    COMPARATIVE INFORMATION

No reclassification has been made in the comparatives.

22.    IAS 33 EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

December 31, 2022

 

December 31, 2021

   

USD

 

USD

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

   

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Earnings (Losses) attributable to Micropolis Shareowners

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

$

(3,068,030

)

 

AED(11,265,808

)

 

AED(11,265,808

)

 

AED(3,864,619

)

 

AED(3,864,619

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Weighted average number of shares

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

100

 

 

100

 

 

100

 

 

100

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Earnings per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Losses) attributable to Micropolis Shareowners per share

 

$

(30,680

)

 

$

(30,680

)

 

AED(112,658

)

 

AED(112,658

)

 

AED(38,646

)

 

AED(38,646

)

F-23

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

Cayman Islands

Unaudited Balance Sheets

As at June 30, 2023

 

Notes

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

       

(6 months)

 

(6 months)

       

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

ASSETS

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment

 

3

 

983,907

 

 

3,612,908

 

 

1,008,794

 

 

3,704,290

 

Intangible assets

 

4

 

47,852

 

 

175,712

 

 

68,540

 

 

251,678

 

Right of use asset

 

5

 

658,730

 

 

2,418,857

 

 

881,240

 

 

3,235,912

 

       

1,690,489

 

 

6,207,477

 

 

1,958,573

 

 

7,191,880

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

244,896

 

 

899,257

 

 

283,568

 

 

1,041,261

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

9

 

89,551

 

 

328,831

 

 

120,034

 

 

440,766

 

       

334,447

 

 

1,228,088

 

 

403,602

 

 

1,482,027

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     

2,024,936

 

 

7,435,565

 

 

2,362,175

 

 

8,673,907

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

EQUITY

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Common stock, $0.0001par value, 10,000,000 shares

     

1,000

 

 

3,672

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Share capital (Subsidiary)

     

27,233

 

 

100,000

 

 

27,233

 

 

100,000

 

Additional capital

     

4,714,051

 

 

17,309,994

 

 

3,797,321

 

 

13,943,764

 

Shareholders’ current accounts

 

8

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

40,850

 

 

150,000

 

Accumulated losses

     

(5,420,369

)

 

(19,903,594

)

 

(2,828,087

)

 

(10,384,735

)

       

(678,085

)

 

(2,489,928

)

 

1,037,317

 

 

3,809,029

 

LIABILITIES

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Non-current liability

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Employees’ end-of-service benefits

 

10

 

80,164

 

 

294,361

 

 

77,061

 

 

282,969

 

Lease liability

 

12

 

449,605

 

 

1,650,949

 

 

772,807

 

 

2,837,748

 

       

529,769

 

 

1,945,310

 

 

849,868

 

 

3,120,717

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

 

11

 

835,402

 

 

3,067,596

 

 

362,544

 

 

1,331,261

 

Due to related parties

 

8

 

1,120,584

 

 

4,114,786

 

 

3,813

 

 

14,000

 

Lease liability

 

12

 

217,266

 

 

797,801

 

 

108,633

 

 

398,900

 

       

2,173,252

 

 

7,980,183

 

 

474,989

 

 

1,744,161

 

Total liabilities

     

2,703,021

 

 

9,925,493

 

 

1,324,858

 

 

4,864,878

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     

2,024,936

 

 

7,435,565

 

 

2,362,175

 

 

8,673,907

 

The accompanying notes on 1 to 23 an integral part of these financial statements.

These financial statements were authorized for issue on December 1, 2023 by:

Fareed Aljawhari (CEO)

F-24

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

Cayman Islands

Unaudited Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the period ended June 30, 2023

 

Notes

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

       

(6 months)

 

(6 months)

       

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Revenue

     

157,153

 

 

577,064

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Cost of revenue

 

13

 

(47,146

)

 

(173,119

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

Gross profit

     

110,007

 

 

403,945

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Other income

     

55,775

 

 

204,804

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Administrative expenses

 

14

 

(1,391,096

)

 

(5,108,106

)

 

(1,682,068

)

 

(6,176,554

)

Marketing expenses

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

(16,333

)

 

(59,974

)

Finance expense

 

15

 

(9,125

)

 

(33,506

)

 

(11,787

)

 

(43,281

)

Loss for the period/year

     

(1,234,441

)

 

(4,532,863

)

 

(1,710,188

)

 

(6,279,809

)

Other comprehensive income

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period/year

     

(1,234,441

)

 

(4,532,863

)

 

(1,710,188

)

 

(6,279,809

)

The accompanying notes on 1 to 23 an integral part of these financial statements.

F-25

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

Cayman Islands

Unaudited Statement of Changes In Equity

For the period ended June 30, 2023

 

Share
capital

 

Additional
capital

 

Shareholders’
accounts

 

Accumulated
losses

 

Total

   

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

As at January 1, 2021

 

100,000

 

—

 

1,499,361

 

 

(7,222,962

)

 

(5,623,601

)

Loss for the year

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

(3,864,619

)

 

(3,864,619

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

—

 

(6,982,656

)

 

6,982,656

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the year

 

—

 

6,946,107

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,946,107

 

Net movement

 

—

 

—

 

5,743,295

 

 

—

 

 

5,743,295

 

As at December 31, 2021 (AED)

 

100,000

 

6,946,107

 

260,000

 

 

(4,104,925

)

 

3,201,182

 

             

 

   

 

   

 

Loss for the period end June 30, 2022

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

(6,279,809

)

 

(6,279,809

)

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

6,997,657

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

6,997,657

 

Net movement

 

—

 

—

 

(110,000

)

 

—

 

 

(110,000

)

As at June 30, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000

 

13,943,764

 

150,000

 

 

(10,384,735

)

 

3,809,029

 

As at June 30, 2022 (USD)

 

27,233

 

3,797,321

 

40,850

 

 

(2,828,087

)

 

1,037,317

 

             

 

   

 

   

 

Loss for the period

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

(4,985,999

)

 

(4,985,999

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

3,366,230

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,366,230

 

Net movement

 

—

 

—

 

1,012,928

 

 

—

 

 

1,012,928

 

As at December 31, 2022 (AED)

 

100,000

 

17,309,994

 

1,162,928

 

 

(15,370,733

)

 

3,202,189

 

As at December 31, 2022 (USD)

 

27,233

 

4,714,051

 

316,702

 

 

(4,185,930

)

 

872,056

 

             

 

   

 

   

 

Loss for the period

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

(4,532,863

)

 

(4,532,863

)

Transfer to shareholder account

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the period

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

3,672

 

Net movement

 

—

 

—

 

(1,162,928

)

 

—

 

 

(1,162,928

)

As at June 30, 2023 (AED)

 

100,000

 

17,309,994

 

—

 

 

(19,903,594

)

 

(2,489,928

)

As at June 30, 2023 (USD)

 

27,233

 

4,714,051

 

—

 

 

(5,420,369

)

 

(678,085

)

The accompanying notes on 1 to 23 an integral part of these financial statements.

F-26

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

Cayman Islands

Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows

For the period ended June 30, 2023

 

Notes

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

       

(6 months)

 

(6 months)

       

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Cash flow from operating activities

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Loss for the period/year

     

(1,234,440

)

 

(4,532,863

)

 

(1,710,188

)

 

(6,279,809

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Adjustments for:

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

3

 

89,001

 

 

326,812

 

 

62,024

 

 

227,752

 

Disposal loss of property plant and equipment

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

4

 

8,629

 

 

31,685

 

 

6,837

 

 

25,107

 

Depreciation of right-of-use asset

 

5

 

111,255

 

 

408,530

 

 

111,257

 

 

408,536

 

Finance expense

 

15

 

9,125

 

 

33,506

 

 

11,787

 

 

43,281

 

Provision expected credit loss allowance

 

6

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Provision for employees’ end-of-service benefits

 

10

 

15,251

 

 

56,003

 

 

25,283

 

 

92,839

 

Operating loss before working capital changes

     

(1,001,178

)

 

(3,676,327

)

 

(1,493,000

)

 

(5,482,294

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Changes in working capital

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Decrease/(increase) in other receivables

     

(62,417

)

 

(229,196

)

 

(78,025

)

 

(286,508

)

Decrease in due from related party

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

(Decrease)/increase in other payables

     

636,608

 

 

2,337,626

 

 

24,181

 

 

88,793

 

Increase/(Decrease) in due to related parties

     

1,034,293

 

 

3,797,925

 

 

(132,445

)

 

(486,338

)

Cash flows used in operations

     

607,306

 

 

2,230,028

 

 

(1,679,289

)

 

(6,166,347

)

Employees’ end of service benefits paid

 

10

 

(9,866

)

 

(36,228

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

     

597,440

 

 

2,193,800

 

 

(1,679,289

)

 

(6,166,347

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

3

 

(83,915

)

 

(308,137

)

 

(816,540

)

 

(2,998,337

)

Acquisition of intangible assets

 

4

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(68,993

)

 

(253,344

)

Disposal of property and equipment

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     

(83,915

)

 

(308,137

)

 

(885,534

)

 

(3,251,680

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Movements in shareholder’s account

 

8

 

(316,702

)

 

(1,162,928

)

 

(29,956

)

 

(110,000

)

Movements in accumulated losses

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Capital introduced during the year

     

1,000

 

 

3,672

 

 

1,905,680

 

 

6,997,657

 

Direct cost of leased asset

     

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Lease payments made during the year

     

(117,079

)

 

(429,915

)

 

(117,079

)

 

(429,915

)

Net cash flows generated from financing activities

     

(432,781

)

 

(1,589,171

)

 

1,758,644

 

 

6,457,742

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     

80,744

 

 

296,493

 

 

(806,178

)

 

(2,960,286

)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period/year

     

8,807

 

 

32,338

 

 

926,213

 

 

3,401,053

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period/year

 

9

 

89,551

 

 

328,831

 

 

120,034

 

 

440,766

 

The accompanying notes on 1 to 23 an integral part of these financial statements.

F-27

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A summary of the significant accounting policies, including the application of IFRS 16, is set out below:

a)      Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”), and the U.A.E Laws.

b)      Accounting convention

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention and the accruals basis.

c)      Functional and reporting currency

The functional and reporting currency of the Company is Arab Emirates Dirhams (“AED”), as all transactions are affected in AED.

d)      Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies are consistent with those used in the previous year and in conformity with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) except for the new IFRSs and amendment to IFRSs and IFRICs interpretations effective for accounting years beginning on or after January 1, 2022. The Company has not early adopted any standard, interpretation, or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

New standards and amendments — applicable January 1, 2022

The following standards and amendments apply to the financial reporting year commencing on or after January 1, 2022.

Effective date

 

New standards or amendments

April 1, 2021

 

Amendment to IFRS 16 – Leases

 

Covid-19 Related Rent Concessions

beyond June 30, 2021

January 1, 2023

 

Amendment to IAS 37 – Provisions, Contingent liabilities, and Contingent Assets

 

Onerous Contracts – Cost of fulfilling a Contract

Amendments to IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Proceeds before Intended Use

Annual Improvements to IFRS Accounting Standards – 2018-2020 Cycle

 

IFRS 1 First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments
IFRS 16 – Leases
IAS 41 – Agriculture

Amendments to IFRS 3 – Business Combinations

 

Reference to the Conceptual Framework

F-28

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

These amendments had no significant impact on the financial statements of the Company.

New Standards and amendments issued but not yet effective for the current annual year.

The following standards and interpretations had been issued were not mandatory for annual reporting year ending December 31, 2022.

Effective date

 

New standards or amendments

January 1, 2023

 

Amendment to IAS 1 – Presentation of

Financial Statements

 

Classification of Liabilities as Current

or Non-current

IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts

   

Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2

 

Disclosure of Accounting Policies

Amendments to IAS 8 – Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors

 

Definition of Accounting Estimates

Amendments to IAS 12 – Income Taxes

 

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction

Available for optional adoption/effective date deferred indefinitely

 

Amendments to IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements and IAS 28 – Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

 

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture

Management anticipates that these new standards, interpretations, and amendments will be adopted in the financial statements as and when they are applicable and adoption of these new standards, interpretations and amendments, may have no material impact on the financial statements in the year of initial application.

e)      Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred. A financial liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled or expires.

Except for those receivables that do not contain a significant financing component and are measured at the transaction price in accordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at fair value adjusted for transaction costs (where applicable).

Financial assets, other than those designated and effective as hedging instruments, are classified into the following categories:

•        amortised cost

•        fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

•        fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

F-29

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The above classification is determined by both:

i.       the Company’s business model for managing the financial asset

ii.      the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.

All income and expenses relating to financial assets are recognised in statement of comprehensive income and included as finance costs or interest income, except for allowance against trade receivables which is presented within general and administrative expenses.

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if the assets meet the following conditions (and are not designated as FVTPL):

•        they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold the financial assets and collect its contractual cash flows; and

•        the contractual terms of the financial assets give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, other receivables (excluding prepaid expenses and advances), and due from related parties fall into this category of financial instruments.

f)      Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, and balance with banks.

g)      Trade receivables

Trade receivables are stated at original invoice amount less allowance as per the expected credit loss model. Bad debts are written off when there is no possibility of recovery.

The Company makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade receivables and records the loss allowance as lifetime expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the life of the financial instrument. In calculating the allowance, the Company uses its historical experience, external indicators and forward-looking information to calculate the expected credit losses using a provision matrix.

The Company assesses impairment of trade receivables on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics and they have been grouped based on the days past due.

h)      Other receivables

Other receivables include prepaid expenses, bank guarantee, advances to supplies and deposits.

i)       Shareholder’s current account

Transactions involving the shareholder are classified as part of equity.

j)      Related party transactions and balances

The Company enters into transactions with parties that fall within the definition of a related party as contained in IFRS. Related parties comprise companies and entities under joint or common management, ownership or control, their partners and key management personnel.

F-30

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

k)      Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9’s impairment requirements use more forward-looking information to recognise expected credit losses — the expected credit loss (“ECL”) model. Instruments within the scope of the new requirements include financial assets measured at amortised cost. Recognition of credit losses is no longer dependent on the Company first identifying a credit loss event, instead the Company considers a broader range of information when assessing credit risk and measuring expected credit losses, including past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the future cash flows of the instrument.

In applying this forward-looking approach, a distinction is made between:

•        Stage 1 covers the financial assets that have not deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition or that have low credit risk;

•        Stage 2 covers the financial assets that have deteriorated significantly in credit quality since initial recognition and whose credit risk is not low; and

•        Stage 3 covers the financial assets that have objective evidence of impairment at the reporting date.

“12-month expected credit losses” are recognised for the first category while ‘lifetime expected credit losses’ are recognised for the second category. Measurement of the expected credit losses is determined by a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of the financial instrument.

l)       Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the statement of financial position, if the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts, and the Company either intends to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

m)    Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. Costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition and bringing the asset to its working condition.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. When a part of an asset is replaced and the cost of the replaced asset is capitalized, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Depreciation of assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Assets

 

Years

Office furniture

 

3

Computers

 

4

Office equipment

 

5

Fit out and fixtures

 

10

Depreciation is charged from the date the asset is available for use up to the date the asset is disposed of.

Gains and losses and property and equipment are recognized as other income in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

F-31

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

n)      Intangible assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The amount paid for acquiring business premises is amortised using the straight-line method over its estimated useful life of 4 years.

o)      Impairment of non-financial assets

The Company assesses at each reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount.

An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case, the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is used. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate valuation model is used.

p)      Trade and other payables

Liabilities are recognised for amounts to be paid in the future for services received, whether claimed by the supplier or not and other payables.

q)      Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

r)      Contingent liabilities

A contingent liability is disclosed when the Company has a possible obligation as a result of past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence, of one or more uncertain future events, not wholly within the control of the Company; or when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation, that arises from past events, but it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

s)      Employees’ end-of-service benefits

Provision is made for the end-of-service benefits due to employees in accordance with U.A.E Labour Law for their periods of service up to the reporting date. The provision for the end-of-service benefits is calculated annually based on their current basic remuneration.

F-32

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

t)      Lease liabilities

The company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

As lessee

The company applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets of which these lease payments are recognised as expenses on a straight-line basis over the respective lease terms. The company recognises lease liabilities representing the obligations to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying leased assets.

Right-of-use assets

The company recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for previously recognised prepaid or accrued lease payment. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the company at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset. The right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. The accounting policy for impairment is disclosed in this Note.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the company recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the company and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the company exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as expenses (unless they are incurred to produce stocks) in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g. changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

u)      Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized either at a point in time, or over time, when (or as) the Company satisfies performance obligations by providing the promised services to its customers.

F-33

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

1.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Company follows a 5-step process:

i.       Identifying the contract with a customer;

ii.      Identifying the performance obligations;

iii.     Determining the transaction price;

iv.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

v.       Recognising revenue when performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Revenue is recognised either at a point in time, or over time, when (or as) the Company satisfies performance obligations by providing the promised services to its customers.

Revenue is recognised when or as the Company renders services to the customers. Invoices for services rendered are due when services are performed.

Revenue from sales of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer.

v)      Expenses

Cost of revenue include all costs directly attributable to the generation of revenue. All other expenses are classified as administrative expenses.

w)     Foreign currency transactions and translations

Foreign currency transactions are translated into AED using the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into AED using the exchange rate prevailing on the reporting date. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

2.      SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historic experience, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.

The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are as follows:

i.       Expected credit loss allowance against trade receivables

An allowance against trade receivables is recognised as per IFRS 9 considering the pattern of receipts from, and the future financial outlook of, the concerned customer. In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the credit period and the days past due.

F-34

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

2.      SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS (cont.)

ii.      Allowance for related party balances

The Company reviews related party balances on a regular basis and considers the recoverability and impairment of such amounts and recognises an allowance as per IFRS 9 for such balances where the amount from related party is not recoverable. It is reviewed by the management on a regular basis.

iii.     Useful lives and residual values of property and equipment

The Company reviews the useful lives and residual values of property and equipment on a regular basis. Any changes in estimates may affect the carrying amounts of the respective items of property and equipment with a corresponding effect on the related depreciation charge.

iv.     Useful lives and residual values of intangible assets

The Company reviews the useful lives and residual values of intangible assets on a regular basis. Any changes in estimates may affect the carrying amounts of the respective items of intangible assets with a corresponding effect on the related amortisation charge.

3.      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

3.1    Cost

 

Balance
as at
1.1.2021

 

Additions

 

Balance
as at
12.31.2021

 

Additions

 

Disposals/
transfers

 

Balance
as at
6.30.2022

 

Additions

 

Disposals/ transfers

 

Balance
as at
12.31.2022

 

Additions

 

Disposals/
transfers

 

Balance
as at
06.30.2023

   

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

Office furniture

 

68,543

 

—

 

68,543

 

132,345

 

—

 

 

200,888

 

5,991

 

—

 

 

206,879

 

—

 

—

 

206,879

Computers

 

168,061

 

75,078

 

243,139

 

266,866

 

—

 

 

510,005

 

20,600

 

(28,302

)

 

502,303

 

—

 

—

 

502,303

Office equipment

 

106,665

 

75,635

 

182,300

 

1,388,337

 

—

 

 

1,570,637

 

115,128

 

—

 

 

1,685,765

 

58,137

 

—

 

1,743,902

Fit out and fixtures

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

2,016,872

 

—

 

 

2,016,872

 

—

 

—

 

 

2,028,872

 

250,000

 

—

 

2,278,872

Capital work in progress-Fit out

 

—

 

806,084

 

806,084

 

—

 

(806,084

)

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

   

343,269

 

956,797

 

1,300,066

 

3,804,420

 

(806,084

)

 

4,298,402

 

141,719

 

(28,302

)

 

4,423,819

 

308,137

 

—

 

4,731,956

                     

 

           

 

               

Amount in USD

 

93,483

 

260,566

 

354,048

 

1,036,062

 

(219,522

)

 

1,170,589

 

38,595

 

(7,707

)

 

1,204,744

 

83,915

 

—

 

1,288,659

3.2    Depreciation

 

Balance
as at
1.1.2021

 

Charge
for the
year

 

Balance
as at
12.31.2021

 

Charge
for the
year

 

Disposals/
transfers

 

Balance
as at
6.30.2022

 

Charge
for the
year

 

Disposals/
transfers

 

Balance
as at
12.31.2022

 

Charge
for the
year

 

Disposals/
transfers

 

Balance
as at
06.30.2023

   

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

 

AED

Office furniture

 

55,894

 

12,649

 

68,543

 

—

 

—

 

68,544

 

34,337

 

 

—

 

 

102,880

 

22,740

 

—

 

125,620

Computers

 

149,298

 

18,800

 

168,098

 

—

 

—

 

168,098

 

75,840

 

 

(4,521

)

 

239,417

 

43,516

 

—

 

282,933

Office equipment

 

89,455

 

15,157

 

104,612

 

—

 

—

 

104,611

 

195,044

 

 

—

 

 

299,656

 

158,242

 

—

 

457,898

Fit out and fixtures

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

150,283

 

 

—

 

 

150,283

 

102,314

 

—

 

252,597

   

—

 

—

 

—

 

252,859

 

—

 

252,859

 

(252,859

)

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

90,345

   

294,647

 

46,606

 

341,253

 

252,859

 

—

 

594,112

 

202,645

 

 

(4,521

)

 

792,236

 

326,812

 

—

 

1,209,393

                             

 

   

 

               

Amount in USD

 

80,242

 

12,692

 

92,934

 

68,861

 

—

 

161,795

 

55,187

 

 

(1,231

)

 

215,751

 

89,001

 

—

 

329,355

F-35

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

3.      PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

3.3    Net book value

 

June 30,
2022

 

June 30,
2023

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Office furniture

 

36,041

 

 

132,344

 

 

22,129

 

81,259

Computers

 

93,112

 

 

341,907

 

 

59,741

 

219,370

Office equipment

 

399,245

 

 

1,466,026

 

 

350,219

 

1,286,004

Fit out and fixtures

 

549,257

 

 

2,016,872

 

 

551,818

 

2,026,275

Capital work in progress-Fit out

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

—

   

(68,861

)

 

(252,859

)

 

—

 

—

   

1,008,794

 

 

3,704,290

 

 

983,907

 

3,612,908

4.      INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

56,481

 

 

207,397

 

 

80

 

 

294

 

Addition during the year

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

68,993

 

 

253,344

 

Disposals during the year

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

(-) Amortization for the year (note 14)

 

(8,629

)

 

(31,685

)

 

(534

)

 

(1,960

)

Balance at the end of the year

 

47,852

 

 

175,712

 

 

68,540

 

 

251,678

 

5.      RIGHT OF USE ASSET

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Asset capitalized

 

1,054,458

 

3,871,970

 

1,054,458

 

3,871,970

                 

Depreciation

               

As at the beginning of the year

 

284,472

 

1,044,583

 

61,961

 

227,521

Charge for the year

 

111,255

 

408,530

 

111,257

 

408,537

   

395,728

 

1,453,113

 

173,218

 

636,058

Net book value

 

658,730

 

2,418,857

 

881,240

 

3,235,912

The following are the amounts recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Depreciation of the right of use assets

 

111,255

 

408,530

 

111,257

 

408,537

Interest expenses on leased assets (note 15)

 

9,125

 

33,506

 

11,787

 

43,281

Total amount recognized in the statement of comprehensive income

 

120,380

 

442,036

 

123,044

 

451,818

5.1    The right of use asset had been capitalized with the incurred initial broker commission of AED 35,000 to obtain the lease agreement.

F-36

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

6.      TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Trade receivables (note 6.1 and note 6.2)

 

11,224

 

 

41,213

 

 

49,825

 

 

182,958

 

Less: expected credit losses allowance (note 6.3 and note 6.4)

 

(9,793

)

 

(35,959

)

 

(49,825

)

 

(182,958

)

   

1,431

 

 

5,254

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

6.1    Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 90 days terms (refer to note no. 17) after which date trade receivables are considered to be past due. It is not the practice of the Company to obtain collateral over receivables.

6.2    As at December 31, the ageing analysis of trade receivables was as follows:

     

Not past due

 

Past due

       

0 – 90 days

 

91 – 360 days

 

Over 360 days

2022 (AED)

 

182,959

 

—

 

—

 

182,959

2022 (USD)

 

49,825

 

—

 

—

 

49,825

2021 (AED)

 

182,959

 

—

 

—

 

182,959

2021 (USD)

 

49,825

 

—

 

—

 

49,825

6.3    Expected credit losses on trade receivables as per IFRS 9

The Company applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognizing lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component.

In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the credit year and the days past due.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profile for sales over the past 12 months as well as the corresponding historical credit losses during that year. The historical rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward looking macroeconomic factors affecting the customer’s ability to settle the amount outstanding.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognized) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to make payments within 90 days from the invoice date and failure to engage with the Company on alternative payment arrangement amongst others is considered indicators of no reasonable expectation of recovery.

On the above basis, the expected credit loss for trade receivables as at June 30 and December 31 was determined using the provision matrix as follows:

Ageing analysis of trade receivables

 

Default
rate
%

 

Trade
receivables
AED

 

Provision as
per IFRS 9
AED

As at June 30, 2023

           

0-90 days

 

0.50

%

 

—

 

—

91 – 360 days

 

30.00

%

 

—

 

—

Over 360 days

 

100.00

%

 

35,959

 

35,959

     

 

 

35,959

 

35,959

     

 

       

Amount in USD

   

 

 

9,793

 

9,793

F-37

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

6.      TRADE RECEIVABLES (cont.)

Ageing analysis of trade receivables

 

Default
rate
%

 

Trade
receivables
AED

 

Provision as
per IFRS 9
AED

As at June 30, 2022

   

 

       

0 – 90 days

 

0.50

%

 

—

 

—

91 – 360 days

 

30.00

%

 

—

 

—

Over 360 days

 

100.00

%

 

182,958

 

182,958

     

 

 

182,958

 

182,958

     

 

       

Amount in USD

   

 

 

49,825

 

49,825

Ageing analysis of trade receivables

 

Default
rate
%

 

Trade
receivables
AED

 

Provision as
per IFRS 9
AED

As at December 31, 2022

   

 

       

0 – 90 days

 

0.50

%

 

—

 

—

91 – 360 days

 

30.00

%

 

—

 

—

Over 360 days

 

100.00

%

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

       

Amount in USD

   

 

 

49,825

 

49,825

Ageing analysis of trade receivables

 

Default
rate

 

Trade
receivables

 

Provision as
per IFRS 9

As at December 31, 2021

   

 

       

0 – 90 days

 

0.50

%

 

—

 

—

91 – 360 days

 

30.00

%

 

—

 

—

Over 360 days

 

100.00

%

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

 

182,959

 

182,959

     

 

       

Amount in USD

   

 

 

49,825

 

49,825

6.4    The movement in allowance against trade receivables was as follows:

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

49,825

 

 

182,959

 

 

49,825

 

182,959

Provision during the year (note 14)

 

(40,033

)

 

(147,000

)

 

0

 

1

Balance at the end of the year

 

9,793

 

 

35,959

 

 

49,825

 

182,958

F-38

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

7.      OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Bank guarantee

 

23,516

 

86,350

 

23,516

 

86,350

Prepayments

 

91,770

 

336,978

 

96,856

 

355,655

Advance payments

 

1,361

 

4,999

 

47,719

 

175,225

Other deposits

 

39,298

 

144,301

 

39,679

 

145,700

VAT receivable

 

78,804

 

289,370

 

75,798

 

278,331

Other

 

10,147

 

37,259

 

—

 

—

   

244,896

 

899,257

 

283,568

 

1,041,261

8.      RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND BALANCES

The Company was funded by related parties as and when required as working capital facilities.

Balances with related parties during the year as follows.

8.1    Due to related parties

     

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

       

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Diamond Developers Co. LTD.

 

Affiliate Company

 

3,676

 

13,500

 

3,813

 

14,000

Bagels & More

 

Affiliate Company

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Mr. Egor Romanyuk (Loan)

     

1,116,908

 

4,101,286

 

—

 

—

       

1,120,584

 

4,114,786

 

3,813

 

14,000

8.2    Shareholders’ current accounts

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Mr. Fares (Moh’d Said) Mustafa Abubaker

 

—

 

—

 

40,850

 

150,000

Mr. Egor Romanyuk

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

   

—

 

—

 

40,850

 

150,000

9.      CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Cash on hand

 

1,000

 

3,672

 

41,955

 

154,057

Cash at bank

 

88,551

 

325,159

 

78,080

 

286,709

   

89,551

 

328,831

 

120,034

 

440,766

F-39

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

10.    EMPLOYEES’ END-OF-SERVICE BENEFITS

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

74,778

 

 

274,586

 

 

52,312

 

192,090

Add: provided for the year

 

15,251

 

 

56,003

 

 

24,749

 

90,879

Less: paid during the year

 

(9,866

)

 

(36,228

)

 

—

 

—

Balance at the end of the year

 

80,164

 

 

294,361

 

 

77,061

 

282,969

11.    TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Trade payables

 

22,027

 

80,884

 

163,641

 

600,888

Staff payables

 

118,421

 

434,843

 

145,775

 

535,287

Accrued Expenses

 

9,592

 

35,220

 

75

 

274

PDC payables

 

187,949

 

690,149

 

53,053

 

194,812

Other payables

 

497,413

 

1,826,500

 

—

 

—

   

835,402

 

3,067,596

 

362,544

 

1,331,261

12.    LEASE LIABITITY

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Payable after one year

 

449,605

 

1,650,949

 

772,807

 

2,837,748

Payable within one year

 

217,266

 

797,801

 

108,633

 

398,900

   

666,871

 

2,448,750

 

881,440

 

3,236,648

The movement in lease liability was as follows:

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Balance at the beginning

 

774,825

 

 

2,845,158

 

 

986,733

 

 

3,623,282

 

Add: Interest accretion (note 15)

 

9,125

 

 

33,506

 

 

11,787

 

 

43,281

 

Less: Payments made during the year

 

(117,079

)

 

(429,914

)

 

(117,079

)

 

(429,915

)

Balance at the end of the year

 

666,871

 

 

2,448,750

 

 

881,440

 

 

3,236,648

 

F-40

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

12.    LEASE LIABITITY (cont.)

Maturity analysis of the lease liability as at reporting date was as follows:

June 30, 2023

 

Within
1 year
AED

 

Within
2 to 5 years
AED

 

Total
AED

Gross lease liabilities

 

—

 

—

 

—

Less: Future interest

 

—

 

—

 

—

Net lease liabilities

 

797,801

 

1,650,949

 

2,448,750

Amount in USD

 

217,266

 

449,605

 

666,871

             

June 30, 2022

           

Gross lease liabilities

 

—

 

—

 

—

Less: Future interest

 

—

 

—

 

—

Net lease liabilities

 

398,900

 

2,837,748

 

3,236,648

Amount in USD

 

108,633

 

772,807

 

881,440

12.1  The company has issued a post dated cheques of AED 3,176,875 and AED 960,000 which were written in advance for the usage of warehouse premises and equipments for a lease period of 60 and 48 months respectively. As per IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ standard (Note 1 (t)) the present value of future cashfolws (inclusive of VAT) had been discounted at the incremental borrowing rate of 2.5% for the calculation of right of use asset (Note 5) and the liabilities.

13.    COST OF REVENUE

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Material consumed

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Direct salaries and wages

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

   

47,146

 

173,119

 

—

 

—

F-41

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

14.    ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Employees benefit expenses

 

701,388

 

2,575,498

 

990,695

 

3,637,831

Accommodation expenses

 

20,106

 

73,831

 

8,475

 

31,119

Rent expenses (note 14.1)

 

25,184

 

92,475

 

25,916

 

95,165

Annual protection fee

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Depreciation of property plant and equipment (note 3)

 

89,002

 

326,814

 

68,327

 

250,898

Depreciation of right of use asset (note 5)

 

111,255

 

408,530

 

111,257

 

408,537

Utilities and office expenses

 

19,898

 

73,065

 

22,769

 

83,606

Telephone expenses

 

7,281

 

26,734

 

8,343

 

30,634

Insurance expenses

 

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

Government and license fee

 

496

 

1,820

 

3,568

 

13,100

Transport expenses

 

16,700

 

61,323

 

18,157

 

66,673

Repairs and maintenance

 

5,528

 

20,300

 

5,097

 

18,718

Expected credit loss allowance (note 6)

 

—

 

—

 

0

 

1

Bank charges

 

5,257

 

19,304

 

1,071

 

3,932

Professional fee

 

230,761

 

847,353

 

59,244

 

217,544

IT expenses

 

25,371

 

93,163

 

43,690

 

160,429

Amortization (note 4)

 

8,629

 

31,685

 

534

 

1,960

Other expenses

 

—

 

—

 

1,414

 

5,194

Research and development cost

 

88,211

 

323,911

 

313,511

 

1,151,213

Management Fees

 

36,029

 

132,300

 

—

 

—

   

1,391,096

 

5,108,106

 

1,682,068

 

6,176,554

14.1  The Company adopted IFRS 16 Leases with effect from January 1, 2019. There were no right of use assets and corresponding lease liability recognized as the lease considered as short term lease.

15.    FINANCE EXPENSE

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Interest expense

 

9,125

 

33,506

 

11,787

 

43,281

16.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

16.1  Capital expenditure commitments

The Company did not have capital expenditure commitments at the reporting date.

F-42

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

16.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

16.2  Operating expenditure commitments

The Company has committed rental expense of AED 244,983 (USD 66,717) as at the reporting date (2021 – AED 444,463) and rent agreements are renewable on an annual basis.

16.3  Contingent liabilities

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Labor guarantees

 

34,041

 

125,000

 

34,041

 

125,000

17.    RISK MANAGEMENT

17.1  Credit risk

Credit risk is limited to the carrying values of financial assets in the statement of financial position, and is the risk that one party to a financial instrument will fail to discharge an obligation and cause the other party to incur a financial loss. The Company is exposed to credit risk on its bank balances and trade and other receivables as follows:

 

June 30,
2023

 

June 30,
2022

   

USD

 

AED

 

USD

 

AED

Cash at bank (note 9)

 

88,551

 

325,159

 

78,080

 

286,709

Trade receivables (note 6)

 

11,224

 

41,213

 

49,825

 

182,958

Other receivables (excluding prepaid expenses and advances) (note 7)

 

151,765

 

557,280

 

138,993

 

510,381

   

—

 

—

 

—

 

—

   

251,539

 

923,652

 

266,898

 

980,048

The Company seeks to limit its credit risk with respect to banks by dealing with reputable banks only.

Due from related party and other receivables (excluding advances and prepaid expenses) relate to transactions arising in the normal course of business with minimal credit risk.

Credit risks related to trade receivables are managed subject to the Company’s policies, procedures and controls relating to customer credit risk management. Credit limits are established for all customers based on internal rating criteria and the credit quality of customers is assessed by management. Outstanding customer receivables are regularly monitored. The requirement for an impairment is analyzed at each reporting date on an individual basis for major customers. Additionally, minor receivables are grouped into homogenous groups and assessed for impairment collectively. The Company does not hold collateral as security.

17.2  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not have sufficient liquid funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Prudent liquidity risk management requires maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding to meet obligations when due. The Company limits its liquidity risk by ensuring funds from the shareholder and related parties are available, as required.

The Company terms of contract require amounts to be paid within 90 days of the date of sale.

Trade payables are normally settled within 30 days of the date of purchase.

F-43

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

17.    RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

The table below summarizes the maturities of the Company financial liabilities at June 30 and December 31.

 

Less than
one year
AED

 

More than
one year
AED

 

Total
AED

June 30, 2023

           

Trade and other payables (note 11)

 

3,067,596

 

—

 

3,067,596

Due to related parties (note 8)

 

4,114,786

 

—

 

4,114,786

Lease liability (note 12)

 

797,801

 

449,605

 

1,247,406

   

7,980,183

 

449,605

 

8,429,788

             

Amount in USD

 

2,173,252

 

122,441

 

2,295,694

 

Less than
one year
AED

 

More than
one year
AED

 

Total
AED

June 30, 2022

           

Trade and other payables (note 11)

 

1,331,261

 

—

 

1,331,261

Due to related parties (note 8)

 

14,000

 

—

 

14,000

Lease liability (note 12)

 

398,900

 

2,837,748

 

3,236,648

   

1,744,161

 

2,837,748

 

4,581,909

             

Amount in USD

 

474,989

 

772,807

 

1,247,797

 

Less than
one year
AED

 

More than
one year
AED

 

Total
AED

2022

           

Trade and other payables (note 11)

 

729,970

 

—

 

729,970

Due to related parties (note 8)

 

316,861

 

—

 

316,861

Lease liability (note 12)

 

797,801

 

2,047,357

 

2,845,158

   

1,844,632

 

2,047,357

 

3,891,989

             

Amount in USD

 

502,351

 

557,559

 

1,059,910

 

Less than
one year
AED

 

More than
one year
AED

 

Total
AED

2021

           

Trade and other payables (note 11)

 

1,242,468

 

—

 

1,242,468

Due to related parties (note 8)

 

500,338

 

—

 

500,338

Lease liability (note 12)

 

778,124

 

2,845,158

 

3,623,282

   

2,520,930

 

2,845,158

 

5,366,088

             

Amount in USD

 

686,528

 

774,825

 

1,461,353

17.3  Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk is the risk that an adverse movement in currency exchange rates can affect the financial performance of the Company and can arise on financial instruments that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency in which they are measured. Most of the Company’s transactions are carried out in AED, hence no material risk arises.

F-44

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

17.    RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Translations of balances in the statement of financial position, the statement of comprehensive income and the statements of cash flows from AED into USD as of and for the year ended December 31, 2022 are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the rate of USD 1.00 to AED 3.672, representing the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of AED as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2022. No representation is made that the AED amounts represent or could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into USD at that rate on December 31, 2022, or at any other rate.

18.    SUBSIDIARY OWNERSHIP — Dubai Entity, Micropolis Digital Development FZCO

Micropolis Holding owns 100% of Micropolis Digital Development FZCO, Dubai, UAE entity;

Name of the shareholder

 

Country of incorporation

 

No. of Shares

 

%

 

Amount

               

(AED)

Micropolis Holding Company

 

United Arab Emirates

 

100

 

100

%

 

100,000

Total

     

100

 

100

%

 

100,000

19.    SHARE CAPITAL — Dubai entity, Micropolis Digital Developmet

The authorized capital amounts to 200,000,000 shares, as at June 30, 2023, issued and paid-up capital of the Company is USD 1,000, divided into 10,000,000 shares of USD 0.0001 each;

Name of the shareholder

 

Country of incorporation

 

No. of Shares

 

%

 

Amount

               

(USD)

Egor Romanyuk

 

Canada

 

12,009,000

 

40

%

 

$

1,200.9

Simon Jonathan Rubel Lo Gatto

 

United Kingdom

 

4,200,000

 

14

%

 

$

420.00

Total

     

10,000,000

 

100

%

 

$

1,000.00

20.    COMPARATIVE INFORMATION

No reclassification has been made in the comparatives.

21.    WARRANTS ISSUED

As the result of the ongoing IPO, Micropolis Holding Company (the “Company”) has agreed to issue Warrants to OLIMP PROJECTS LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company (the “Holder”). The number of shares for which the Warrants are exercisable represents 3% of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares as of the Issuance Date, and that such number of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment as set forth herein. The exercise price per Ordinary Share under this Warrant shall be $0.01.

In addition, as the result of the ongoing IPO process, we have agreed to grant the Underwriter (Network1 Financial Securities, Inc) non-redeemable warrants to purchase an amount equal to six percent (6%) of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering (including any shares sold upon exercise of the over-allotment option), which warrants will be exercisable at any time, will be subject to lock up for 180 days from the date of issuance in accordance with FINRA Rule 5510, and will expire five years from the commencement of sales of the offering. Such warrants are exercisable at a price of one hundred and twenty-five (125%) of the public offering price of the Ordinary Shares offered pursuant to this offering. We will register the Ordinary Shares underlying the underwriter’s warrants and will file all necessary undertakings in connection therewith. The underwriter’s warrants and the Ordinary Shares underlying the underwriter’s warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering (in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110), except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any member participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, and that all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction for the remainder of the time period. The underwriter’s warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser

F-45

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
Cayman Islands

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the period ended June 30, 2023

21.    WARRANTS ISSUED (cont.)

number of Ordinary Shares and will provide for cashless exercise. The underwriter’s warrants contain a provision for one demand registration, at the expense of the Company, and one additional demand right at the expense of the holder of the underwriter’s warrants. The demand registration rights may be exercised at any time following issuance of the warrants but no later than five years following the commencement of sales of the Offering in compliance with FINRA rule 5110(g)(8)(C). The underwriter warrants also contain unlimited “piggyback” registration rights at our expense. The piggyback registration rights may be exercised at any time following issuance of the warrants but no later than five years following commencement of sales of the Offering in compliance with FINRA rule 5110(g)(8)(D).

22.    EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING DATE

Company went through issuance of new shares to the existing and new shareholders, a total of 20,000,000 new shares were issued in September 2023. The authorized capital amounts to 200,000,000 shares, as of the date these notes, the issued and paid-up capital of the Company is USD 3,000, divided into 30,000,000 shares of 0,0001$ each;

Name of Shareholder

 

Country of incorporation

 

No. of Shares

 

%

 

Amount

               

(USD)

Egor Romanyuk

 

Canada

 

12,009,000

 

40

%

 

$

1,200.9

Simon Jonathan Rubel Lo Gatto

 

United Kingdom

 

4,200,000

 

14

%

 

$

420.00

Fareed Talal Aljawhari

 

Syria

 

4,200,000

 

14

%

 

$

420.00

Alexander Rugaev

 

Russia

 

2,997,000

 

10

%

 

$

299.70

Saken Saryyev

 

Kazakhstan

 

2,997,000

 

10

%

 

$

299.70

Mpolis LLC

 

United States

 

2,997,000

 

10

%

 

$

299.70

Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

Belarus

 

300,000

 

1

%

 

$

30.00

Mohammed Mounir Bourayou

 

Algeria

 

300,000

 

1

%

 

$

30.00

Total

     

30,000,000

 

100

%

 

$

3,000.00

23.    IAS 33 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share in 2023 is not comparable to the earning per share of same period in 2022 since we are comparing 10,000,000 of outstanding shares in Micropolis Holdings registered in Cayman Islands to 100 of outstanding shares in Micropolis Digital Development registered in Dubai, UAE. Since the company went through the issuance of new shares, a total of 20,000,000 new shares were issued in September 2023. We included the dilution scenario to the existing calculation of Earnings Per Share, where the current amount of shares upon reporting of this document amounts to 30,000,000 shares. Basic EPS amount to $0.12 per share, while diluted EPS amount to $0.04 per share after issuance of new shares.

 

June 30, 2023

June 30, 2022

   

USD

 

USD

 

AED

 

AED

AED

AED

   

Basic

 

Diluted

 

Basic

 

Diluted

Basic

Diluted

Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Losses) attributable to Micropolis Shareowners

 

$

(1,234,440

)

 

$

(1,234,440

)

 

AED

 

(4,532,863)

 

 

AED

 

(4,532,863)

 

AED

(6,279,809

)

AED

(6,279,809

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

 

30,000,000

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

30,000,000

 

100

 

100

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (Losses) attributable to Micropolis Shareowners per share

 

$

(0.12

)

 

$

(0.04

)

 

AED

 

(0.45

)

 

AED

 

(0.15

)

AED

(62,798

)

AED

(62,798

)

 

F-46

Table of Contents

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

Ordinary Shares

______________________

PROSPECTUS

______________________

[            ], 2024

Until [•] (twenty-five (25) days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that affect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

Table of Contents

Part II — Information Not Required in the Prospectus

Item 6.       Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to the public policy, such as providing indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, to the fullest extent permissible under Cayman Islands law every Director and officer of our company shall be indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a director or officer of our company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7.       Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding ordinary shares issued by us during the last three years. None of the below described transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

Purchaser

 

Date of Issuance

 

Number of
Shares

Ogier Global Subscriber (Cayman) Limited*

 

February 23, 2023

 

1

Egor Romanyuk

 

March 14, 2023

 

8,499,999

Simon Jonathan Rubel Lo Gatto

 

March 14, 2023

 

1,500,000

Egor Romanyuk

 

September 14, 2023

 

3,509,000

Simon Jonathan Rubel Lo Gatto

 

September 14, 2023

 

2,700,000

Mpolis LLC

 

September 14, 2023

 

2,997,000

Fareed Talal Aljawhari

 

September 14, 2023

 

4,200,000

Mohammed Mounir Bourayou

 

September 14, 2023

 

300,000

Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

September 14, 2023

 

300,000

Alexander Rugaev

 

September 14, 2023

 

2,997,000

Saken Saryyev

 

September 14, 2023

 

2,997,000

TOTAL

     

30,000,000

____________

*        Ogier Global Subscriber (Cayman) Limited was the initial subscriber at the time of incorporation of the Company, the one (1) share was transferred to Egor Romanyuk on March 14, 2023.

We believe that the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraph were exempt from registration either (a) under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in that the transactions were between an issuer and sophisticated investors or members of its senior executive management and did not involve any public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2), (b) under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act in that offers, sales and issuances were not made to persons in the United States and no directed selling efforts were made in the United States, or (c) under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were underwritten compensatory benefit plans or written compensatory contracts.

II-1

Table of Contents

Item 8.       Exhibits.

(a)     The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Articles and Memorandum of Association, as currently in effect**

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate

4.2

 

Form of Underwriters’ Warrant**

5.1

 

Opinion of Ogier**

5.2

 

Opinion of Loeb & Loeb LLP regarding the enforceability of the Underwriter Warrants**

8.1

 

Opinion of UAE counsel regarding certain tax matters

10.1

 

Form of Employment Agreement and Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers**

10.2

 

Form of Agreement and Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s independent directors**

10.4

 

English translation of the Contractual Agreement For the Implementation of Self-Driving Cars Project entered into between Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC and Invest 56 LLC dated July 31, 2023

10.5

 

Investment Agreement entered into between Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC and Future General Trading FZE dated April 26, 2023

10.6

 

Agreement entered into between Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC and Quality Support Solutions Limited dated December 28, 2022

10.7

 

Professional services agreement entered into between Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC and Siemens Industry Software SA (Pty) Ltd

19.1

 

Insider Trading Policy**

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries**

23.1

 

Consent of BF Borgers CPA PC

23.2

 

Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)**

23.3

 

Consent of Pinsent Masons LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)

99.1

 

Charter of the Audit Committee**

99.2

 

Charter of the Compensation Committee**

99.3

 

Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee**

99.4

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics**

99.5

 

Registrant’s Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

107

 

Registration Fee Table**

____________

*        To be filed by amendment.

**      Filed previously.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 9.       Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a)     to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser;

(b)    insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of

II-2

Table of Contents

expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue;

(c)     for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;

(d)    for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(e)     for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(f)     for the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-3

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the UAE, on January 19, 2024.

 

Micropolis Holding Company

   

By:

 

/s/ Fareed Aljawhari

       

Name:

 

Fareed Aljawhari

       

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Fareed Aljawhari his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (1) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (2) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (3) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this Registration Statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (4) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his or her substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

/s/ Fareed Aljawhari

 

Chief Executive Officer and director

 

January 19, 2024

Fareed Aljawhari

 

(Principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

January 19, 2024

Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

(Principal financial and accounting officer)

   

/s/ Saken Saryyev

 

Director

 

January 19, 2024

Saken Saryyev

       

/s/ Marwan Al Sarkal

 

Chairman and Independent Director

 

January 19, 2024

Marwan Al Sarkal

       

/s/ Peter Balint

 

Independent Director

 

January 19, 2024

Peter Balint

       

/s/ Alun Richards

 

Independent Director

 

January 19, 2024

Alun Richards

       

II-4

Table of Contents

Authorized U.S. Representative

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Micropolis Holding Company, has signed this registration statement in New York, on January 19, 2024.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

MPOLIS LLC

   

By:

 

/s/ Grigorii Trubkin

       

Name:

 

Grigorii Trubkin

       

Title:

 

Manager

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

 

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[●], 2024

 

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

The Galleria, 2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241

Red Bank, NJ 07701

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY, a Cayman Islands holding company (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with several underwriters (such underwriters, including the Representative (as defined below and if there are no underwriters other than the Representative, references to multiple underwriters shall be disregarded and the term Representative as used herein shall have the same meaning as underwriter), the “Underwriters” and each an “Underwriter”) named in Schedule A hereto for which Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. is acting as the representative to the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the “Representative”) to issue and sell an aggregate of [●] ordinary shares of the Company (“Firm Shares”), par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”). The Company has also granted to the Representative an option to purchase up to [●] additional Ordinary Shares, on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 2(c) hereof (the “Additional Shares”). The Firm Shares and any Additional Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement are herein collectively referred to as the “Offered Securities.” The offering and sale of the Offered Securities contemplated by this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

 

The Company confirms its agreement with the Underwriters as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows with the understanding that the same may be relied upon by the Underwriters in this Offering, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined below) and each Option Closing Date (as defined below), if any:

 

(a) Filing of the Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[●]), which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the Offering. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto contained in the registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective, in the form in which it was declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act Regulations”), and including any required information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, or pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act Regulations”), is called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act is called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and from and after the date and time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Such prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act after the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto, or, if no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act is required, the form of final prospectus relating to the Offering included in the Registration Statement at the effective date of the Registration Statement, is called the “Prospectus.” All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement (each, a “preliminary prospectus”), the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”). The preliminary prospectus that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent preliminary prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest preliminary prospectus included in the registration statement. Any reference herein to any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or any supplement or amendment to either thereof shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents incorporated by reference therein as of the date of such reference.

 

 

 

 

(b) “Applicable Time” means [●] pm, Eastern Time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

(c) Compliance with Registration Requirements. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations on [●], 2024. The Company has complied, to the Commission’s satisfaction, with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information. No stop order preventing or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

 

Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied or will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act), was identical in content to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the Offering, other than with respect to any artwork and graphics that were not filed. The Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement , at the time it became effective and at all subsequent times until the expiration of the prospectus delivery period required under Section 4(3) of the Securities Act, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as of its date and at all subsequent times until the Underwriters have completed the Offering, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Underwriters furnished to the Company in writing expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished on behalf of the Underwriters consists of (i) the name of the Underwriters contained on the cover page of the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus, (ii) the table listing the names of the Underwriters and the allocation of shares between the Underwriters in the “Underwriting” section in the Prospectus, and (ii) the sub-sections titled “Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids,” “Market and Pricing Considerations,” and “Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of our Shares” in each case under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (the “Underwriters Information”). There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that have not been fairly and accurately described in all material respects or filed as required.

 

(d) Disclosure Package. The term “Disclosure Package” shall mean (i) the Pricing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, (ii) each issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (each, an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), if any, identified in Schedule B hereto, (iii) the pricing terms set forth in Schedule C to this Agreement, and (iv) any other free writing prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package. As of the Applicable Time, the Disclosure Package did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package based upon and in conformity with the Underwriters Information.

 

(e) Company Not Ineligible Issuer. (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and (ii) as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an Ineligible Issuer.

 

2

 

 

(f) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with the Underwriters Information.

 

(g) Offering Materials Furnished to the Underwriters. The Company has delivered to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement and of each consent and certificate of experts filed as a part thereof, and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, in such quantities and at such places as the Underwriters have reasonably requested in writing.

 

(h) Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the completion of the Underwriters’ purchase of the Offered Securities, any offering material in connection with the Offering other than a preliminary prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Underwriters, and the Registration Statement.

 

(i) The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is a valid and binding agreement of, the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles.

 

(j) Authorization of the Offered Securities. The Offered Securities to be sold by the Company through the Underwriters have been duly and validly authorized by all required corporate action and have been reserved for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when so issued and delivered by the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Company has sufficient Ordinary Shares for the issuance of the Offered Securities issuable pursuant to the Offering as described in the Prospectus.

 

(k) No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any securities of the Company registered for sale under the Registration Statement.

 

(l) No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Disclosure Package: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, prospects or operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company (any such change, a “Material Adverse Change”); (ii) the Company has not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company in respect of its share capital.

 

(m) Independent Accountants. BF Borgers CPA PC (the “Accountant”), which has expressed their opinions with respect to the audited financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

3

 

 

(n) Preparation of the Financial Statements. Each of the historical financial statements of the Company, respectively, filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, presents fairly the information provided as of and at the dates and for the periods indicated (provided that unaudited interim financial statements are subject to year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material in the aggregate and do not contain all footnotes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Such financial statements comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement. Each item of historical financial data relating to the operations, assets or liabilities of the Company set forth in summary form in each of the preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus fairly presents such information on a basis consistent with that of the complete financial statements contained therein.

 

(o) Incorporation and Good Standing. The Company has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing as a company limited by shares under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity that is not otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

(p) Capitalization and Other Share Capital Matters. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in each of the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans described in each of the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants described in the Disclosure Package and Prospectus, as the case may be). The Ordinary Shares conform, and, when issued and delivered as provided in this Agreement, the Offered Securities will conform, in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Disclosure Package and Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with applicable laws. None of the outstanding Ordinary Shares were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any capital stock of the Company other than those described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The description of the Company’s stock option and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. No further approval or authorization of any shareholder, the Board of Directors or others is required for the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no shareholders agreements, voting agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the Company’s Ordinary Shares to which the Company is a party or, to the knowledge of the Company, between or among any of the Company’s shareholders.

 

(q) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. The Company is not in violation of its articles of incorporation, as amended and/or restated, or in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“Default”) under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract, franchise, lease or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound (including, without limitation, any agreement or contract filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or to which any of the property or assets of the Company are subject (each, an “Existing Instrument”)), except for such Defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation, as amended and/or restated, of the Company, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company, except in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent such conflict, breach Default or violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except the registration or qualification of the Offered Securities under the Securities Act and applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

 

4

 

 

(r) Subsidiaries. Each of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been identified on Schedule E hereto. Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly formed, is validly existing under the laws of the Emirate of Dubai and in good standing under the laws of the Emirate of Dubai, has full power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change on the Company, its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the equity interests of each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, are either paid in accordance with its articles of association or not paid but still within the payment schedule of its articles of association and non-assessable and are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (“Liens”). None of the outstanding share capital or equity interest in any Subsidiary was issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of such Subsidiary. All of the constitutive or organizational documents of each Subsidiary comply with the requirements of applicable laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and are in full force and effect. Apart from the Subsidiaries, the Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries or any other company over which it has direct or indirect effective control. Other than the Subsidiaries, the Company does not directly or indirectly control any entity through contractual arrangements or otherwise such that the entity would be deemed a consolidated affiliated entity whose financial results would be consolidated under U.S. GAAP with the financial results of the Company on the consolidated financial statements of the Company, regardless of whether the Company directly or indirectly owns less than a majority of the equity interests of such person.

 

(s) No Material Actions or Proceedings. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (collectively, “Actions”) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened (i) against the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) which have as the subject thereof any officer or director (in such capacities) of, or property owned or leased by, the Company, where in any such case (A) there is a reasonable possibility that such Action might be determined adversely to the Company or any Subsidiary, and (B) any such Action, if so determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is threatened or imminent. None of the Company’s, or its Subsidiaries’ employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company or such Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries believe that their relationships with their employees are good. No executive officer of the Company, to the knowledge of the Company, is in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of any third party, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company or any Subsidiary, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any director or officer of the Company, is or has within the last 10 years been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company.

 

5

 

 

(t) Intellectual Property Rights. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns, possesses or licenses, and otherwise has legally enforceable rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals and trade secrets (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) reasonably necessary to conduct its business as now conducted or, otherwise, as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except to the extent such failure to own, possess or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus: (i) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice of infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others; (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries are not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described in all material respects; (iii) none of the technology employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its Subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or the Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, in violation of the rights of any persons; and (iv) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, or any arbitrator, nor has it entered into nor is it a party to any agreement made in settlement of any pending or threatened litigation, which materially restricts or impairs its use of any Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(u) All Necessary Permits, etc. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the applicable regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their respective business, and neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit.

 

(v) Title to Properties. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all the properties and assets reflected as owned by it in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(n) above (or elsewhere in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, lien, encumbrance, equity, adverse claim or other defect, except such as do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(w) Tax Law Compliance. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries have each filed necessary income tax returns or has timely and properly filed requested extensions thereof and has paid taxes required to be paid by them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them in all material respects. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(n) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been finally determined.

 

6

 

 

(x) Company Not an “Investment Company.” The Company is not, and after giving effect to payment for the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds as contemplated under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in each of the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

 

(y) Insurance. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged as the Company reasonably believes are adequate and customary for companies engaged in similar businesses. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its or their existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its or their business as now conducted at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(z) No Price Stabilization or Manipulation. The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(aa) Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described or filed in the Registration Statement, or described in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, that have not been as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Prospectus.

 

(bb) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. To the extent required, the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15€ of the Exchange Act Regulations) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of (a) any significant deficiency in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or any material weaknesses in internal controls or (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls.

 

(cc) Company’s Accounting System. The Company maintains a system of accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

7

 

 

(dd) Money Laundering Law Compliance. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any competent governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(ee) OFAC. (i) Neither the Company and its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, or employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or any other person authorized to act on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

 

A. the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union (“EU”), His Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor

 

B. located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

 

A. to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

B. in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(ff) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company and its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, or employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any other person authorized to act on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, knowingly given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder or otherwise subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding.

 

(gg) Compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with any provision applicable to it of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including, without limitation, Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

(hh) Exchange Act Filing. A registration statement in respect of the Ordinary Shares has been filed on Form 8-A pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, which registration statement complies in all material respects with the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or which to its knowledge is likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Ordinary Shares under the Exchange Act nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

(ii) Earning Statements. The Company will make generally available (which includes filings pursuant to the Exchange Act made publicly through the EDGAR system) to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 16 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal year, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

8

 

 

(jj) Periodic Reporting Obligations. During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall file, on a timely basis, with the Commission all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Firm Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(kk) Foreign Tax Compliance. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no transaction, stamp, capital or other issuance, registration, transaction, transfer or withholding taxes or duties are payable in Dubai or to any Dubai taxing authority in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Offered Securities, and the delivery of the Offered Securities to or for the account of the Underwriters.

 

(ll) D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as well as in the Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A provided to the Representative is true and correct in all respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate and incorrect.

 

(mm) Solvency. Based on the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder, the current cash flow of the Company, together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, are sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its liabilities when such amounts are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances which lead it to believe that it will file for reorganization or liquidation under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of any jurisdiction within one year from the Closing Date. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus set forth as of [●] all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company and each Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indebtedness” means (x) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $50,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (y) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and (z) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $50,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Indebtedness.

 

(nn) Regulation M Compliance. The Company has not, and to its knowledge no one authorized to act on its behalf has, (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Offered Securities, (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or, paid any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Offered Securities, or (iii) paid or agreed to pay to any Person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), compensation paid to the Underwriters in connection with the Offering.

 

(oo) Testing the Waters Communications. The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Underwriters with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

9

 

 

(pp) Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Offered Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

(qq) Integration. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause the Offering to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act that would require the registration of any such securities under the Securities Act.

 

Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Representative shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters set forth therein. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 5 hereof, counsel to the Company, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance. 

 

SECTION 2. Firm Shares; Additional Shares; Representative Warrants.

 

(a) Purchase of Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters the Firm Shares at a purchase price (net of discounts1) of (i) $[●] per share. The Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company the Firm Shares in such amounts as set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(b) Delivery of and Payment for Firm Shares. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the third (3rd) Business Day following the Applicable Time, or at such time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of the Representative’s counsel or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “Closing Date.” The closing of the payment of the purchase price for is referred to herein as the “Closing.” Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds upon delivery to the Underwriters of certificates (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Shares (or if uncertificated through the full fast transfer facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Underwriters may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date. If certificated, the Company will permit the Underwriters to examine and package the Firm Shares for delivery at least one full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for all the Firm Shares.

 

(c) Additional Shares. The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option (the “Over-allotment Option”), exercisable for 45 days after the Closing Date, to purchase up to an additional [●2] Ordinary Shares (the “Additional Shares”), in each case solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments of such securities, if any. The Over-allotment Option is, at the Representative’s sole discretion, for Additional Shares.

 

 

17%
215%

 

10

 

 

(d) Exercise of Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof may be exercised by the Representative on or within 45 days after the Closing Date. The purchase price to be paid per Additional Shares shall be equal to the price per Firm Share in Section 2(a). The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Additional Shares prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Representative, which shall be confirmed in writing via overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission, setting forth the number of Additional Shares to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Additional Shares (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of the Representative’s counsel or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Additional Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option with respect to all or any portion of the Additional Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Additional Shares specified in such notice and (ii) the Underwriters shall purchase that portion of the total number of Additional Shares.

 

(e) Delivery and Payment of Additional Shares. Payment for the Additional Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Additional Shares (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Additional Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Additional Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for applicable Additional Shares. The Option Closing Date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the Closing Date, the term “Closing Date” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of the Firm Shares and Additional Shares.

 

(f) Underwriting Discount. In consideration of the services to be provided for hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Underwriters a seven percent (7%) underwriting discount.

 

(g) Representative Warrants. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date warrants (“Representative Warrants”) to purchase such number of Ordinary Shares, representing six percent (6%) of the total number of Offered Securities. The agreement(s) representing the Representative Warrants, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Representative’s Warrant Agreement”), shall be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the date of issuance and expiring on the fifth year anniversary of the commencement of sales of the Offering at an initial exercise price per share of $[●], which is equal to 125% of the offering price of the Firm Shares. The Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise thereof (the “Warrant Shares”) are hereinafter referred to together as the “Representative’s Securities.” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Representative’s Warrants and the Warrant Shares during the one hundred eighty (180) days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrants, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering to anyone other than (i) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

(i) Delivery of the Representative Warrants. Delivery of the Representative’s Warrants shall be made on the Closing Date, and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

 

11

 

 

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company.

 

The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

 

(a) Underwriters’ Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period beginning at the Applicable Time and ending on the later of the Closing Date or such date as, in the opinion of counsel for the Representative, the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriters or selected dealers, including under circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172 under the Securities Act (the “Prospectus Delivery Period”), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, including any amendment or supplement through incorporation by reference of any report filed under the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the Underwriters for review a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters reasonably objects.

 

(b) Securities Act Compliance. After the date of this Agreement, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall promptly advise the Underwriters in writing (i) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission, (ii) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, (iii) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of any order or notice preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Offered Securities from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order or order or notice of prevention or suspension at any time, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment or will file a new registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b) and 430A, as applicable, under the Securities Act, including with respect to the timely filing of documents thereunder and will confirm that any filings made by the Company under such Rule 424(b) were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

 

(c) Exchange Act Compliance. During the Prospectus Delivery Period, to the extent the Company becomes subject to reporting obligation under the Exchange Act, the Company will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15 of the Exchange Act in the manner and within the time periods required by the Exchange Act.

 

(d) Amendments and Supplements to the Registration Statement, Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, any event or development shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or to file a new registration statement containing the Prospectus, in order to comply with law, including in connection with the delivery of the Prospectus, the Company agrees to (i) notify the Underwriters of any such event or condition (unless such event or condition was previously brought to the Company’s attention by the Underwriters during the Prospectus Delivery Period) and (ii) promptly prepare (subject to Section 3(a) and Section 3(f) hereof), file with the Commission (and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement or any new registration statement to be declared effective) and furnish at its own expense to the Underwriters and to dealers, amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any new registration statement, necessary in order to make the statements in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading or so that the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law.

 

12

 

 

(e) Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company represents that it has not made, and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not make, any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433 under the Securities Act; provided that the prior written consent of the Underwriters hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of each free writing prospectuses listed on Schedule B hereto. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Underwriters is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company agrees that (i) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and (ii) has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.

 

(f) Copies of any Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus. The Company agrees to furnish the Underwriters, without charge, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, as many copies of each of the preliminary prospectuses, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package and any amendments and supplements thereto (including any documents incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein) as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(g) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering in the manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(h) Transfer Agent. The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Offered Securities.

 

(i) Internal Controls. The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The internal controls, upon consummation of the Offering, will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) of the Board in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

 

(j) Exchange Listing. The Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance. The Company is in material compliance with the provisions of the rules and regulations promulgated by the NYSE and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements (to the extent applicable to the Company as of the date hereof, the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any; and subject to all exemptions and exceptions from the requirements thereof as are set forth therein, to the extent applicable to the Company). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to the qualifications above: (i) all members of the Company’s board of directors who are required to be “independent” (as that term is defined under applicable laws, rules and regulations), including, without limitation, all members of each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating committee of the Company’s board of directors, meet the qualifications of independence as set forth under such laws, rules and regulations, (ii) the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors has at least one member who is an “audit committee financial expert” (as that term is defined under such laws, rules and regulations), and (iii) that, based on discussions with the NYSE, the Company meets all requirements for listing on the NYSE.

 

13

 

 

(k) Future Reports to the Underwriters. For one year after the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish, if not otherwise available on EDGAR, to the Representative at The Galleria, 2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241, Red Bank, NJ 0770 Attn: Adam Pasholk (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company’s independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, annual report on Form 20-F, or other report filed by the Company with the Commission; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company mailed generally to its shareholders.

 

(l) No Manipulation of Price. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company.

 

(m) Existing Lock-Up Agreements. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no existing agreements between the Company and its security holders that prohibit the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of any of the Company’s securities. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon the securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated therein.

 

(n) Company Lock-Up.

 

(i) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing for a period of 180 days from Applicable Time (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, enter into any “at-the-market” or continuous equity, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares of the Company; (ii) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any Ordinary Shares of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares of the Company other than registration statements on Form S-8 filed with the SEC after the Closing Date; or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Ordinary Shares of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities of the Company, in cash or otherwise. The Company agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.

 

(ii) The restrictions contained in Section 3(n)(i) hereof shall not apply to: (A) the Offered Securities, (C) any Ordinary Shares issued under a company stock plan or warrants issued by the Company, in each case, described as outstanding in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (D) any options and other awards granted under a company stock plan or Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to an employee stock purchase plan, and (E) Ordinary Shares or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company; provided that the recipient of any such Ordinary Shares or other securities issued or granted pursuant to clause (E) during the Lock-Up Period shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto for the remaining term of the Lock-Up Period.

 

14

 

 

SECTION 4. Payment of Fees and Expenses. The Company has agreed to pay the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket accountable expenses of the Representative in total up to $200,000.

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay all reasonable, actual and accountable costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation (i) all filing fees and expenses relating to the registration of the Offered Securities with the Commission; (ii) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the Ordinary Shares on a national estrange, if applicable; (iii) all filing fees, attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company, or the Representative, in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Offered Securities for offer and sale under the state securities or blue sky laws, and, if requested by the Representative, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey” or memorandum, and any supplements thereto, advising the Representative of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions; (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Offered Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as Representative may reasonably designate; (v) the costs of all mailing and printing of the Offering documents; (vi) transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of Offered Securities from the Company to Representative; (vii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (viii) all filing fees and communication expenses associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; (ix) all reasonable and documented fees and expenses for conducting a net road show presentation; (x) background checks, by a background search firm acceptable to Representative on the Company’s senior management and board of directors, up to a maximum of $15,000; and (xi) the fees for Representative’s legal counsel, in an amount not to exceed $75,000.

 

The Company has advanced $100,000 to the Representative to cover its out-of-pocket expenses (the “Advance”). The Advance will be returned to the Company to the extent such out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

 

In addition, the Company agrees to pay to the Representative at the Closing or Option Closing, as applicable, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds raised at the Closing and at the Option Closing, as applicable.

 

SECTION 5. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Securities as provided herein on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date shall be subject to (1) the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, as though then made; (2) the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder; and (3) each of the following additional conditions:

 

(a) Accountants’ Comfort Letter. On the date hereof, the Representative shall have received from the Accountants a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Representative, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to Representative, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(b) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order. During the period from and after the execution of this Agreement to and including the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable:

 

(i) the Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective; and

 

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

 

(c) No Material Adverse Change. For the period from and after the date of this Agreement to and including the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, in the reasonable judgment of the Representative there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change.

 

15

 

 

(d) CFO Certificate. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a written certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, on behalf of the Company, with respect to certain financial data contained in the Registration Statement, Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

 

(e) Officers’ Certificate. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as applicable, the Representative shall have received a written certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if any and this Agreement, to the effect that, to the knowledge of such individual:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, if applicable, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, if applicable;

 

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the use of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened under the Securities Act; no order having the effect of ceasing or suspending the distribution of the Offered Securities or any other securities of the Company has been issued by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange in the United States and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange in the United States; and

 

(iii) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been: (a) any Material Adverse Change; (b) any transaction that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business; (c) any obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, incurred by the Company, or any Subsidiary, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (d) any material change in the capital stock (except changes thereto resulting from the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of outstanding indebtedness into Ordinary Shares of the Company) or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (except for the conversion of such indebtedness into Ordinary Shares); (e) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on Ordinary Shares; or (f) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company or any Subsidiary which has been sustained or will have been sustained which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f) Secretary’s Certificate. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated such Closing Date, certifying: (i) that the Company’s articles of incorporation attached to such certificate is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that each of the Subsidiaries’ articles of association, memorandum of association or charter documents attached to such certificate is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (iii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering attached to such certificate are in full force and effect and have not been modified; and (iv) the good standing of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries (except in such jurisdictions where the concept of good standing is not applicable). The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

(g) Bring-down Comfort Letters. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received from each of the Accountants, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect that the Accountants reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished by them pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date.

 

16

 

 

(h) Lock-Up Agreement from Certain Security holders of the Company. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto from each of the Company’s officers, directors, and 5% or more security holders of Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

(i) Exchange Listing. The Offered Securities to be delivered on the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(j) Company Counsel Opinions. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received:

 

(i) the favorable opinion of Loeb & Loeb, LLP, U.S. securities counsel to the Company, dated as of such date, addressed to the Representative, including a negative assurance letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative;

 

(ii) the favorable opinion of Pinsent Masons, Dubai counsel to the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative; and

 

(iii) the favorable opinion of Ogier, Cayman counsel to the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

 

The Underwriters shall rely on the opinions of Ogier, filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement, as to the legality of the Offered Securities.

 

(k) FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(l) Additional Documents. On or before the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, the Representative and counsel for the Representative shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained.

 

If any condition specified in this Section 5 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative by written notice to the Company at any time on or prior to the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4 (with respect to the reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket accountable, bona fide expenses actually incurred by the Representative) and Section 7 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

SECTION 6. Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not become effective until the later of (i) the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto and (ii) notification (including by way of oral notification from the reviewer at the Commission) by the Commission to the Company of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

17

 

 

SECTION 7. Indemnification.

 

(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their respective affiliates and each of its respective directors, officers, members, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriters Indemnified Parties,” and each a “Underwriters Indemnified Party”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company) arising out of (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any other materials used in connection with the Offering, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse such Underwriters Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement in, or omission from any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any other materials used in connection with the Offering made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters Information. The indemnification obligations under this Section 7(a) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability, which the Underwriters might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Underwriters Indemnified Party.

 

(b) Indemnification by the Underwriters. The Underwriters shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Company’s affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Company Indemnified Parties” and each a “Company Indemnified Party”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Underwriters) arising out (i) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act Regulations, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission to state in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act Regulations, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters Information and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, investigation or proceeding, as such fees and expenses are incurred. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7(b), in no event shall any indemnity by the Underwriters under this Section 7(b) exceed the total discounts received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. The indemnification obligations under this Section 7(b) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability, which the Company might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Company Indemnified Party.

 

18

 

 

(c) Procedure. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent it has been materially adversely prejudiced by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (which counsel shall not, except with the written consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party). After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such action, except as provided herein, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under Section 7(a) or 7(b), as applicable, for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense of such action but the fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized in writing by the Company in the case of a claim for indemnification under Section 7(a), (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of the commencement of the action or the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of (or, in the case of a failure to diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, to continue to defend) such action on behalf of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall be responsible for legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time any such indemnified party (in addition to any local counsel), which firm shall be designated in writing by the Underwriters if the indemnified party under this Section 7 is an Underwriters Indemnified Party or by the Company if an indemnified party under this Section 7 is a Company Indemnified Party. Subject to this Section 7(c), the amount payable by an indemnifying party under Section 7 shall include, but not be limited to, (x) reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to the indemnified party and any other expenses in investigating, or preparing to defend or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any action, investigation, proceeding or claim, and (y) all amounts paid in settlement of any of the foregoing. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever, in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 7 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Subject to the provisions of the following sentence, no indemnifying party shall be liable for settlement of any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever that is effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with its written consent, if its consent has been unreasonably withheld or delayed or if there be a judgment for the plaintiff in any such matter, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. In addition, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested that an indemnifying party reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated herein effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the request for reimbursement, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

19

 

 

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 7(a) or Section 7(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid, payable or otherwise incurred by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), as incurred, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified parry or parties on the other hand from the Offering, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 7(d) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) of this Section 7(d) but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other with respect to the statements, omissions, acts or failures to act which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations as determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to the Offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters for use in any preliminary prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriters Information. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7(d) be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to above in this Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7(d), the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the total discounts received in cash by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering less the amount of any damages that the Underwriters have otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

SECTION 8. Termination of this Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date, whether before or after notification by the Commission to the Company of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative by written notice given to the Company if at any time (i) trading or quotation in the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by Nasdaq; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any U.S. federal or Dubai authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions that, in the reasonable judgment of the Representative, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Securities in the manner and on the terms described in the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities; or (iv) regulatory approval (including but not limited to NASDAQ approval) for the Offering is denied, conditioned or modified and as a result it makes it impracticable for the Representative to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Offered Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Offered Securities.. Except as otherwise stated in this section, the Agreement may not be terminated by the Company prior to the Closing Date, other than for “Cause.”

 

20

 

 

Any termination pursuant to this Section 8 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any of the Underwriters, except that the Company shall be, subject to demand by the Underwriters, obligated to reimburse the Representative for only those out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel, and expenses associated with a due diligence report), actually incurred and documented by the Representative in connection herewith as allowed under FINRA Rule 5110, less any amounts previously paid by the Company; provided, however, that all such expenses shall not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate, (b) the Underwriters to the Company, or (c) of any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4 (with respect to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket accountable, bona fide expenses actually incurred by the Representative) and Section 7 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, unless the Company terminates this Agreement for “Cause” as defined below or the Representative’s material failure to provide the underwriting services contemplated by this Agreement, if the Company subsequently completes any public or private financing with any investors introduced to the Company by the Representative at any time during the twelve (12) months after such termination, then the Representative shall be entitled to receive the compensation as set forth in this Agreement. “Cause,” for the purpose of this Agreement, shall mean, as an uncured material breach of the Agreement by the Representative or a material failure by the Representative to provide the underwriting services contemplated hereunder. In the event that the Company believes that the Representative has engaged conduct constituting Cause, it must first notify Representative in writing of the facts and circumstances supporting such an assertion(s) and allow Representative twenty (20) days to cure such alleged conduct.

 

SECTION 9. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting solely as Underwriters in connection with the Offering. The Company further acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Agreement entered into on an arm’s-length basis and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, shareholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of the Offering, either before or after the date hereof. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company hereby further confirms its understanding that no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the Offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including, without limitation, any negotiation related to the pricing of the Offered Securities; and the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate in connection with this Agreement and the Offering. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

SECTION 10. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers, and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

 

21

 

 

Section 11. Tail.

 

(a) Tail. The Company agrees that if at any time prior to the first anniversary of the final Closing Date, the Company, or any of its affiliates, shall enter into any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation, acquisition, financing, joint venture or other arrangement) with any party directly introduced to the Company by the Representative during the Offering and the aforementioned time period, the Company shall pay the Representative a success fee, at the closing thereof, equal to 1% of the consideration or value receive by the Company and/or its shareholders.

 

SECTION 12. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or emailed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

If to the Representative:

 

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

The Galleria, 2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241

Red Bank, NJ 07701

Attn: Adam Pasholk

Email: adampasholk@netw1.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

950 Third Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Ying Li, Esq. Guillaume de Sampigny, Esq.

Email: yli@htflawyers.com; gdesampigny@htflawyers.com

 

If to the Company:

 

[__]

Attn:

Email:  

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

2206-19 Jardine House

1 Connaught Place Central

Attn: Lawrence S. Venick, Esq.

Email: lvenick@loeb.com

 

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

 

22

 

 

SECTION 13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the benefit of the employees, officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “successors” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Securities as such merely by reason of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

SECTION 15. Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction. No legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Related Proceeding”) may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts (collectively, the “Specified Courts”) shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of any Related Proceeding, and the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction the Specified Courts and personal service of process with respect thereto. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waive any objection to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any Specified Court that any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 17. General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the Offering. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

23

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,    
   
MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY    
     
By:              
Name:      
Title:      

 

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Representative as of the date first above written.

 

NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES, INC.  
     
By:               
Name:    
Title:    

 

24

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriters  Number
of Firm
Shares
 
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.            
Total     

 

25

 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es)

 

26

 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

Pricing Information

 

Number of Firm Shares:

 

Number of Additional Shares:

 

Public Offering Price per one Share: $

 

Underwriting Discount per one Share: $

 

Proceeds to Company per one Share (before expenses): $

 

27

 

 

SCHEDULE D

 

Lock-Up Parties

 

●Egor Romanyuk

 

●Simon Lo Gatto

 

●Alexander Rugaev

 

●Mpolis LLC

 

●Marwan Al Sarkal

 

●Fareed Aljawhari

 

●Dzmitry Kastahorau

 

●Saken Saryyev

 

●Peter Balint

 

●Alun Richards

 

28

 

 

SCHEDULE E

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries  Jurisdiction of
Formation
Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC  Dubai

 

29

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

[●], 2024

 

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

The Galleria, 2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241

Red Bank, NJ 07701

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Lock-Up Agreement (this “Agreement”) is being delivered to Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (the “Representative”) in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between Micropolis Holding Company, a Cayman Islands holding company (the “Company”), and the Representative, relating to the proposed public offering (the “Offering”) of ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), of the Company. Initial capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to those terms in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

In order to induce the Underwriters (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) to continue their efforts in connection with the Offering, and in light of the benefits that the Offering will confer upon the undersigned in its capacity as a shareholder and/or an officer or director of the Company, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with the Representative that, during the period beginning on and including the date of this Agreement through and including the date that is 180 days from the date of this Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, any Ordinary Shares now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (including, without limitation, Ordinary Shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and as the same may be amended or supplemented on or after the date hereof from time to time (the “Securities Act”)) (such shares, the “Beneficially Owned Shares”) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Beneficially Owned Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or (iii) engage in any short selling of the Ordinary Shares.

 

The restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

(1) if the undersigned is a natural person, any transfers made by the undersigned (a) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s immediate family, (b) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned, (c) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution, (d) any transfer pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce; or (e) if the undersigned is or was an officer or director of the Company, to the Company pursuant to the Company’s right of repurchase upon termination of the undersigned’s service with the Company;

 

(2) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the undersigned, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value;

 

30

 

 

(3) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the undersigned (a) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement or (b) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate (as defined below) of the undersigned and such transfer is not for value;

 

(4) (a) exercises of stock options or equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan or warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares or other securities (including by cashless exercise to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such stock options or warrants so long as such cashless exercise is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding stock options or warrants to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price), provided that in any such case the securities issued upon exercise shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement (as defined below); (b) transfers of Ordinary Shares or other securities to the Company in connection with the vesting or exercise of any equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan and held by the undersigned to the extent, but only to the extent, as may be necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive or other plans;

 

(5) the exercise by the undersigned of any warrant(s) issued by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, including any exercise effected by the delivery of Ordinary Shares of the Company held by the undersigned; provided, that, the Ordinary Shares received upon such exercise shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement;

 

(6) the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (a) an acquisition by an individual or legal entity or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of 100% of the voting securities of the Company, (b) the Company merges into or consolidates with any other entity, or any entity merges into or consolidates with the Company, (c) the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another person, or (d) provided, that, the Ordinary Shares received upon any of the events set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement;

 

(7) the Offering;

 

(8) transfers consented to, in writing by the Representative;

 

(9) transactions relating to Ordinary Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering; provided that, no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transactions;

 

provided however, that in the case of any transfer described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to the Representative, acting on behalf of the Underwriters, not later than one business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement, in substantially the form of this Agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the undersigned and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Beneficially Owned Securities in a transaction not involving a public offering or public resale; provided that (x) the transferee agrees in writing with the Representative to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and (y) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.

 

In addition, the restrictions set forth herein shall not prevent the undersigned from entering into a sales plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act after the date hereof, provided that (i) a copy of such plan is provided to the Representative promptly upon entering into the same and (ii) no sales or transfers may be made under such plan until the Lock-Up Period ends or this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, nor more remote than first cousin; and “affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

31

 

 

If (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of such material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representative waives, in writing, such extension.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Ordinary Shares, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release; provided, that such press release is not a condition to the release of the aforementioned lock-up provisions due to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. The provisions of this paragraph will also not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, (1) the undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein against the transfer of any such securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions, and (2) the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement has been duly authorized (if the undersigned is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the undersigned and is a valid and binding agreement of the undersigned. This Agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned for the term of the Lock-Up Period.

 

This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (1) either the Representative, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, advising the other in writing, they have determined not to proceed with the Offering, (2) termination of the Underwriting Agreement before the sale of Ordinary Shares, or (3) the withdrawal of the Registration Statement.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

32

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
  (Signature)
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
  Address:
   
  # of ordinary shares held by Signatory:

 

 

33

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

Dated [*] 2024

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

 

 

Micropolis Holding Company

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

memorandum of association

 

 

(conditionally adopted by special resolution passed on [*]
2024 with effect [immediately prior to the completion of the
Company’s initial public offering])

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association

 

of

 

Micropolis Holding Company

 

(conditionally adopted by special resolution passed on [*] 2024 with effect [immediately prior
to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering])

 

1The name of the Company is Micropolis Holding Company.

 

2The Company’s registered office will be situated at the office of Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands or at such other place in the Cayman Islands as the directors may at any time decide.

 

3The Company’s objects are unrestricted. As provided by section 7(4) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4The Company has unrestricted corporate capacity. Without limitation to the foregoing, as provided by section 27(2) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has and is capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit.

 

5Unless licensed to do so, the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of its business carried on outside the Cayman Islands. Despite this, the Company may effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands any of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6The Company is a company limited by shares and accordingly the liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on that member’s shares.

 

7The share capital of the Company is USD20,000 divided into 200,000,000 Ordinary shares of par value USD0.0001 each. However, subject to the Companies Act (Revised) and the Company’s articles of association, the Company has power to do any one or more of the following:

 

(a)to redeem or repurchase any of its shares; and

 

(b)to increase or reduce its capital; and

 

(c)to issue any part of its capital (whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced):

 

(i)with or without any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; or

 

(ii)subject to any limitations or restrictions

 

and unless the condition of issue expressly declares otherwise, every issue of shares (whether declared to be ordinary, preference or otherwise) is subject to this power; or

 

(d)to alter any of those rights, privileges, conditions, limitations or restrictions.

 

8The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

 
Dated [*] 2024

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

 

 

Micropolis Holding Company

 

 

 

 
 

AMENDED and RESTATED

ARTICLES of association

 

 

(conditionally adopted by special resolution passed on [*]
2024 with effect [immediately prior to the completion of the
Company’s initial public offering] )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A 1
     
Definitions 1
Interpretation 4
Exclusion of Table A Articles 5
   
2 Shares 5
     
Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights 5
Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees 6
Trusts not recognised 6
Security interests 6
Power to vary class rights 6
Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights 6
No bearer Shares or warrants 6
Treasury Shares 6
Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters 7
Register of Members 8
Annual Return 8
   
3 Share certificates 8
     
Issue of share certificates 8
Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates 9
   
4 Lien on Shares 9
     
Nature and scope of lien 9
Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien 10
Authority to execute instrument of transfer 10
Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien 10
Application of proceeds of sale 11
   
5 Calls on Shares and forfeiture 11
     
Power to make calls and effect of calls 11
Time when call made 12
Liability of joint holders 12
Interest on unpaid calls 12
Deemed calls 12
Power to accept early payment 12
Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares 12
Notice of default 12
Forfeiture or surrender of Shares 13
Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender 13
Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member 13
Evidence of forfeiture or surrender 14
Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares 14

 

i

 

 

6 Transfer of Shares 14
     
Right to transfer 14
Suspension of transfers 15
Company may retain instrument of transfer 15
Notice of refusal to register 15
   
7 Transmission of Shares 16
     
Persons entitled on death of a Member 16
Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy 16
Indemnity 17
Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy 17
   
8 Alteration of capital 17
     
Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital 17
Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares 18
Reducing share capital 18
   
9 Redemption and purchase of own Shares 18
     
Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares 18
Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie 19
Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share 19
   
10 Meetings of Members 19
     
Annual and extraordinary general meetings 19
Power to call meetings 20
Content of notice 20
Period of notice 21
Persons entitled to receive notice 21
Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice 22
   
11 Proceedings at meetings of Members 22
     
Quorum 22
Lack of quorum 22
Chairman 23
Right of a Director to attend and speak 23
Accommodation of Members at meeting 23
Security 23
Adjournment 24
Method of voting 24
Outcome of vote by show of hands 24
Withdrawal of demand for a poll 24
Taking of a poll 25
Chairman’s casting vote 25
Written resolutions 25
Sole-Member Company 26

 

ii

 

 

12 Voting rights of Members 26
     
Right to vote 26
Rights of joint holders 26
Representation of corporate Members 27
Member with mental disorder 27
Objections to admissibility of votes 27
Form of proxy 28
How and when proxy is to be delivered 28
Voting by proxy 30
   
13 Number of Directors 30
     
14 Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors 30
     
First Directors 30
No age limit 31
Corporate Directors 31
No shareholding qualification 31
Appointment of Directors 31
Board’s power to appoint Directors 31
Removal of Directors 31
Resignation of Directors 31
Termination of the office of Director 32
   
15 Alternate Directors 32
     
Appointment and removal 32
Notices 33
Rights of alternate Director 33
Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director 33
Status of alternate Director 34
Status of the Director making the appointment 34
   
16 Powers of Directors 34
     
Powers of Directors 34
Directors below the minimum number 34
Appointments to office 35
Provisions for employees 35
Exercise of voting rights 36
Remuneration 36
Disclosure of information 36
   
17 Delegation of powers 37
     
Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee 37
Local boards 37
Power to appoint an agent of the Company 38
Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company 38
Borrowing Powers 38
Corporate Governance 39

 

iii

 

 

18 Meetings of Directors 39
     
Regulation of Directors’ meetings 39
Calling meetings 39
Notice of meetings 39
Use of technology 39
Quorum 39
Chairman or deputy to preside 39
Voting 40
Recording of dissent 40
Written resolutions 40
Validity of acts of Directors in spite of formal defect 41
   
19 Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure 41
     
20 Minutes 42
     
21 Accounts and audit 42
     
Auditors 43
     
22 Record dates 43
     
23 Dividends 43
     
Source of dividends 43
Declaration of dividends by Members 44
Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by Directors 44
Apportionment of dividends 45
Right of set off 45
Power to pay other than in cash 45
How payments may be made 45
Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights 46
Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed 46
   
24 Capitalisation of profits 46
     
Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve; 46
Applying an amount for the benefit of Members 47
   
25 Share Premium Account 47
     
Directors to maintain share premium account 47
Debits to share premium account 47
   
26 Seal 48
     
Company seal 48
Duplicate seal 48
When and how seal is to be used 48
If no seal is adopted or used 48
Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal 48
Validity of execution 49

 

iv

 

 

27 Indemnity 49
     
Release 49
Insurance 50
   
28 Notices 50
     
Form of notices 50
Electronic communications 50
Persons entitled to notices 52
Persons authorised to give notices 52
Delivery of written notices 52
Joint holders 52
Signatures 52
Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member 53
Date of giving notices 53
Saving provision 53
   
29 Authentication of Electronic Records 54
     
Application of Articles 54
Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means 54
Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means 54
Manner of signing 55
Saving provision 55
   
30 Transfer by way of continuation 55
     
31 Winding up 56
     
Distribution of assets in specie 56
No obligation to accept liability 56
   
32 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles 56
     
Power to change name or amend Memorandum 56
Power to amend these Articles 56

 

v

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Amended and Restated Articles of Association

 

of

 

Micropolis Holding Company

 

(conditionally adopted by special resolution passed on [*] 2024 with effect [immediately prior
to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering])

 

1Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A

 

Definitions

 

1.1In these Articles, the following definitions apply:

 

Act means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

Articles means, as appropriate:

 

(a)these articles of association as amended from time to time: or

 

(b)two or more particular articles of these Articles;

 

and Article refers to a particular article of these Articles;

 

Auditors means the auditor or auditors for the time being of the Company;

 

Board means the board of Directors from time to time;

 

Business Day means a day when banks in Grand Cayman, the Cayman Islands are open for the transaction of normal banking business and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the Cayman Islands;

 

Cayman Islands means the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands;

 

Clear Days, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

 

(a)the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; and

 

1

 

 

(b)the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

Commission means Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or other federal agency for the time being administering the U.S. Securities Act;

 

Company means the above-named company;

 

Default Rate means ten per cent per annum;

 

Designated Stock Exchanges means NASDAQ Capital Market in the United States of America for so long as the Company’s Shares are there listed and any other stock exchange on which the Company’s Shares are listed for trading;

 

Designated Stock Exchange Rules means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares on the Designated Stock Exchanges;

 

Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company, and the expression Director shall be construed accordingly;

 

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Electronic Communication Facilities means video, video-conferencing, internet or online conferencing applications, telephone or tele-conferencing and/or any other video-communications, internet or online conferencing application or telecommunications facilities by means of which all persons participating in a meeting are capable of hearing and being heard by each other;

 

Electronic Record has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Electronic Signature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

Fully Paid Up means:

 

(a)in relation to a Share with par value, means that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth; and

 

(b)in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

2

 

 

General Meeting means a general meeting of the Company duly constituted in accordance with the Articles;

 

Independent Director means a Director who is an independent director as defined in the Designated Stock Exchange Rules as determined by the Board;

 

Member means any person or persons entered on the register of Members from time to time as the holder of a Share;

 

Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company as amended from time to time;

 

month means a calendar month;

 

Officer means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company including a Director, alternate Director or liquidator and excluding the Secretary;

 

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of a General Meeting passed by a simple majority of Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy at that meeting. The expression includes a unanimous written resolution;

 

Ordinary Share means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company;

 

Partly Paid Up means:

 

(c)in relation to a Share with par value, that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth; and

 

(d)in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has not been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

 

Share means a share in the share capital of the Company and the expression:

 

(e)includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and

 

(f)where the context permits, also includes a fraction of a Share;

 

Special Resolution means a resolution of a General Meeting or a resolution of a meeting of the holders of any class of Shares in a class meeting duly constituted in accordance with the Articles in each case passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of Members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person or by proxy at that meeting. The expression includes a unanimous written resolution;

 

3

 

 

Treasury Shares means Shares held in treasury pursuant to the Act and Article 2.12; and

 

U.S. Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Virtual Meeting means any general meeting of the Members at which the Members (and any other permitted participants of such meeting, including without limitation the chairman of the meeting and any Directors) are permitted to attend and participate solely by means of Electronic Communication Facilities.

 

Interpretation

 

1.2In the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)A reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Cayman Islands as known by its short title, and includes:

 

(i)any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and

 

(ii)any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute.

 

Without limitation to the preceding sentence, a reference to a revised Act of the Cayman Islands is taken to be a reference to the revision of that Act in force from time to time as amended from time to time.

 

(b)Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles, unless there is ambiguity.

 

(c)If a day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under these Articles is not a Business Day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next Business Day.

 

(d)A word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders.

 

(e)A reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or government agency.

 

(f)Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning another part of speech or grammatical form in respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.

 

4

 

 

(g)All references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s registered office is located.

 

(h)The words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied.

 

(i)The words including, include and in particular or any similar expression are to be construed without limitation.

 

(j)The term “present” means, in respect of any person attending a meeting, such person’s presence at a general meeting of Members (or any meeting of the holders of any class of Shares), which may be satisfied by means of such person or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, its duly authorized representative (or, in the case of any Member, a proxy which has been validly appointed by such Member in accordance with these Articles), being: (a) physically present at the meeting; or (b) in the case of any meeting at which Electronic Communication Facilities are permitted in accordance with these Articles, including any Virtual Meeting, connected by means of the use of such Electronic Communication Facilities.

 

1.3The headings in these Articles are intended for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of these Articles.

 

Exclusion of Table A Articles

 

1.4The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Act and any other regulations contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply to the Company.

 

2Shares

 

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

 

2.1Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles about the redemption and purchase of the Shares, the Directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. No Share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

2.2Without limitation to the preceding Article, the Directors may so deal with the unissued Shares:

 

(a)either at a premium or at par; or

 

5

 

 

(b)with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.

 

2.3Without limitation to the two preceding Articles, the Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees

 

2.4The Company may pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person:

 

(a)subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally; or

 

(b)procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional,

 

for any Shares. That commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up Shares or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

2.5The Company may employ a broker in the issue of its capital and pay him any proper commission or brokerage.

 

Trusts not recognised

 

2.6Except as required by Law:

 

(a)no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share on any trust; and

 

(b)no person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a Share.

 

Security interests

 

2.7Notwithstanding the preceding Article, the Company may (but shall not be obliged to) recognise a security interest of which it has actual notice over shares. The Company shall not be treated as having recognised any such security interest unless it has so agreed in writing with the secured party.

 

Power to vary class rights

 

2.8If the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares then, unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights attaching to a class of Shares may only be varied if one of the following applies:

 

(a)the Members holding not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class consent in writing to the variation; or

 

6

 

 

(b)the variation is made with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Members holding the issued Shares of that class.

 

2.9For the purpose of Article 2.8(b), all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to every such separate meeting except that:

 

(a)the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding, or representing by proxy, not less than one third of the issued Shares of the class; and

 

(b)any Member holding issued Shares of the class, present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a corporate Member, by its duly authorised representative, at the meeting may demand a poll.

 

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

 

2.10Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class.

 

No bearer Shares or warrants

 

2.11The Company shall not issue Shares or warrants to bearers.

 

Treasury Shares

 

2.12Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires by way of surrender in accordance with the Act shall be held as Treasury Shares and not treated as cancelled if:

 

(a)the Directors so determine prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of those shares; and

 

(b)the relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles and the Act are otherwise complied with.

 

Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters

 

2.13No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to Members on a winding up) may be made to the Company in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

2.14The Company shall be entered in the register of Members as the holder of the Treasury Shares. However:

 

(a)the Company shall not be treated as a Member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void; and

 

7

 

 

(b)a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Act.

 

2.15Nothing in Article 2.14 prevents an allotment of Shares as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share and Shares allotted as Fully Paid Up bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

2.16Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company in accordance with the Act and otherwise on such terms and conditions as the Directors determine.

 

Register of Members

 

2.17The Directors shall keep or cause to be kept a register of Members as required by the Act and may cause the Company to maintain one or more branch registers as contemplated by the Act, provided that where the Company is maintaining one or more branch registers, the Directors shall ensure that a duplicate of each branch register is kept with the Company’s principal register of Members and updated within such number of days of any amendment having been made to such branch register as may be required by the Act.

 

2.18The title to Shares listed on a Designated Stock Exchange may be evidenced and transferred in accordance with the laws applicable to the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and, for these purposes, the register of Members may be maintained in accordance with Article 40B of the Act.

 

Annual Return

 

2.19The Directors in each calendar year shall prepare or cause to be prepared an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Act and shall deliver a copy thereof to the registrar of companies for the Cayman Islands.

 

3Share certificates

 

Issue of share certificates

 

3.1A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. If the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued, upon being entered in the register of Members as the holder of a Share, the Directors may issue to any Member:

 

(a)without payment, one certificate for all the Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon transferring a part of the Member’s holding of Shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of that holding); and

 

8

 

 

(b)upon payment of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine for every certificate after the first, several certificates each for one or more of that Member’s Shares.

 

3.2Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid Up or Partly Paid Up. A certificate may be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the Directors determine.

 

3.3Every certificate shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the U.S. Securities Act (to the extent applicable).

 

3.4The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

 

3.5If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to:

 

(a)evidence;

 

(b)indemnity;

 

(c)payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and

 

(d)payment of a reasonable fee, if any for issuing a replacement share certificate,

 

as the Directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

4Lien on Shares

 

Nature and scope of lien

 

4.1The Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether Fully Paid Up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all monies payable to the Company by the Member or the Member’s estate:

 

(a)either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and

 

9

 

 

(b)whether or not those monies are presently payable.

 

4.2At any time the Board may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.3The Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are met:

 

(a)the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;

 

(b)the Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and

 

(c)that sum is not paid within fourteen Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under these Articles,

 

and Shares to which this Article 4.3 applies shall be referred to as Lien Default Shares.

 

4.4The Lien Default Shares may be sold in such manner as the Board determines.

 

4.5To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Directors shall incur no personal liability to the Member concerned in respect of the sale.

 

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

 

4.6To give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Lien Default Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.

 

4.7The title of the transferee of the Lien Default Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.8On a sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:

 

(a)the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder of those Lien Default Shares; and

 

10

 

 

(b)that person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for those Lien Default Shares.

 

4.9Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 4.8, such person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Lien Default Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The Board may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the Lien Default Shares at the time of sale or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

Application of proceeds of sale

 

4.10The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to the person whose Lien Default Shares have been sold:

 

(a)if no certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or

 

(b)if a certificate for the Lien Default Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that certificate for cancellation

 

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not presently payable as existed on the Lien Default Shares before the sale.

 

5Calls on Shares and forfeiture

 

Power to make calls and effect of calls

 

5.1Subject to the terms of allotment, the Board may make calls on the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments. Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required by the notice.

 

5.2Before receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in whole or in part.

 

5.3A Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. He shall not be liable for calls made after he is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.

 

11

 

 

Time when call made

 

5.4A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

 

Liability of joint holders

 

5.5Members registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the Share.

 

Interest on unpaid calls

 

5.6If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid:

 

(a)at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or

 

(b)if no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.

 

The Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

Deemed calls

 

5.7Any amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise, shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

Power to accept early payment

 

5.8The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

 

5.9Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

 

Notice of default

 

5.10If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice requiring payment of:

 

(a)the amount unpaid;

 

12

 

 

(b)any interest which may have accrued;

 

(c)any expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person’s default.

 

5.11The notice shall state the following:

 

(a)the place where payment is to be made; and

 

(b)a warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

 

5.12If the notice given pursuant to Article 5.10 is not complied with, the Directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the Board may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture.

 

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

 

5.13A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Board determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

 

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

 

5.14On forfeiture or surrender:

 

(a)the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of Members as the holder of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and

 

(b)that person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited or surrendered Shares.

 

5.15Despite the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:

 

(a)all expenses; and

 

13

 

 

(b)interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:

 

(i)at the rate of which interest was payable on those monies before forfeiture; or

 

(ii)if no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.

 

The Directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

 

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

 

5.16A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a Director or the Secretary shall be conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to forfeited Shares:

 

(a)that the person making the declaration is a Director or Secretary of the Company, and

 

(b)that the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

 

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

 

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

 

5.17Any person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

 

6Transfer of Shares

 

Form of Transfer

 

6.1Subject to the following Articles about the transfer of Shares, and provided that such transfer complies with applicable rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, a Member may freely transfer Shares to another person by completing an instrument of transfer in a common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the directors, executed:

 

(a)where the Shares are Fully Paid, by or on behalf of that Member; and

 

(b)where the Shares are partly paid, by or on behalf of that Member and the transferee.

 

14

 

 

6.2The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered into the Register of Members.

 

Power to refuse registration for Shares not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange

 

6.3Where the Shares in question are not listed on or subject to the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of such Shares which are not Fully Paid Up or on which the Company has a lien. The Directors may also, but are not required to, decline to register any transfer of any such Share unless:

 

(a)the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

(b)the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of Shares;

 

(c)the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

(d)in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

(e)the Shares transferred are Fully Paid Up and free of any lien in favour of the Company; and

 

(f)any applicable fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchanges may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require, related to the transfer is paid to the Company.

 

Suspension of transfers

 

6.4The registration of transfers may, on 14 days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means, be suspended and the register of Members closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the register of Members closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

Company may retain instrument of transfer

 

6.5All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company.

 

Notice of refusal to register

 

6.6If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any Shares not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, they shall within one month after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

15

 

 

7Transmission of Shares

 

Persons entitled on death of a Member

 

7.1If a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members’ interest are the following:

 

(a)where the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and

 

(b)where the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member’s personal representative or representatives.

 

7.2Nothing in these Articles shall release the deceased Member’s estate from any liability in respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.

 

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.3A person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may elect to do either of the following:

 

(a)to become the holder of the Share; or

 

(b)to transfer the Share to another person.

 

7.4That person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the Directors may properly require.

 

7.5If the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it were an executed instrument of transfer.

 

7.6If the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:

 

(a)if the Share is Fully Paid Up, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and

 

(b)if the Share is nil or Partly Paid Up, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument of transfer.

 

7.7All the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate, the instrument of transfer.

 

16

 

 

Indemnity

 

7.8A person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member shall indemnify the Company and the Directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company or the Directors as a result of that registration.

 

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.9A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. But, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

8Alteration of capital

 

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

 

8.1To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution do any of the following and amend its Memorandum for that purpose:

 

(a)increase its share capital by new Shares of the amount fixed by that Ordinary Resolution and with the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that Ordinary Resolution;

 

(b)consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)convert all or any of its Paid Up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into Paid Up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d)sub-divide its Shares or any of them into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

(e)cancel Shares which, at the date of the passing of that Ordinary Resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.

 

17

 

 

Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares

 

8.2Whenever, as a result of a consolidation of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions of a Share the Directors may on behalf of those Members deal with the fractions as it thinks fit, including (without limitation):

 

(a)sell the Shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company); and

 

(b)distribute the net proceeds in due proportion among those Members.

 

8.3For the purposes of Article 8.2, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares to, in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Reducing share capital

 

8.4Subject to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any way.

 

9Redemption and purchase of own Shares

 

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares

 

9.1Subject to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may by its Directors:

 

(a)issue Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its Directors determine before the issue of those Shares;

 

(b)with the consent by Special Resolution of the Members holding Shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of Shares so as to provide that those Shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company on the terms and in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such variation; and

 

(c)purchase all or any of its own Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares on the terms and in the manner which the Directors determine at the time of such purchase.

 

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Act, including out of any combination of the following: capital, its profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

 

18

 

 

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

 

9.2When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the Directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorised by the terms of the allotment of those Shares or by the terms applying to those Shares in accordance with Article 9.1, or otherwise by agreement with the Member holding those Shares.

 

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

 

9.3Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:

 

(a)the Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share other than the right to receive:

 

(i)the price for the Share; and

 

(ii)any dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;

 

(b)the Member’s name shall be removed from the register of Members with respect to the Share; and

 

(c)the Share shall be cancelled or held as a Treasury Share, as the Directors may determine.

 

9.4For the purpose of Article 9.3, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the Member’s name is removed from the register of Members with respect to the Shares the subject of the redemption or purchase.

 

10Meetings of Members

 

Annual and extraordinary general meetings

 

10.1The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the applicable Designated Stock Exchange Rules) be obligated to, in each year hold a general meeting as an annual general meeting, which, if held, shall be convened by the Board, in accordance with these Articles.

 

10.2All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

19

 

 

Power to call meetings

 

10.3The Directors may call a general meeting at any time.

 

10.4If there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, the Directors must call a general meeting for the purpose of appointing additional Directors.

 

10.5The Directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the next two Articles.

 

10.6The requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold at least ten (10) per cent of the rights to vote at such general meeting.

 

10.7The requisition must also:

 

(a)specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

(b)be signed by or on behalf of each requisitioner (and for this purpose each joint holder shall be obliged to sign). The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more of the requisitioners; and

 

(c)be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions.

 

10.8Should the Directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 Clear Days’ from the date of receipt of a requisition, the requisitioners or any of them may call a general meeting within three months after the end of that period.

 

10.9Without limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, any one or more Members who together hold at least ten per cent of the rights to vote at a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment of additional Directors.

 

10.10If the Members call a meeting under the above provisions, the Company shall reimburse their reasonable expenses.

 

Content of notice

 

10.11Notice of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:

 

(a)the place, the date and the hour of the meeting;

 

20

 

 

(b)if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, or any meeting at which Electronic Communication Facilities will be utilized (including any Virtual Meeting), the Electronic Communication Facilities that will be used to facilitate the meeting, including the procedures to be followed by any Member or other participant of the meeting who wishes to utilise such Electronic Communication Facilities for the purposes of attending and participating in such meeting;

 

(c)subject to paragraph (d) and (to the extent applicable) the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, the general nature of the business to be transacted; and

 

(d)if a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution.

 

10.12In each notice there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:

 

(a)that a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member; and

 

(b)that a proxyholder need not be a Member.

 

Period of notice

 

10.13At least five Clear Days’ notice of general meeting must be given to Members.

 

10.14Subject to the Act, a meeting may be convened on shorter notice, subject to the Act with the consent of the Member or Members who, individually or collectively, hold at least ninety per cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at that meeting.

 

Persons entitled to receive notice

 

10.15Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice shall be given to the following people:

 

(a)the Members;

 

(b)persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member;

 

(c)the Directors; and

 

(d)the Auditors (if appointed).

 

10.16The Board may determine that the Members entitled to receive notice of a meeting are those persons entered on the register of Members at the close of business on a day determined by the Board.

 

21

 

 

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

 

10.17Proceedings at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:

 

(a)an accidental failure to give notice of the meeting to any person entitled to notice; or

 

(b)non-receipt of notice of the meeting by any person entitled to notice.

 

10.18In addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website proceedings at the meeting shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:

 

(a)in a different place on the website; or

 

(b)for part only of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

11Proceedings at meetings of Members

 

Quorum

 

11.1Save as provided in the following Article, no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present in person or by proxy at the meeting. A quorum is as follows:

 

(a)if the Company has only one Member: that Member;

 

(b)if the Company has more than one Member: one or more Members holding Shares that represent not less than one-third of the outstanding Shares carrying the right to vote at such general meeting.

 

Lack of quorum

 

11.2If a quorum is not present at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if at any time during the meeting it becomes inquorate, then the following provisions apply:

 

(a)If the meeting was requisitioned by Members, it shall be cancelled.

 

(b)In any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days hence, or to such other time or place as is determined by the Directors. If a quorum is not present at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then the Members present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall constitute a quorum.

 

22

 

 

Chairman

 

11.3The chairman of a general meeting (including any Virtual Meeting) shall be the chairman of the Board or such other Director as the Directors have nominated to chair Board meetings in the absence of the chairman of the Board. Absent any such person being present at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall be entitled to attend and participate at any such general meeting by means of Electronic Communication Facilities, and to act as the chairman of such general meeting, in which event the chairman of the meeting shall be deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

11.4If no Director is present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no Director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

Right of a Director to attend and speak

 

11.5Even if a Director is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares.

 

Accommodation of Members at meeting and Virtual Meeting

 

11.6lf it appears to the chairman of the meeting that the meeting place specified in the notice convening the meeting is inadequate to accommodate all Members entitled and wishing to attend, the meeting will be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chairman is satisfied that adequate facilities are available to ensure that a Member who is unable to be accommodated is able (whether at the meeting place or elsewhere):

 

(a)to participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened;

 

(b)to hear and see all persons present who speak (whether by the use of microphones, loud-speakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise); and

 

(c)to be heard and seen by all other persons present in the same way.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may determine that any general meeting may be held as a Virtual Meeting.

 

Security

 

11.7In addition to any measures which the Board may be required to take due to the location or venue of the meeting, the Board may make any arrangement and impose any restriction it considers appropriate and reasonable in the circumstances to ensure the security of a meeting including, without limitation, the searching of any person attending the meeting and the imposing of restrictions on the items of personal property that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board may refuse entry to, or eject from, a meeting a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements or restrictions.

 

23

 

 

Adjournment

 

11.8The chairman may at any time adjourn a meeting with the consent of the Members constituting a quorum. The chairman must adjourn the meeting if so directed by the meeting. No business, however, can be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

11.9Should a meeting be adjourned for more than 7 Clear Days, whether because of a lack of quorum or otherwise, Members shall be given at least seven Clear Days’ notice of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment.

 

Method of voting

 

11.10A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on, the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded. Subject to the Act, a poll may be demanded:

 

(a)by the chairman of the meeting;

 

(b)by at least two Members having the right to vote on the resolutions; or

 

(c)by any Member or Members present who, individually or collectively, hold at least ten per cent of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote on the resolution.

 

Outcome of vote by show of hands

 

11.11Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

11.12The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken, but only with the consent of the chairman. The chairman shall announce any such withdrawal to the meeting and, unless another person forthwith demands a poll, any earlier show of hands on that resolution shall be treated as the vote on that resolution; if there has been no earlier show of hands, then the resolution shall be put to the vote of the meeting.

 

24

 

 

Taking of a poll

 

11.13A poll demanded on the question of adjournment shall be taken immediately.

 

11.14A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at an adjourned meeting at such time and place as the chairman directs, not being more than thirty Clear Days after the poll was demanded.

 

11.15The demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing to transact any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

11.16A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held in more than place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers in more than place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

 

Chairman’s casting vote

 

11.17In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

Written resolutions

 

11.18Members may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

(a)all Members entitled to vote are given notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members;

 

(b)all Members entitled so to vote:

 

(i)sign a document; or

 

(ii)sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(c)the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held, is passed when all such Members have so signified their agreement to the resolution.

 

25

 

 

11.19If a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it has effect accordingly.

 

11.20The Directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members. In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.

 

Sole-Member Company

 

11.21If the Company has only one Member, and the Member records in writing his decision on a question, that record shall constitute both the passing of a resolution and the minute of it.

 

12Voting rights of Members

 

Right to vote

 

12.1Unless their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and all Members holding Shares of a particular class of Shares are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

12.2Members may vote in person or by proxy.

 

12.3On a show of hands, every Member shall have one vote. For the avoidance of doubt, an individual who represents two or more Members, including a Member in that individual’s own right, that individual shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Member.

 

12.4On a poll a Member shall have one vote for each Share he holds, unless any Share carries special voting rights.

 

12.5No Member is bound to vote on his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his Shares in the same way.

 

Rights of joint holders

 

12.6If Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares appears first in the register of Members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holder.

 

26

 

 

Representation of corporate Members

 

12.7Save where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by a duly authorised representative.

 

12.8A corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person to the Company by notice in writing.

 

12.9The authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company before the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.

 

12.10The Directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of the notice.

 

12.11Where a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.

 

12.12A corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the duly authorised representative before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

Member with mental disorder

 

12.13A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by that Member’s receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court.

 

12.14For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

Objections to admissibility of votes

 

12.15An objection to the validity of a person’s vote may only be raised at the meeting or at the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

27

 

 

Form of proxy

 

12.16An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by the Directors.

 

12.17The instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a)by the Member; or

 

(b)by the Member’s authorised attorney; or

 

(c)if the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by an authorised officer, secretary or attorney.

 

If the Directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

 

12.18The Directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment of a proxy.

 

12.19A Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy at any time by notice to the Company duly signed in accordance with Article 12.17.

 

12.20No revocation by a Member of the appointment of a proxy made in accordance with Article 12.19 will affect the validity of any acts carried out by the relevant proxy before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

How and when proxy is to be delivered

 

12.21Subject to the following Articles, the Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed (or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in any other way approved by the Directors) must be delivered so that it is received by the Company before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote. They must be delivered in either of the following ways:

 

(a)In the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:

 

(i)to the registered office of the Company; or

 

(ii)to such other place within the Cayman Islands specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

28

 

 

(b)If, pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:

 

(i)in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

(ii)in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

(iii)in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

(c)Notwithstanding Article 12.21(a) and Article 12.21(b), the chairman of the Company may, in any event at his discretion, direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.

 

12.22Where a poll is taken:

 

(a)if it is taken more than seven Clear Days after it is demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered in accordance with Article 12.21 before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

 

(b)if it to be taken within seven Clear Days after it was demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered in accordance with Article 12.21 before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

12.23If the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.

 

12.24When two or more valid but differing appointments of proxy are delivered or received in respect of the same Share for use at the same meeting and in respect of the same matter, the one which is last validly delivered or received (regardless of its date or of the date of its execution) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the other or others as regards that Share. lf the Company is unable to determine which appointment was last validly delivered or received, none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that Share.

 

29

 

 

12.25The Board may at the expense of the Company send forms of appointment of proxy to the Members by post (that is to say, pre-paying and posting a letter), or by Electronic communication or otherwise (with or without provision for their return by pre-paid post) for use at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of Shares, either blank or nominating as proxy in the alternative any one or more of the Directors or any other person. lf for the purpose of any meeting invitations to appoint as proxy a person or one of a number of persons specified in the invitations are issued at the Company’s expense, they shall be issued to all (and not to some only) of the Members entitled to be sent notice of the meeting and to vote at it. The accidental omission to send such a form of appointment or to give such an invitation to, or the non-receipt of such form of appointment by, any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting

 

Voting by proxy

 

12.26A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

 

12.27The instrument appointing a proxy to vote at a meeting shall be deemed also to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and, for the purposes of Article 11.11, a demand by a person as proxy for a Member shall be the same as a demand by a Member. Such appointment shall not confer any further right to speak at the meeting, except with the permission of the chairman of the meeting.

 

13Number of Directors

 

13.1There shall be a Board consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. Unless fixed by Ordinary Resolution, the maximum number of Directors shall be unlimited.

 

13.2For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall include at least such number of Independent Directors as applicable law, rules or regulations or the Designated Stock Exchange Rules require as determined by the Board.

 

14Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors

 

First Directors

 

14.1The first Directors shall be appointed in writing by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum, or a majority of them.

 

30

 

 

No age limit

 

14.2There is no age limit for Directors save that they must be at least eighteen years of age.

 

Corporate Directors

 

14.3Unless prohibited by law, a body corporate may be a Director. If a body corporate is a Director, the Articles about representation of corporate Members at general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Articles about Directors’ meetings.

 

No shareholding qualification

 

14.4Unless a shareholding qualification for Directors is fixed by Ordinary Resolution, no Director shall be required to own Shares as a condition of his appointment.

 

Appointment of Directors

 

14.5A Director may be appointed by Ordinary Resolution or by the Directors. Any appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director.

 

14.6A remaining Director may appoint a Director even though there is not a quorum of Directors.

 

14.7No appointment can cause the number of Directors to exceed the maximum (if one is set); and any such appointment shall be invalid.

 

Board’s power to appoint Directors

 

14.8Without prejudice to the Company’s power to appoint a person to be a Director pursuant to these Articles, the Board shall have power at any time to appoint any person who is willing to act as a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, subject to the total number of Directors not exceeding any maximum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles.

 

14.9Any Director so appointed shall, if still a Director, retire at the next annual general meeting after his appointment and be eligible to stand for election as a Director at such meeting.

 

Removal of Directors

 

14.10A Director may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Resignation of Directors

 

14.11A Director may at any time resign office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either case in accordance with those provisions.

 

14.12Unless the notice specifies a different date, the Director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date that the notice is delivered to the Company.

 

31

 

 

Termination of the office of Director

 

14.13A Director may retire from office as a Director by giving notice in writing to that effect to the Company at the registered office, which notice shall be effective upon such date as may be specified in the notice, failing which upon delivery to the registered office.

 

14.14Without prejudice to the provisions in these Articles for retirement (by rotation or otherwise), a Director’s office shall be terminated forthwith if:

 

(a)he is prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands from acting as a Director; or

 

(b)he is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(c)he resigns his office by notice to the Company; or

 

(d)he only held office as a Director for a fixed term and such term expires; or

 

(e)in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director; or

 

(f)he is given notice by the majority of the other Directors (not being less than two in number) to vacate office (without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any agreement relating to the provision of the services of such Director); or

 

(g)he is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order or otherwise; or

 

(h)without the consent of the other Directors, he is absent from meetings of Directors for a continuous period of six months.

 

15Alternate Directors

 

Appointment and removal

 

15.1Any Director may appoint any other person, including another Director, to act in his place as an alternate Director. No appointment shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the appointment to the Board.

 

15.2A Director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the revocation to the Board.

 

32

 

 

15.3A notice of appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effective only if given to the Company by one or more of the following methods:

 

(a)by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions contained in these Articles;

 

(b)if the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission to the facsimile address of the Company’s registered office a facsimile copy (in either case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report from the sender’s fax machine;

 

(c)if the Company has an email address for the time being, by emailing to that email address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment or, otherwise, by emailing to the email address provided by the Company’s registered office a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (in either case, the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 29.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or the Company’s registered office (as appropriate) in readable form; or

 

(d)if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.

 

Notices

 

15.4All notices of meetings of Directors shall continue to be given to the appointing Director and not to the alternate.

 

Rights of alternate Director

 

15.5An alternate Director shall be entitled to attend and vote at any Board meeting or meeting of a committee of the Directors at which the appointing Director is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of the appointing Director in his absence. An alternate Director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate Director.

 

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director

 

15.6An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if:

 

(a)the Director who appointed him ceases to be a Director; or

 

33

 

 

(b)the Director who appointed him revokes his appointment by notice delivered to the Board or to the registered office of the Company or in any other manner approved by the Board; or

 

(c)in any event happens in relation to him which, if he were a Director of the Company, would cause his office as Director to be vacated.

 

Status of alternate Director

 

15.7An alternate Director shall carry out all functions of the Director who made the appointment.

 

15.8Save where otherwise expressed, an alternate Director shall be treated as a Director under these Articles.

 

15.9An alternate Director is not the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

15.10An alternate Director is not entitled to any remuneration for acting as alternate Director.

 

Status of the Director making the appointment

 

15.11A Director who has appointed an alternate is not thereby relieved from the duties which he owes the Company.

 

16Powers of Directors

 

Powers of Directors

 

16.1Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and these Articles the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

16.2No prior act of the Directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles. However, to the extent allowed by the Act, Members may, by Special Resolution, validate any prior or future act of the Directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

 

Directors below the minimum number

 

16.3lf the number of Directors is less than the minimum prescribed in accordance with these Articles, the remaining Director or Directors shall act only for the purposes of appointing an additional Director or Directors to make up such minimum or of convening a general meeting of the Company for the purpose of making such appointment. lf there are no Director or Directors able or willing to act, any two Members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors. Any additional Director so appointed shall hold office (subject to these Articles) only until the dissolution of the annual general meeting next following such appointment unless he is re-elected during such meeting.

 

34

 

 

Appointments to office

 

16.4The Directors may appoint a Director:

 

(a)as chairman of the Board;

 

(b)as managing Director;

 

(c)to any other executive office,

 

for such period, and on such terms, including as to remuneration as they think fit.

 

16.5The appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.6Where a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of Directors.

 

16.7If there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting may select its own chairman; or the Directors may nominate one of their number to act in place of the chairman should he ever not be available.

 

16.8Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may also appoint and remove any person, who need not be a Director:

 

(a)as Secretary; and

 

(b)to any office that may be required

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the Directors decide.

 

16.9The Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.10A Director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not the hold the office, or perform the services, of auditor.

 

Provisions for employees

 

16.11The Board may make provision for the benefit of any persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (or any member of his family or any person who is dependent on him) in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings.

 

35

 

 

Exercise of voting rights

 

16.12The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the Shares in any body corporate held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit (including, without limitation, the exercise of that power in favour of any resolution appointing any Director as a Director of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the Directors of such body corporate).

 

Remuneration

 

16.13Every Director may be remunerated by the Company for the services he provides for the benefit of the Company, whether as Director, employee or otherwise, and shall be entitled to be paid for the expenses incurred in the Company’s business including attendance at Directors’ meetings.

 

16.14Until otherwise determined by the Company by Ordinary Resolution, the Directors (other than alternate Directors) shall be entitled to such remuneration by way of fees for their services in the office of Director as the Directors may determine.

 

16.15Remuneration may take any form and may include arrangements to pay pensions, health insurance, death or sickness benefits, whether to the Director or to any other person connected to or related to him.

 

16.16Unless his fellow Directors determine otherwise, a Director is not accountable to the Company for remuneration or other benefits received from any other company which is in the same group as the Company or which has common shareholdings.

 

Disclosure of information

 

16.17The Directors may release or disclose to a third party any information regarding the affairs of the Company, including any information contained in the register of Members relating to a Member, (and they may authorise any Director, Officer or other authorised agent of the Company to release or disclose to a third party any such information in his possession) if:

 

(a)the Company or that person, as the case may be, is lawfully required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company is subject; or

 

(b)such disclosure is in compliance with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules (to the extent applicable); or

 

(c)such disclosure is in accordance with any contract entered into by the Company; or

 

(d)the Directors are of the opinion such disclosure would assist or facilitate the Company’s operations.

 

36

 

 

17Delegation of powers

 

Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee

 

17.1The Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons who need not be Members. Persons on the committee may include non-Directors so long as the majority of those persons are Directors. Any such committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law.

 

17.2The delegation may be collateral with, or to the exclusion of, the Directors’ own powers.

 

17.3The delegation may be on such terms as the Directors think fit, including provision for the committee itself to delegate to a sub-committee; save that any delegation must be capable of being revoked or altered by the Directors at will.

 

17.4Unless otherwise permitted by the Directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by Directors.

 

17.5The Board shall establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in these Articles. Each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee shall consist of at least such number of Directors as may be required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules). The majority of the committee members on each of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee shall be Independent Directors. The audit committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as required from time to time by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules or otherwise required by applicable law.

 

Local boards

 

17.6The Board may establish any local or divisional board or agency for managing any of the affairs of the Company whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere and may appoint any persons to be members of a local or divisional Board, or to be managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration.

 

17.7The Board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of its powers and authorities (with power to sub-delegate) and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board or any of them to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies.

 

17.8Any appointment or delegation under this Article 17.8 may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board thinks fit and the Board may remove any person so appointed, and may revoke or vary any delegation.

 

37

 

 

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

 

17.9The Directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person’s powers. The Directors may make that appointment:

 

(a)by causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or

 

(b)in any other manner they determine.

 

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

 

17.10The Directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:

 

(a)for any purpose;

 

(b)with the powers, authorities and discretions;

 

(c)for the period; and

 

(d)subject to such conditions

 

as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the Directors under these Articles. The Directors may do so by power of attorney or any other manner they think fit.

 

17.11Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience for persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.

 

17.12The Board may remove any person appointed under Article 17.10 and may revoke or vary the delegation.

 

Borrowing Powers

 

17.13The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets both present and future and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or its parent undertaking (if any) or any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of any third party.

 

38

 

 

Corporate Governance

 

17.14The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives of the Company, which shall be intended to set forth the guiding principles and policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

18Meetings of Directors

 

Regulation of Directors’ meetings

 

18.1Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

Calling meetings

 

18.2Any Director may call a meeting of Directors at any time. The Secretary must call a meeting of the Directors if requested to do so by a Director.

 

Notice of meetings

 

18.3Notice of a Board meeting may be given to a Director personally or by word of mouth or given in writing or by Electronic communications at such address as he may from time to time specify for this purpose (or, if he does not specify an address, at his last known address). A Director may waive his right to receive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively.

 

Use of technology

 

18.4A Director may participate in a meeting of Directors through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting.

 

18.5A Director participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Quorum

 

18.6The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of Directors shall be two unless the Directors fix some other number.

 

Chairman or deputy to preside

 

18.7The Board may appoint a chairman and one or more deputy chairman or chairmen and may at any time revoke any such appointment.

 

39

 

 

18.8The chairman, or failing him any deputy chairman (the longest in office taking precedence if more than one is present), shall preside at all Board meetings. If no chairman or deputy chairman has been appointed, or if he is not present within five minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting, or is unwilling to act as chairman of the meeting, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting.

 

Voting

 

18.9A question which arises at a Board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes are equal the chairman may, if he wishes, exercise a casting vote.

 

Recording of dissent

 

18.10A Director present at a meeting of Directors shall be presumed to have assented to any action taken at that meeting unless:

 

(a)his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

 

(b)he has filed with the meeting before it is concluded signed dissent from that action; or

 

(c)he has forwarded to the Company as soon as practical following the conclusion of that meeting signed dissent.

 

A Director who votes in favour of an action is not entitled to record his dissent to it.

 

Written resolutions

 

18.11The Directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if all Directors sign a document or sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Directors.

 

18.12A written resolution signed by a validly appointed alternate Director need not also be signed by the appointing Director.

 

18.13A written resolution signed personally by the appointing Director need not also be signed by his alternate.

 

18.14A resolution in writing passed pursuant to Article 18.11, Article 18.12 and/or Article 18.13 shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the last Director signs (and for the avoidance of doubt, such day may or may not be a Business Day).

 

40

 

 

Validity of acts of Directors in spite of formal defect

 

18.15All acts done by a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, or by any person acting as a Director or an alternate Director, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director or member of the committee, or that any of them were disqualified or had vacated office or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified and had continued to be a Director or alternate Director and had been entitled to vote.

 

19Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure

 

19.1A Director shall not, as a Director, vote in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which (together with any interest of any person connected with him) is a material interest (otherwise then by virtue of his interests, direct or indirect, in Shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company) and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted, nor in relation thereto shall he be counted in the quorum present at the meeting, but (in the absence of some other material interest than is mentioned below) none of these prohibitions shall apply to:

 

(a)the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity in respect of:

 

(i)money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

 

(ii)a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which the Director himself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

(b)where the Company or any of its subsidiaries is offering securities in which offer the Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the Director is to or may participate;

 

(c)any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal affecting any other body corporate in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor or otherwise howsoever, provided that he (together with persons connected with him) does not to his knowledge hold an interest representing one per cent or more of any class of the equity share capital of such body corporate (or of any third body corporate through which his interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate (any such interest being deemed for the purposes of this Article 19.1 to be a material interest in all circumstances);

 

(d)any act or thing done or to be done in respect of any arrangement for the benefit of the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under which he is not accorded as a Director any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or

 

41

 

 

(e)any matter connected with the purchase or maintenance for any Director of insurance against any liability or (to the extent permitted by the Act) indemnities in favour of Directors, the funding of expenditure by one or more Directors in defending proceedings against him or them or the doing of any thing to enable such Director or Directors to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

19.2A Director may, as a Director, vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any contract, transaction, arrangement or proposal in which he has an interest which is not a material interest or which falls within Article 19.1.

 

20Minutes

 

20.1The Company shall cause minutes to be made in books of:

 

(a)all appointments of Officers and committees made by the Board and of any such Officer’s remuneration; and

 

(b)the names of Directors present at every meeting of the Directors, a committee of the Board, the Company or the holders of any class of shares or debentures, and all orders, resolutions and proceedings of such meetings.

 

20.2Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of the meeting at which the proceedings were held or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting or the Secretary, shall be prima facie evidence of the matters stated in them.

 

21Accounts and audit

 

21.1The Directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

 

21.2The books of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Act or as authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

21.3Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 March in each year and begin on 1 April in each year.

 

42

 

 

Auditors

 

21.4The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

21.5At any general meeting convened and held at any time in accordance with these Articles, the Members may, by Ordinary Resolution, remove the Auditor before the expiration of his term of office. If they do so, the Members shall, by Ordinary Resolution, at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

 

21.6The Auditors shall examine such books, accounts and vouchers; as may be necessary for the performance of their duties.

 

21.7The Auditors shall, if so requested by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Company.

 

22Record dates

 

22.1Except to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the resolution declaring a dividend on Shares of any class, whether it be an Ordinary Resolution of the Members or a Director’s resolution, may specify that the dividend is payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that the date may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed.

 

22.2If the resolution does so specify, the dividend shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of those Shares at the close of business on the specified date in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of the dividend of transferors and transferees of any of those Shares.

 

22.3The provisions of this Article apply, mutatis mutandis, to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

 

23Dividends

 

Source of dividends

 

23.1Dividends may be declared and paid out of any funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution.

 

23.2Subject to the requirements of the Act regarding the application of a company’s Share premium account and with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, dividends may also be declared and paid out of any share premium account.

 

43

 

 

Declaration of dividends by Members

 

23.3Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by Directors

 

23.4The Directors may declare and pay interim dividends or recommend final dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members if it appears to them that they are justified by the financial position of the Company and that such dividends may lawfully be paid.

 

23.5Subject to the provisions of the Act, in relation to the distinction between interim dividends and final dividends, the following applies:

 

(a)Upon determination to pay a dividend or dividends described as interim by the Directors in the dividend resolution, no debt shall be created by the declaration until such time as payment is made.

 

(b)Upon declaration of a dividend or dividends described as final by the Directors in the dividend resolution, a debt shall be created immediately following the declaration, the due date to be the date the dividend is stated to be payable in the resolution.

 

If the resolution fails to specify whether a dividend is final or interim, it shall be assumed to be interim.

 

23.6In relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed rate, the following applies:

 

(a)If the share capital is divided into different classes, the Directors may pay dividends on Shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears.

 

(b)The Directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment.

 

(c)If the Directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

44

 

 

Apportionment of dividends

 

23.7Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts Paid Up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount Paid Up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid. But if a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

Right of set off

 

23.8The Directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to a Share.

 

Power to pay other than in cash

 

23.9If the Directors so determine, any resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets. If a difficulty arises in relation to the distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate. For example, they may do any one or more of the following:

 

(a)issue fractional Shares;

 

(b)fix the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and

 

(c)vest some assets in trustees.

 

How payments may be made

 

23.10A dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following ways:

 

(a)if the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account for that purpose - by wire transfer to that bank account; or

 

(b)by cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share.

 

23.11For the purposes of Article 23.10(a), the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purposes of Article 23.10(b), subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

45

 

 

23.12If two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders), a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:

 

(a)to the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the register of Members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may be; or

 

(b)to the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.

 

23.13Any Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable in respect of that Share.

 

Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights

 

23.14Unless provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.

 

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

 

23.15If a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was declared or both, the Directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company’s name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.

 

23.16A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.

 

24Capitalisation of profits

 

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

 

24.1The Directors may resolve to capitalise:

 

(a)any part of the Company’s profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not those profits are available for distribution); or

 

(b)any sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve, if any.

 

46

 

 

24.2The amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways::

 

(a)by paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member’s Shares;

 

(b)by issuing Fully Paid Up Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company to that Member or as that Member directs. The Directors may resolve that any Shares issued to the Member in respect of Partly Paid Up Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain Partly Paid Up.

 

Applying an amount for the benefit of Members

 

24.3The amount capitalised must be applied to the benefit of Members in the proportions to which the Members would have been entitled to dividends if the amount capitalised had been distributed as a dividend.

 

24.4Subject to the Act, if a fraction of a Share, a debenture or other security is allocated to a Member, the Directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent of the fraction.

 

25Share Premium Account

 

Directors to maintain share premium account

 

25.1The Directors shall establish a share premium account in accordance with the Act. They shall carry to the credit of that account from time to time an amount equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share or capital contributed or such other amounts required by the Act.

 

Debits to share premium account

 

25.2The following amounts shall be debited to any share premium account:

 

(a)on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption or purchase price; and

 

(b)any other amount paid out of a share premium account as permitted by the Act.

 

25.3Notwithstanding the preceding Article, on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the Directors may pay the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption purchase price out of the profits of the Company or, as permitted by the Act, out of capital.

 

47

 

 

26Seal

 

Company seal

 

26.1The Company may have a seal if the Directors so determine.

 

Duplicate seal

 

26.2Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may also have a duplicate seal or seals for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands. Each duplicate seal shall be a facsimile of the original seal of the Company. However, if the Directors so determine, a duplicate seal shall have added on its face the name of the place where it is to be used.

 

When and how seal is to be used

 

26.3A seal may only be used by the authority of the Directors. Unless the Directors otherwise determine, a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a)by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b)by a single Director (or his alternate).

 

If no seal is adopted or used

 

26.4If the Directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the following manner:

 

(a)by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b)by a single Director (or his alternate); or

 

(c)in any other manner permitted by the Act.

 

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

 

26.5The Directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:

 

(a)that the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction;

 

(b)that a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic Signature.

 

48

 

 

Validity of execution

 

26.6If a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the Director, or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of the Company.

 

27Indemnity

 

27.1To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary and other Officer of the Company (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:

 

(a)all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former Director’s (including alternate Director’s), Secretary’s or Officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and

 

(b)without limitation to paragraph (a), all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning the Company or its affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own fraud, dishonesty or wilful default.

 

27.2To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer of the Company in respect of any matter identified in Article 27.1 on condition that the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or that Officer for those legal costs.

 

Release

 

27.3To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person’s own dishonesty.

 

49

 

 

Insurance

 

27.4To the extent permitted by Act, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the Directors, other than liability arising out of that person’s own dishonesty:

 

(a)an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or Officer or auditor of:

 

(i)the Company;

 

(ii)a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;

 

(iii)a company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and

 

(b)a trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) is or was interested.

 

28Notices

 

Form of notices

 

28.1Save where these Articles provide otherwise, and subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules (to the extent applicable), any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be:

 

(a)in writing signed by or on behalf of the giver in the manner set out below for written notices; or

 

(b)subject to the next Article, in an Electronic Record signed by or on behalf of the giver by Electronic Signature and authenticated in accordance with Articles about authentication of Electronic Records; or

 

(c)where these Articles expressly permit, by the Company by means of a website.

 

Electronic communications

 

28.2A notice may only be given to the Company in an Electronic Record if:

 

(a)the Directors so resolve;

 

50

 

 

(b)the resolution states how an Electronic Record may be given and, if applicable, specifies an email address for the Company; and

 

(c)the terms of that resolution are notified to the Members for the time being and, if applicable, to those Directors who were absent from the meeting at which the resolution was passed.

 

If the resolution is revoked or varied, the revocation or variation shall only become effective when its terms have been similarly notified.

 

28.3A notice may not be given by Electronic Record to a person other than the Company unless the recipient has notified the giver of an Electronic address to which notice may be sent.

 

28.4Subject to the Act, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and to any other rules which the Company is bound to follow, the Company may also send any notice or other document pursuant to these Articles to a Member by publishing that notice or other document on a website where:

 

(a)the Company and the Member have agreed to his having access to the notice or document on a website (instead of it being sent to him);

 

(b)the notice or document is one to which that agreement applies;

 

(c)the Member is notified (in accordance with any requirements laid down by the Act and, in a manner for the time being agreed between him and the Company for the purpose) of:

 

(i)the publication of the notice or document on a website;

 

(ii)the address of that website; and

 

(iii)the place on that website where the notice or document may be accessed, and how it may be accessed; and

 

(d)the notice or document is published on that website throughout the publication period, provided that, if the notice or document is published on that website for a part, but not all of, the publication period, the notice or document shall be treated as being published throughout that period if the failure to publish that notice of document throughout that period is wholly attributable to circumstances which it would not be reasonable to have expected the Company to prevent or avoid. For the purposes of this Article 28.4 “publication period” means a period of not less than twenty-one days, beginning on the day on which the notification referred to in Article 28.4(c) is deemed sent.

 

51

 

 

Persons entitled to notices

 

28.5Any notice or other document to be given to a Member may be given by reference to the register of Members as it stands at any time within the period of twenty-one days before the day that the notice is given or (where and as applicable) within any other period permitted by, or in accordance with the requirements of, (to the extent applicable) the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and/or the Designated Stock Exchanges. No change in the register of Members after that time shall invalidate the giving of such notice or document or require the Company to give such item to any other person.

 

Persons authorised to give notices

 

28.6A notice by either the Company or a Member pursuant to these Articles may be given on behalf of the Company or a Member by a Director or company secretary of the Company or a Member.

 

Delivery of written notices

 

28.7Save where these Articles provide otherwise, a notice in writing may be given personally to the recipient, or left at (as appropriate) the Member’s or Director’s registered address or the Company’s registered office, or posted to that registered address or registered office.

 

Joint holders

 

28.8Where Members are joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to the Member whose name first appears in the register of Members.

 

Signatures

 

28.9A written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.

 

28.10An Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.

 

Evidence of transmission

 

28.11A notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit is received by the giver.

 

28.12A notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.

 

52

 

 

28.13A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of Shares shall be deemed to have received due notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

 

28.14A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled.

 

28.15Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

Date of giving notices

 

28.16A notice is given on the date identified in the following table

 

Method for giving notices When taken to be given
(A) Personally At the time and date of delivery
(B) By leaving it at the Member’s registered address At the time and date it was left
(C) By posting it by prepaid post to the street or postal address of that recipient 7 Clear Days after posting
(D) By Electronic Record (other than publication on a website), to recipient’s Electronic address Within 24 hours after the date it was sent
(E) By publication on a website 24 hours after the date on which the Member is deemed to have been notified of the publication of the notice or document on the website

 

Saving provision

 

28.17None of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of written resolutions of Directors and written resolutions of Members.

 

53

 

 

29Authentication of Electronic Records

 

Application of Articles

 

29.1Without limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary, or by a Director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either Article 29.2 or Article 29.4 applies.

 

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

 

29.2An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)the Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(b)the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

(c)Article 29.7 does not apply.

 

29.3For example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Member unless Article 28.7 applies.

 

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means

 

29.4An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)the Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers; and

 

(b)the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

54

 

 

(c)Article 29.7 does not apply.

 

This Article 29.4 applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.

 

29.5For example, where a sole Director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Director unless Article 29.7 applies.

 

Manner of signing

 

29.6For the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these Articles.

 

Saving provision

 

29.7A notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:

 

(a)believes that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original document; or

 

(b)believes that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or

 

(c)otherwise doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document

 

and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

 

30Transfer by way of continuation

 

30.1The Company may, by Special Resolution, resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside:

 

(a)the Cayman Islands; or

 

(b)such other jurisdiction in which it is, for the time being, incorporated, registered or existing.

 

55

 

 

30.2To give effect to any resolution made pursuant to the preceding Article, the Directors may cause the following:

 

(a)an application be made to the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or in the other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing; and

 

(b)all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

31Winding up

 

Distribution of assets in specie

 

31.1If the Company is wound up the Members may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction required by the Act, pass a Special Resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both of the following:

 

(a)to divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members; and/or

 

(b)to vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those liable to contribute to the winding up.

 

No obligation to accept liability

 

31.2No Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.

 

31.3The Directors are authorised to present a winding up petition

 

31.4The Directors have the authority to present a petition for the winding up of the Company to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on behalf of the Company without the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting.

 

32Amendment of Memorandum and Articles

 

Power to change name or amend Memorandum

 

32.1Subject to the Act, the Company may, by Special Resolution:

 

(a)change its name; or

 

(b)change the provisions of its Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter specified in the Memorandum.

 

Power to amend these Articles

 

32.2Subject to the Act and as provided in these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

 

56

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

Micropolis Holding Company NUMBER CERT.9999 INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS $0.0001 PAR VALUE ORDINARY SHARES SHARES *******9,000,000,000******* CUSIP 999999ZZ9 ORDINARY SHARES THIS CERTIFIES THAT * SPECIMEN * * NINE BILLION AND 00/100 * Is The Owner of FULLY PAID AND NON - ASSESSABLE SHARES OF ORDINARY SHARES OF Micropolis Holding Company Transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Dated: JANUARY 01, 2009 COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: VSTOCK TRANSFER, LLC Transfer Agent and Registrar Chief Executive Officer By: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

 

Micropolis Holding Company   Your Ref
Cayman Islands   Our Ref: 75133975.1\GLF009.000001

  

By email

 

19 January 2024

 

Dear Sir/Madam

 

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY (THE “COMPANY”)

 

We have acted as legal counsel in the United Arab Emirates to the Company in connection with a registration statement on form F-1 initially filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on December 22, 2023, as amended from time to time (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) of ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 each of the Company.

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon copies of the following documents:

 

(i)the Registration Statement; and

 

(ii)a draft of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement which is in substantially final form.

 

We have also reviewed and relied upon such documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.

 

We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures, stamps and seals and the conformity to the originals of all copies of documents (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; (b) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Prospectus and Registration Statement reviewed by us; (c) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with or declared effective by the Commission; (d) the legal capacity of natural persons; and (e) that the Prospectus, when published, will be in substantially the same form as that examined by us for purposes of this opinion.

 

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United Arab Emirates. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the United Arab Emirates.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the statements under the caption “Taxation — United Arab Emirates Taxation Considerations” in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of United Arab Emirates law, are accurate in all material respects.

 

Pinsent Masons LLP

 

The Offices 1, (adjacent to the Dubai World Trade Centre) One Central PO Box 115580 Dubai

 

T +971 4 373 9700 F +971 4 373 9701

 

 

 

 

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference of our name in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Pinsent Masons LLP

Pinsent Masons LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

Contractual Agreement

 

For the Implementation of Self-Driving Cars Project

 

This Contract was concluded on July 31, 2023 G in Dubai, UAW Between

 

1.Invest 56 LLC

 

Hereinafter referred to as [the First Party]

 

2.Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC

 

Hereinafter referred to as [the Second Party]

 

Preamble

 

Under this Contract, the First and Second Parties agreed to implement the self-driving cars project at the full responsibility of the Second Party and its own account, without any responsibility of any kind on the First Party, in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Contract.

 

First: Definitions and Nomenclature

 

The following terms shall have the meaning assigned to each of them as follows:

 

Project: Self-driving cars Self-driving cars: self-driving cars M01 and M02

 

The First Party: Invest 56 LLC

 

The Second Party: Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC

 

Product: Self-driving cars, including vehicles (MOl) and (M02), Technical Specifications Appendix.

 

Second: The First Party’s Obligations

 

1.Providing the necessary facilities to the Second Party to carry out the required works.

 

2.Providing data and information to the Second Party and any instructions within the scope of the subject matter of the Contract.

 

     
info@dubai-translationservices.com | dubai-translationservices.com
Office 403, Al Safa Tower, Sheikh Zayed Rd, Dubai, UAE, P.O.Box. 128516
 

 

 

 

 

 

3.Receiving reports for the services performed and ensuring that they comply with the required specifications.

 

4.Providing supervisors to follow up the workflow of the Second Party. For this purpose, the said supervisors may submit their observations and opinions that are in the interest of the First Party.

 

5.Providing media support and contributing to the promotion of the product through the police’s public relations office.

 

6.The First Party has the right to reject the product if it is in violation of the specifications and standards referred to in the preamble to this Contract. Further, according to this agreement, the First Party may order the Second Party to fulfill all product specifications.

 

7.Receiving the share of the First Party from the Second Party.

 

Third: The Second Party’s Obligations

 

1.The Second Party shall implement the project in accordance with the standards and specifications in force in this regard, with the aim of achieving the purpose for which this Contract was concluded, in order to achieve the interest of the First Party.

 

2.The Second Party shall implement the project of self-driving cars that (autonomously) perform a set of security tasks and operations described below, according to the artificial intelligence technologies that it is provided with or that it creates, by linking them to security programs and systems. These tasks and operations are as follows:

 

a.Carrying out surveillance and guarding in its deployment areas.

 

b.Recognizing criminal behavior.

 

c.Identifying the wanted persons.

 

d.Identifying the vehicles required.

 

e.Monitoring the traffic situation and monitoring violations.

 

f.Following up the suspects and suspected and wanted vehicles.

 

g.Carrying out forensic analysis and investigation.

 

h.Linking to the operations room of the Dubai Police and sending early warning.

 

     
info@dubai-translationservices.com | dubai-translationservices.com
Office 403, Al Safa Tower, Sheikh Zayed Rd, Dubai, UAE, P.O.Box. 128516
 

 

 

 

 

 

3.The Second Party shall abide by the laws, regulations, and decisions regulating the practice of the profession, its principles, and other regulations related to the principles of professional behavior in force in this regard, whicker carrying out its duties.

 

4.The Second Party shall maintain the confidentiality of the information that it may obtain under this Contract during the period of validity of the Contract and after its termination for any reason and shall take all procedures to ensure the safety and security of that information. Further, the Second Party undertakes to refrain from disclosing that information to any other party except after obtaining the written consent of the First Party. This provision applies to consultants, technicians and employees in charge of implementing the subject matter of this Contract.

 

5.The Second Party undertakes that the project subject of this Contract will be presented by it, as it is the executor of this type of study and marketing, and that it will fulfill all the obligations related to industrial and intellectual property rights as a result of its violation of such obligations.

 

6.The Second Party undertakes that it will not, without the prior written consent of the First Party, assign this Contract (or any part thereof) or implement it through subcontractors or transfer it to any party or any person, and in all cases, the Second Party remains responsible before the First Party jointly with the assignee or the subcontractor for every breach of the implementation of this Contract.

 

7.The Second Party shall deliver the specified percentages to the First Party.

 

8.The Second Party shall bear all the financial costs of the project and all the technical operations for the production of the said vehicles.

 

9.The Second Party shall implement the said project within (10) months, renewable for a period of (10) months, by virtue of agreement between the two parties, when the product is ready for marketing and sale.

 

10.The Second Party guarantees the technical capability of the product to be connectable with the security systems that enable it to perform the jobs referred to in the preamble to the Contract.

 

     
info@dubai-translationservices.com | dubai-translationservices.com
Office 403, Al Safa Tower, Sheikh Zayed Rd, Dubai, UAE, P.O.Box. 128516
 

 

 

 

 

 

11.The Second Party shall ensure that the intellectual property and the patent for the industrial design of the product and the security programs that operate the cars are a partnership between the two parties, excluding the self-driving program, and it shall remain a full ownership of the Second Party.

 

12.The Second Party undertakes that the created and developed items, including devices and technologies relating to the product, are joint between the two parties to the Contract, the intellectual property and patents are joint as well between them. Any device or technology innovated and developed by one of the parties solely shall remain that party’s intellectual property and patent.

 

13.The Second Party shall finance and produce one (1) self-driving car of each model and deliver it to the First Party ten (10) months after the date of this Contract, and two (2) self-driving cars of each model within 10 months, renewable for a maximum of 10 months after the first phase delivery period, in order to start the final commissioning tests.

 

14.The Second Party ensures that the product is in compliance with all applicable standards and requirements in all concerned authorities in the United Arab Emirates and the Emirate of Dubai.

 

15.The Second Party undertakes the marketing and sale of the product locally, regionally and globally, provided that this is done under the approval and supervision of the First Party regarding all transactions.

 

16.The Second Party shall provide all requirements and information related to the protection of intellectual property rights (patents and designs) as well as the intellectual works related to the project and to deliver them to the First Party and the competent company upon request and as soon as possible. The Second Party shall bear the legal and financial responsibility in case of delay.

 

17.The programs operating the self-driving cars of all forms, as well as the approved programs and systems are considered a partnership between the two parties.

 

18.Any manufactured product operating with such programs is considered a joint intellectual property, even if it is not in a self-driving car.

 

     
info@dubai-translationservices.com | dubai-translationservices.com
Office 403, Al Safa Tower, Sheikh Zayed Rd, Dubai, UAE, P.O.Box. 128516
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.ln the event of the legal termination of the Contract, the Second Party shall hand over all programs, joint systems and research to the First Party until the date of termination of the Contract. The Second Party may not use any programs that are of a security nature according to the laws and regulations in force in the United Arab Emirates.

 

Fourth: Financial Conditions:

 

Following the Second Party’s collection of the revenues resulting from selling the product, the revenues shall be divided after calculating the actual cost of the product as following:

 

a.(50%) for the First Party.

 

b.(50%) for the Second Party.

 

1.The Second Party shall transfer the share of the First Party at the end of each calendar month after providing each service.

 

Fifth: Term of the Contract

 

The terms and conditions of this Contract will be valid for a period of 5 years starting from the day following the date of signing it, provided that the Second Party implements the project within ten months from the date of signing this Contract.

 

Sixth: Termination of the Contract

 

This Contract may be terminated by the First Party before its expiration, in the event that the Second Party breaches any of its provisions, or if it does not achieve the objective for which the Contract was concluded, while retaining its right to receive the compensation contained herein, provided that this termination did not arbitrarily happen.

 

Seventh: General Provisions

 

1.If any change occurs to either party and would affect the implementation of this Contract, the two parties may consult and amend it, provided that the amendment is made upon written consent of both parties, without prejudice to the interest of the First Party.

 

     
info@dubai-translationservices.com | dubai-translationservices.com
Office 403, Al Safa Tower, Sheikh Zayed Rd, Dubai, UAE, P.O.Box. 128516
 

 

 

 

 

 

2.The First Party has the right to reject the product if it is in violation of the specifications and standards referred to in the preamble to the Contract. It may, according to this Contract, order the Second Party to fulfill all the specifications of the product.

 

3.Any condition in any document or paper that would exempt the Second Party from responsibility for the implementation of any of its obligations specified in this Contract shall be considered null and void.

 

4.The provisions of Law No. (12) of 2020 Concerning Contracts and Warehouse Management in the Emirate of Dubai and the general regulations and conditions shall be applied in whatever is not provided for in this Contract.

 

5.All disputes that may arise regarding the terms of this Contract shall be decided by the courts of the Emirate of Dubai, including the courts of the Dubai International Financial Center, and in the event that a solution to these disputes is not reached through negotiations.

 

*In witness thereof, this Contract has been concluded on the day and month written at the beginning, and the two parties have signed it accordingly.

 

The First Party The Second Party
Name: Name: Farid El Gohary
Designation: Designation: CEO
Signature: Signature: [Signed]
Seal: Seal: [Sealed]

 

     
info@dubai-translationservices.com | dubai-translationservices.com
Office 403, Al Safa Tower, Sheikh Zayed Rd, Dubai, UAE, P.O.Box. 128516
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

Investment Agreement

 

This Investment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of April 26, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by and between

 

Micropolis Digital Development FZ LLC, (Commercial License No. 92307, Dubai Development Authority) (the “Developer”),

 

And

 

Future General Trading FZE (Commercial License No. 2160019, JAFZA) (the “Investor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Developer is in the process of developing an Autonomous Mobile Rovers, a technology can be utilized as an Autonomous Police Patrols Robots and other workable, commercialized and sellable robotic applications, which includes two types of autonomous mobile robots and advanced security software called Microspot, in partnership with Dubai Police.

 

WHEREAS, the Investor desires to invest in the Developer to help develop a production prototype of the Autonomous Police Patrols product.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

Definitions:

 

The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

 

a)“Autonomous Police Patrols” means the autonomous mobile robots developed by the Developer in partnership with Dubai Police for use in open streets and gated communities.
b)“Investment Amount” means the amount of $3.3 Million to be invested by the Investor in the Developer’ company as set forth in Clause 2.0.
c)“Total Selling Price” means the agreed-upon fixed selling price of the Autonomous Police Patrols calculated by the Developer in partnership with Dubai Police and agreed with the Investor.
d)“Margin” means the difference between the total selling price of the Autonomous Police Patrols and the cost of production, including any associated expenses.
e)“IP” means all intellectual property developed or acquired by the Developer in connection with the Autonomous Police Patrols project and related technology.
f)“Developer” means Micropolis Digital Development FZ LLC.
g)“Investor” means (SPV name), the investment company.

 

 

 

 

 

h)“Dubai Police” means the police force of the Emirate of Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
i)“Feasibility Study” means the study conducted by the Developer in partnership with Dubai Police to assess the feasibility of the Autonomous Police Patrols project.
j)“Business and Commercial Plan” means the plan developed by the Developer in partnership with Dubai Police for the commercialization of the Autonomous Police Patrols project.
k)“Commercial Product Design Identity” means the final look and feel of the product, including its design, color scheme, layout, and any other visual or aesthetic elements that contribute to its overall appearance and branding.
l)“Microspot” refers to the crime detection security software that operates the robot, providing real time surveillance, threat detection and response capabilities.
m)“Electronic Control System” refers to the collection of electronic components that control the electric vehicle, including the electric vehicle control unit, the power distribution unit, and the power management unit.
n)“Autonomous Driving Software” refers to the software developed specifically to give the autonomous police patrols, “Ml” and “M2”, the capability to drive autonomously, including decision making, obstacle detection and avoidance, and route planning.
o)“Mechanical System” refers to the entire mechanical design of the product, including the chassis, the drive train, the power train, and the suspension system.

 

1.Investment

 

1.1 The Investor shall invest a total of $3.3 Million (the “Investment Amount”) in the Developer, paid in 12 monthly installments as follows:

 

(a)$500,000 in Month 1
(b)$2,200,000 from Month 2 to Month 9, $275,000 every month
(c)$600,000 from Month 10 to Month 12, $200,000 every month

 

1.2 Upon receipt of each payment, the Developer shall provide the Investor with a receipt confirming the payment.

 

2.Royalty Payment

 

2.1 The Investor shall invest the Investment Amount in the Developer to help finance the development of the Autonomous Police Patrols and related technology.

 

2.2 The Developer shall pay the Investor a royalty of 25% of the total selling price of each unit sold until the Investment Amount is paid back, and thereafter, 25% of the margin on each unit sold in perpetuity.

 

2.3 The Developer and The Investor, in partnership with Dubai Police, shall calculate the sales margin and agree on a fixed selling price for the Autonomous Police Patrols. The royalty shall be calculated based on the agreed-upon fixed selling price.

 

2.4 The Developer shall provide the Investor with periodic reports on the sales of the Autonomous Police Patrols and the calculation of the royalty payable to the Investor.

 

 

 

2

 

 

3.IP Ownership

 

3.1 The Developer and the Investor shall share the ownership of the IP and the parties agree to the following IP ownership structure:

 

●Crime Detection Software (Microspot): Investor 25%, Developer 25%, Dubai Police 50%
●Autonomous Driving Software: Investor 50%, Developer 50%
●Electronic Control System: Investor 50%, Developer 50%
●Mechanical System: Investor 50%, Developer 50%
●Commercial Product Design Identity: Investor 0%, Developer 0%, Dubai Police 100%

 

3.2 The Investor shall remain the sole owner of the IP until the Investment Amount is paid back. After the Investment Amount is paid back, the IP ownership structure shall return to normal as stated in clause 3.1 above.

 

3.3 If any software or hardware that is included in this IP structure is used to generate sales, the Investor shall receive their respective percentage of the margin as defined in section 3.1 of this agreement.

 

3.4 The Developer and the Investor acknowledge that Dubai Police shall have a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to use such intellectual property solely for the purposes of law enforcement and public safety.

 

4.Project Scope

 

4.1 The project scope covers the development of two types of autonomous mobile robots, one for use in open streets (“Ml”) and the other for use in gated communities (“M2”), along with the development of an advanced security software called Microspot.

 

4.2 This Agreement applies solely to the investment in the Autonomous Police Patrols project and related technology developed by the Developer in partnership with Dubai Police. This Agreement does not apply to any other projects or activities of the Developer, and the Investor shall have no rights or interest in such other projects or activities.

 

4.3 If any new technology in the form of software or hardware is generated or developed during the development phase and is in direct relation to the Autonomous Police Patrols project, the Investor and the Developer shall share the IP ownership as 50/50, after considering the Dubai Police percentage if it applies.

 

5.Progress Report

 

5.1 The Developer shall provide a progress report to the Investor every 3 months from the Effective Date, which shall include the status of the project, milestones achieved, and any issues or challenges encountered.

 

6.Feasibility Study and Business Plan

 

6.1 The Developer shall develop a feasibility study and a business and commercial plan for the Autonomous Police Patrols product within six months from the Effective Date.

 

 

 

3

 

 

7.First Refusal Right:

 

7.1 The Investor shall have a first right of refusal to invest in any new investment opportunity that the Developer may decide to pursue related to autonomous driving rovers or any other technology. If such an opportunity arises, the Developer shall provide written notice to the Investor, and the Investor shall have a period of thirty (30) days to decide whether to invest in the opportunity.

 

7.2 In the event that the Investor decides not to invest in the opportunity, the Developer shall be free to seek investment from other parties, subject to any applicable laws and regulations.

 

8.Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

8.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates.

 

8.2 Any disputes arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be resolved through arbitration in accordance with the rules of the Dubai International Arbitration Centre (DIAC) then in effect. The seat of arbitration shall be Dubai, and the language of arbitration shall be English. The parties agree that any award rendered by the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding, and judgment thereon may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

9.Entire Agreement

 

9.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements, understandings, representations, and warranties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

Contract

 

Project: QSS M2 AMR

 

Ref: Contract C-22-001

 

This agreement is made this 28th day of December 2022, by and between:

 

First: Micropolis Digital Development FZ LLC, located at Media Production City, Dubai, UAE (Trade License No. 92307), hereinafter referred to as “The Developer / Micropolis Robotics”,

 

And

 

Second: Quality Support Solutions Limited, located at Riyadh, Saudi Arabia (Trade License No. 1010559652), hereinafter referred to as “The Client/ QSS Robotics”.

 

WHEREAS, Micropolis Robotics is a provider of robotic engineering services, including designing, developing and manufacturing robots, and,

 

WHEREAS, QSS Robotics desires to obtain services from Micropolis Robotics to design, develop and manufacture the “QSS M2 Robot” (hereinafter referred to as the “Project”), and

 

WHEREAS, Micropolis Robotics and QSS Robotics desire to enter into this agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of such services.

 

NOW,

 

THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, terms and conditions set forth herein, Micropolis Robotics and QSS Robotics agree as follows:

 

1.0Services:

 

The Developer shall provide the design, engineering, programming, manufacturing, and other necessary services to develop a robot for The Client, according to the specifications stated in “Specifications Sheet”.

 

1.1Design: The Developer shall provide the conceptual and mechanical design according to the concept provided in the “Specification Sheet”, which include QSS M2 Platform, QSS M2 Standard Pod, QSS M2 Surveillance Pod, QSS M2 Robotic Arm Pod and Ground Control Station

 

1.2Engineering: The Developer shall provide master schematic design for ECUs, control units, drive train, power train and battery system, according to the specifications stated in “Specifications Sheet”

 

1.3Programming: The Developer shall provide the necessary programming to operate the robots

 

1.4Manufacturing: The Developer shall manufacture·or procure all the parts involved in assembling the robot for The Client, according to the specifications stated in “Specifications Sheet”.

 

  

Page 1 of 5

 

 

 

 

2.0Specifications

 

2.1The “Project Specification Sheet” file from page 3 to page 8 contains all specifications included in this project and is an integral part of this contract.

 

2.2The specification shall include visual concept of the robot platform and the pods and technical specification sheet and hardware specification.

 

3.0Deliverables

 

3.1Phase 1: January 31, The Developer will develop, manufacture, and deliver one QSS M2 Platform and one QSS M2 Standard Pod QSS.

 

3.2Phase 2: April 30, The Developer will develop, manufacture, and deliver one QSS M2 Platform, QSS M2 Surveillance Pod, and QSS M2 Robotic Arm Pod and one Ground Control Station.

 

3.3Shipping: The Developer is responsible for packaging of the shipped product and the safety of delivery, and The Client is responsible for the customs clearance, insurance, logistics and shipping fees

 

3.4The Client will have the opportunity to review and test Hardware upon arrival at The Client’s facility to confirm the correct Hardware was received and that Hardware functions correctly, prior to taking title or risk of loss. Once The Client accepts the Hardware, Title, and risk of loss to Hardware purchased by The Client hereunder shall pass to the warranty period.

 

4.0Service Fees & Payments

 

4.1The total amount to be paid by The Client shall be $395,000.

 

4.2Payment: The Client shall pay The Developer for the services provided in accordance with the following payment schedule:

 

●First payment: 20% ($79,000) paid in advance right after signing this contract.

 

●Second Payment: 20% ($79,000) shall be paid after 60 days of the down payment.

 

●Third Payment: 20% ($79,000) after 120 days of the down payment.

 

●Forth Payment: 40% ($158,000) shall be paid after deployment and commissioning the product and user acceptance test.

 

5.0Warranty and Liability

 

5.1The Developer warrants that the robot will perform in accordance with the specifications provided by The Client.

 

5.2In the event that the robot does not perform as specified, The Developer shall provide a full refund, including any associated shipping costs.

 

5.3The Developer shall not be liable for any damages or losses suffered by The Client as a result of the robot’s failure to perform as specified.

 

  

Page 2 of 5

 

 

 

 

 

5.4The Developer will provide a technical support for 12 months starting after the delivery of phase 2, including replacement of malfunction parts and defects from manufacturing if it occurs.

 

5.5Without limiting Ordering Activity’s rights under any Third-Party warranty or replacement program (whether or not sold by The Developer), The Client acknowledges that The Developer makes no warranties regarding Third Party Hardware and shall have no liability to The Client hereunder with respect to any defective Third-Party Hardware. The Developer will immediately pass all of the rights under the warranties it receives from the Third-Party Hardware manufacturer.

 

6.0Intellectual Property

 

6.1The product design will be considered owned by The Client after signing this contract and the first payment is paid to the Developer.

 

6.2The Client has the right to file a design patent on the product where is will be responsible for the administrational efforts and filing fees.

 

6.3The Developer remains the owner of all associated patents or hardware design IPs, electronic or electrical associated with this project.

 

6.4The Client shall not engage any third parties to manufacture or reproduce the design without the written consent of The Developer. Any unauthorized manufacturing or reproduction of the Design by the Client or any third party shall be a material breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Developer to seek all remedies available under law or in equity.

 

7.0Confidentiality

 

7.1Neither party shall disclose any Confidential Information of the other party to anyone other than employees and agents of the receiving party who (i) need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of exercising the receiving party’s rights or performing the receiving party’s obligations under this Agreement and (ii) are bound to the receiving party by confidentiality obligations no less stringent than those set forth in this Agreement. The receiving party shall protect against unauthorized use or disclosure of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information using the same degree of protection that the receiving party uses to protect its own Confidential Information, but no less than a reasonable degree of protection. The receiving party shall not use the Confidential Information of the disclosing party except in connection with exercising the receiving party’s rights or performing the receiving party’s obligations under this Agreement or as otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

  

Page 3 of 5

 

 

 

 

8.0Termination

 

8.1Either party may terminate this contract at any time if one or many multiple articles in breached in this contract.

 

8.2In the event of termination, the “terminating” party shall provide a written notice to the other party explaining in detail the reason of termination, the “terminating” party shall provide evidence of contract breach.

 

9.0General Terms

 

9.1The Developer shall be solely responsible for any and all costs associated with the development of the Project.

 

9.2The Developer shall be solely responsible for any and all technical support related to the Project.

 

9.3The Client shall not be held liable for any delay in the completion of the Project due to an act or omission on the part of The Developer.

 

9.4The Developer shall be solely responsible for any and all legal or regulatory compliance associated with the Project.

 

9.5The Client shall be solely responsible for any and all legal permits related to the of the project’s logistics, clearance and customs fees in Saudi Arabia.

 

9.6Any waiver by a party of its rights under this Contract must be in writing and signed by the waiving party.

 

9.7In connection with its use of any Products or Services or any other activities under this Agreement, or in the case of The Developer provision of any Products or Services, The Client and The developer shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any governmental authority, including any applicable regulations of the Defense Administration or any similar regulatory agency in any jurisdiction other than the “Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

 

9.8Any delay caused by third party’s lack of commitment, The Developer shall inform the Client in writing about the delay, and reschedule the delivery dates accordingly, this article shall only apply on the second phase of The Project.

 

9.9The Client shall provide the necessary insurance to cover any claims arising from accidents, injuries, or property damage that occur on premises or safety or as a result of the product demonstration.

 

10.0Governing Law

 

  10.1  This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates.

 

11.0Modification

 

11.1 This Contract may not be modified or amended except in writing signed by both parties.

 

  

Page 4 of 5

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contract on the date first written above.

 

In behalf of The Developer   In behalf of The Client
   
Signature   Signature
     
Fareed Aljawhari   Saud Saleh Al-Sagri
     
CEO – Micropolis Digital Development FZ LLC   Chairman – Quality Support Solutions Co. LTD
     
Date:   Date: 28/12/2022

 

   

 

 

Page 5 of 5

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

AGREEMENT NO. PSA_156

 

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Professional Services Agreement (“PSA”) between Micropolis Robotics located at Dubai Production City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates (“Company”) and Siemens Industry Software SA (Pty) Ltd located at Tijger Vallei Office Park Block 6, Silverlakes Road 0081 Pretoria - Gauteng, South Africa (“SISW”) is effective on the date of last signature.

 

1.PROFESSIONAL SERVICES; CHANGE CONTROL PROCEDURE. SISW will perform services (“Professional Services”) and produce the deliverables described in one or more statements of work (“SOW”). SISW and Customer will follow a formal change control procedure with regard to any requested changes to the SOW. Upon submission of a change control request by SISW or Customer, SISW will submit to Customer a charge estimate and an assessment of any impact to the schedule to Customer. Customer must accept the estimate and assessment in writing within ten calendar days from the date submitted, otherwise the change control request will not be valid and SISW will perform the Professional Services per the SOW.
  
2.PERSONNEL. SISW has sole discretion regarding the assignment of SISW personnel. SISW personnel performing Professional Services remain the employees of SISW, and SISW is responsible for all compensation and other employment benefits of such employees. SISW may use subcontractors to perform obligations under any applicable SOW provided that SISW will remain primarily liable to Customer for all Professional Services performed by SISW subcontractors. While SISW is providing Professional Services and for a period of 12 months thereafter, neither party will directly or indirectly solicit for employment or employ any employee of the other party, or any SISW subcontractor, actively involved in the performance, consumption or evaluation of the applicable Professional Services without the prior written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement will not prohibit solicitation or employment that results from (i) any executive search or similar business used in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practices of such business or (ii) advertising or other publications of general circulation.

 

3.CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES

 

3.1.Performance. Customer will perform its obligations set forth in the applicable SOW. If SISW is required to perform the Professional Services at a Customer’s location, Customer will make facility access, office space, and communication services available to SISW. Customer will ensure that SISW has the rights to use any third-party software or other third-party intellectual property made available to SISW by Customer as necessary for the performance of Professional Services. Customer will defend any claim brought against SISW to the extent that such claim is due to Customer’s breach of the preceding sentence. Customer will bear the expense of defending such claim and pay any damages and attorneys’ fees finally awarded or in settlement thereof, provided that SISW notifies Customer promptly in writing of the claim and allows Customer to direct the defense or settlement. Customer will not enter into any settlement without SISW’s consent.

 

3.2.Taxes. Customer agrees to pay, and to reimburse SISW for the payment of, any applicable taxes and customs duties including, but not limited to, sales taxes, value added taxes, goods and services taxes, consumption taxes or any other fee that is imposed by any governmental authority on Customer’s use or license of the deliverables, or its receipt of any services. If Customer is exempt from value-added or sales tax, then Customer must provide a valid, timely and executed exemption certificate, direct pay permit, or other such government-approved documentation to SISW or its authorized solution partner. If Customer is required by law to make any income tax deduction or to withhold income tax from any sum payable directly to SISW hereunder, Customer will promptly effect payment thereof to the applicable tax authorities, and will also promptly provide SISW with official tax receipts or other evidence issued by the applicable tax authorities to support a claim for tax credit relief. Customer is responsible for any taxes resulting from making deliverables available to users in other geographic regions if permitted under this Agreement.

 

3.3.Payment. Unless specified otherwise in the applicable SOW, (i) Customer will pay the fees set forth in the SOW and any reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of the SOW within 30 days of the invoice date, and (ii) Professional Services will be invoiced monthly as charges are incurred.

 

4.OWNERSHIP OF DELIVERABLES

 

4.1.Pre-existing Software and Technology. Each party will retain all rights in any software, ideas, concepts, know-how, development tools, techniques or any other proprietary material or information that it owned or developed prior to the inception of a Professional Services project, or acquired or developed thereafter without reference to or use of the intellectual property of the other party (“Pre-existing Material”).

 

ZA PSA Version 7.1 (October 8, 2019)

SISW Confidential

Page 1/4     

 

 

 

 

4.2.Ownership of Deliverables. Subject to Sections 4.3 and 4.4, SISW will own all intellectual property rights in or related to all deliverables that are developed and delivered by SISW under this Agreement, and such deliverables will be SISW’s Confidential information as further defined in Section 9.1. SISW also will own all intellectual property rights in or related to any know-how, techniques, concepts or ideas developed in the performance of the Professional Services provided hereunder and related to SISW’s Pre-existing Material.

 

4.3.Deliverables Based on Customer’s Software and Technology. Subject to Section 4.4, Customer will own all intellectual property rights in or related to any deliverables developed hereunder to the extent that such deliverables consist of Customer’s Pre-existing Material, works derived from Customer’s Pre-existing Material, or modifications to Customer’s Pre-existing Material.
  
4.4.Third Party Software and Technology. All software and technology that is licensed by a party from a third-party vendor will be and remain the property of such vendor.

 

4.5.License Grant for Deliverables Owned by SISW. SISW grants to Customer a perpetual, royalty-free, non-transferable and nonexclusive license to use the deliverables owned by SISW and provided to Customer under an SOW for Customer’s internal business purposes. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable SOW, software deliverables will be in executable form, and Customer is authorized to load, execute, display, store and otherwise use the software for internal purposes.

 

4.6.No “Work Made for Hire”. The Professional Services provided hereunder will not constitute “works made for hire” under any applicable copyright laws. SISW retains ownership of any work in progress under an SOW and will not deliver the same until Customer makes full payment in accordance with this Agreement.

 

4.7.No License to Intellectual Property of the Other Party. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither party grants the other party a license to any of its patents, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. SISW will be free to use the ideas, concepts, methodologies, processes and know-how developed in the course of performing the Professional Services (collectively “Know-how”), provided that such Know-how excludes Customer’s Pre-existing Material.
  
5.WARRANTY. SISW WARRANTS THAT THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES WILL BE PERFORMED IN A PROFESSIONAL AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 5, SISW MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND ALL SUCH WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

6.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. THE ENTIRE, COLLECTIVE LIABILITY OF SISW, SISW AFFILIATES, SISW’S LICENSORS AND THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES FOR ALL CLAIMS AND DAMAGES RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT, IN THE AGGREGATE AND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WILL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID TO SISW FOR THE PRODUCT, DELIVERABLE OR SERVICE THAT CAUSED THE DAMAGE OR IS THE SUBJECT OF THE CLAIM. IN NO EVENT WILL SISW, SISW AFFILIATES, SISW’S LICENSORS OR THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR EMPLOYEES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, LOST DATA OR PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH DAMAGES WERE FORESEEABLE. NEITHER PARTY MAY MAKE A CLAIM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT MORE THAN TWO YEARS AFTER THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM IS OR SHOULD HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED BY THE CLAIMANT.

 

7.TERMINATION. This Agreement will remain in effect until terminated by either party by providing 30 days prior written notice to the other party. An SOW may only be terminated in accordance with its terms. In the event that this Agreement or any SOW is terminated or suspended prior to the completion of the Professional Services or the delivery or acceptance of any final deliverable, Customer agrees to pay SISW for all work performed through the effective date of termination or suspension of the Professional Services. Sections 2, 3.1, 6, 7, 8 and 9 survive termination of this Agreement.

 

8.EXPORT COMPLIANCE

 

8.1.Export. SISW’s obligations under this Agreement are conditioned upon, and Customer agrees to comply with, all applicable export and re-export control regulations, embargoes and sanctions including, but not limited to, those of the United States (the “Export Laws”). Customer represents that all products provided hereunder and any derivatives thereof will not be (i) downloaded, exported, re-exported (including any “deemed export”), or transferred, directly or indirectly, contrary to the Export Laws, (ii) used for any purpose prohibited by the Export Laws or (iii) delivered to persons/entities otherwise ineligible to acquire or use the products provided hereunder. SISW may conduct the necessary Export Laws checks and, upon request, Customer will promptly provide SISW with any necessary information. Customer will indemnify and hold harmless SISW against any claim, action, damages, fines and costs relating in any way to Customer’s noncompliance with Export Laws.

 

ZA PSA Version 7.1 (October 8, 2019)

SISW Confidential

Page 2/4     

 

 

 

 

8.2.Data Handling. If Customer is disclosing to SISW any information that is (i) Covered Defense Information or Controlled Unclassified Information as defined in U.S. Government regulations, or (ii) subject to Export Laws that require controlled data handling, Customer will notify SISW personnel in advance of each instance of disclosure and will use the notification tools and methods specified by SISW.

 

9.CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION

 

9.1.Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means all information disclosed by one party to the other under this Agreement that is marked as confidential or the confidential nature of which is evident to a reasonable person. The receiving party will (i) use Confidential Information only as required to exercise rights or perform obligations under this Agreement, (ii) protect Confidential Information from unauthorized use or disclosure, and (iii) not copy the Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the disclosing party. Customer will not disclose SISW Confidential Information to any third party other than financial, tax and legal advisors. SISW will not disclose Customer Confidential Information to any third party, other than to its employees, affiliated companies, consultants, contractors, and financial, tax and legal advisors without the prior written consent of Customer. Neither party will disclose the terms of this Agreement in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SISW and its affiliates may name Customer as a customer on their websites and in customer lists and other marketing materials.

 

9.2.Exclusions. The foregoing confidentiality obligations will not apply to any Confidential Information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the receiving party in violation of this Agreement; (ii) becomes available to the receiving party from a source other than the disclosing party, provided that the receiving party has no reason to believe that such source is itself bound by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality; (iii) was in the receiving party’s possession without an obligation of confidentiality prior to receipt from the disclosing party; (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party without the use of, or reference to, the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; or (v) is required to be disclosed by a governmental agency or law, so long as the receiving party promptly provides the disclosing party with written notice of the required disclosure, to the extent such notice is permitted by law, and cooperates with the disclosing party to limit the scope of such disclosure.

 

9.3.Data Protection. Customer accepts that the terms set out at https://www.siemens.com/dpt/sw are incorporated into this Agreement where SISW processes any personal data of data subjects who are in the European Union on behalf of Customer in connection with this Agreement. Customer will indemnify SISW against any claim, damages, fines and costs relating to Customer’s noncompliance with applicable data protection laws.

 

10.ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

10.1.SISW Affiliates. Companies directly or indirectly owned or controlled by SISW’s ultimate parent company may exercise SISW’s rights and fulfill SISW’s obligations under this Agreement. SISW remains responsible for its obligations hereunder.
  
10.2.Assignment. This Agreement will extend to and be binding upon the successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns of the parties. However, this Agreement and the licenses granted hereunder may not be assigned, sublicensed, or otherwise transferred (by operation of law or otherwise) by Customer without the prior written consent of SISW.

 

10.3.Feedback. If Customer provides any ideas related to the Professional Services or deliverables, including requests for changes or enhancements, (collectively “Feedback”) in the course of receiving Professional Services, Customer agrees that such Feedback may be used by SISW without condition or restriction.

 

10.4.Force Majeure. Neither party will be liable for failure in performance due to any cause beyond its reasonable control provided the delayed party promptly notifies the other party and uses commercially reasonable efforts to correct the failure.

 

10.5.Independent Contractors. The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors. This Agreement does not create an agency, partnership, joint venture or other fiduciary relationship between Customer and SISW.

 

10.6.No Waiver; Validity and Enforceability. The failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of such provision. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected, and such provision will be deemed restated to reflect the original intentions of the parties as nearly as possible in accordance with applicable law.

 

10.7.Notices. Notices relating to this Agreement will be in writing and sent to the party’s address as specified in the applicable SOW. A party may change its address for receipt of notice by delivery of written notice to the other party.

 

10.8. Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the substantive laws, excluding choice-of-law rules, of the Republic of South Africa and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of Pretoria. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SISW may bring an action in any jurisdiction to enforce or preserve its intellectual property rights under this Agreement. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement.

 

ZA PSA Version 7.1 (October 8, 2019)

SISW Confidential

Page 3/4     

 

 

 

 

10.9.Entire Agreement and Order of Precedence. This Agreement constitutes the full and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous or contemporaneous agreements or communications, whether written or verbal, relating to such subject matter. This Agreement does not supersede any software license agreement or supplemental terms thereto between the parties or any other written agreement between the parties concerning maintenance and support of SISW software. This Agreement may not be varied other than in writing executed by authorized representatives of both parties. The terms of any purchase order or similar Customer document are excluded; such terms will not apply to deliverables or Professional Services, and will not supplement or modify this Agreement.

 

Micropolis Robotics   Siemens Industry Software SA (Pty) Ltd
           
Signature: /s/ Fareed Aljawhari   Signature:    
           
Name: Fareed Aljawhari   Name: Electronically signed by: Cobus Oosthuizen
        Date: May 20. 2023 18:12 GMT+2
Place/Date: 18-05-2023   Place/Date:  
           
           
           
    Signature:    
  Name:    
  Place/Date:    
       
       

 

 

ZA PSA Version 7.1 (October 8, 2019)

SISW Confidential

Page 4/4     

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

  

We hereby consent to the incorporation in this Registration Statement on Form F-1-A1 of our report dated October 11, 2023, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Micropolis Digital Development FZ-LLC as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and to all references to our firm included in this Registration Statement.

  

 

 

Certified Public Accountants

Lakewood, CO

January 19, 2024

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY

Warehouse 1, Dar Alkhaleej Building

Dubai Production City, Dubai, UAE

 

January 19, 2024

 

VIA EDGAR

 

Division of Corporation Finance

Office of Trade & Services

U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549 

 

Re:Micropolis Holding Company (the “Company”)

Registration Statement on Form F-1

File No. 333-276231

Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, Micropolis Holding Company, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), is submitting this letter via EDGAR to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the Company’s filing of the above-referenced registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the Company’s proposed initial public offering of its ordinary shares.

 

The Company has included in the Registration Statement its audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2022 and for each of the two years ended December 31, 2021 and 2022 and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2023 and for each of the six-month periods ended June 30, 2022 and 2023.

 

Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F requires that in the case of a company’s initial public offering, the audited financial statements shall be as of a date not older than 12 months at the time the document is filed. The Company is submitting this letter pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which provides that “[a] company may comply with only the 15-month requirement in this item if the company is able to represent that it is not required to comply with the 12-month requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with the 12-month requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.”

 

The Company hereby represents to the Commission that:

 

  1. the Company is not currently a public reporting company in any jurisdiction or marketplace;
     
  2. the Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to comply with a requirement to issue financial statements for any reason 12 months after its year end;
     
  3. full compliance with Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F at present is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company;
     
  4. the Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 will be available until end of March 2024; and
     
  5. in no event will the Company seek effectiveness of its registration statement on Form F-1 if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  MICROPOLIS HOLDING COMPANY
   
  By: /s/ Fareed Aljawhari
  Name:  Fareed Aljawhari
  Title: Chief Executive Officer